TABLE of CONTENTS Rules and Regulations (Board Policy) Independent School District No

TABLE OF CONTENTS Rules and Regulations (Board Policy) Independent School District No. 1 Lewiston, Idaho (Policy Last Revised 5/8/17)

1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS ...... 11 1010. Guiding Philosophy ...... 11 1020. Commitment ...... 12 1030. Membership and Election...... 13 1050. Organization ...... 14 1070. Responsibilities ...... 15 1080. Conflict of Interest ...... 16 1090. Meetings and Executive Sessions ...... 17 1100. Public Participation at Board Meetings ...... 19 1110. Executive Officer (Superintendent of Schools) ...... 20 1115. District Continuous Improvement Planning ...... 21 1130. Advisory Committees ...... 22 1140. Charter Schools ...... 23 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION ...... 24 2010. Investments ...... 24 1. General Policies ...... 24 2. Investment Procedure ...... 24 2030. Finance...... 25 1. Activity Funds ...... 25 2. Extracurricular Financing ...... 25 3. Non-Revenue Receipts ...... 26 4. Tuition ...... 26 2040. General Obligation Bonds: Bond Account ...... 27 2041. General Obligation Bonds: Post-Issuance Continuing Disclosure Procedures for Tax-Exempt Bonds 29 2042. General Obligation Bonds: Post-Issuance Compliance Procedures for Tax-Exempt Bonds ...... 33 2043. General Obligation Bonds: Financial Management ...... 37 2050. Food Services ...... 40 1. Operation ...... 40 2060. Special Education – Use of Federal Funds ...... 41 1. Accountability Procedures ...... 41 2. IDEA Part B Funds ...... 41 2070. Payroll ...... 42 1. Payments ...... 42 2. Payroll Deductions ...... 42 2090. Purchasing ...... 43 2100. Fixed Assets ...... 44 1. Purpose ...... 44 2. General Responsibility for Fixed Assets ...... 44 3. Acquisition of Fixed Assets ...... 44 4. Utilization of Fixed Assets ...... 44 5. Disposal of Fixed Assets ...... 44 6. Accounting and Reporting of Fixed Assets ...... 44 2110. Reports and Records Management ...... 46 3. Availability of District Records to the Public ...... 46 4. Procedure for Requesting Public Records ...... 46 5. Retention of District Records ...... 47 6. Accessing ...... 48 2130. Transportation Regulations ...... 49 1. Use of District Vehicles ...... 49 2. Request for Use of District Vehicles ...... 49 2131. Transportation, Non-transportation Zones ...... 50

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2200. Energy Management and Conservation ...... 51 3000. COMMUNITY ...... 52 3010. Use of District Facilities or Equipment ...... 52 1. Introduction ...... 52 2. School District Activities ...... 52 3. Organizations Directly Affiliated with the District ...... 52 4. Rental Forms ...... 52 5. Traveling Teams ...... 52 6. Recreation and Community Programs Sponsored by Other Governmental Agencies ...... 52 7. Non-Profit Groups Whose Activities Directly Serve School-Age Children ...... 53 8. Public Use ...... 53 9. Partisan, Political or Sectarian Purposes ...... 53 10. General Guidelines ...... 53 11. Reserved Rights of the Board of Directors ...... 55 12. Administrative Procedures ...... 55 13. Summer Athletic and/or Activity Programs not Sponsored by the District ...... 55 14. Rental Fee Schedule...... 56 A. SENIOR HIGH AUDITORIUM ...... 56 B. BOOTH HALL ...... 56 C. SENIOR HIGH/JUNIOR HIGH CAFETERIAS ...... 56 D. JUNIOR HIGH AUDITORIUMS/GYMNASIUMS ...... 56 E. ELEMENTARY AUDITORIUMS/GYMNASIUMS ...... 56 F. VOLLMER BOWL, WALKER FIELD, CHURCH FIELD ...... 56 G. BENGAL FIELD ...... 57 H. COMPUTER LABS AND IEN (IDAHO EDUCATION NETWORK) CLASSROOM ...... 57 I. FIBER-OPTIC STRANDS ...... 57 J. OPTICAL TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETER (OTDR) ...... 57 K. SCHOOL BUSES ...... 57 L. GENERAL ...... 57 15. Equipment ...... 57 3100. Registered Adult Sex Offenders – Prohibitions to School Access ...... 58 4000. PERSONNEL ...... 59 4010. Assignments ...... 59 1. Certificated Employees ...... 59 2. Educational Support Personnel ...... 59 4050. Curriculum ...... 60 4055. Testing and Assessment ...... 62 4060. School Library Procedures ...... 63 1. Library Bill of Rights ...... 63 2. Collection Development Policy ...... 63 A. MISSION AND ROLE ...... 63 B. SCHOOL LIBRARY MEDIA CENTER PROGRAMS ...... 64 3. Selection Policy ...... 64 A. PHILOSOPHY OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS PROPOSED FOR PURCHASE ...... 64 B. CRITERIA FOR SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS ...... 65 C. PROCEDURE FOR SELECTING LIBRARY RESOURCE MATERIALS ...... 65 4. General Library Procedures ...... 66 A. LIBRARY HOURS ...... 66 B. STUDENT DISCIPLINE ...... 66 C. PUBLISHER REPRESENTATIVES ...... 66 D. OVERDUE BOOK POLICY ...... 66 E. BOOK REPLACEMENT/PURCHASES ...... 66 F. FINES ...... 66 G. WEEDING OF LIBRARY COLLECTIONS ...... 67 H. INVENTORY ...... 67 I. CHALLENGED MATERIALS ...... 67 J. STANDARDIZED PROCESSING ...... 67

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS K. GIFTS ...... 67 L. REQUESTS TO ESTABLISH SPECIAL COLLECTIONS ...... 67 4063. Technology Use, Ethics and Internet Safety ...... 68 1. Definitions ...... 68 A. ACCOUNT ...... 68 B. BYOT ...... 68 C. CHILD PORNOGRAPHY ...... 68 D. CONTENT ...... 68 E. DISTRICT NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR ...... 69 F. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS ...... 69 G. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION AND COMPUTING DEVICES (ECCD) ...... 69 H. FILTER ...... 69 I. HACKING ...... 69 J. HARMFUL TO MINORS ...... 69 K. IMPROPER OR INAPPROPRIATE COMMUNICATIONS ...... 70 L. NETWORK ...... 70 M. PARENT ...... 70 N. PROXY ...... 70 O. SOCIAL NETWORKS ...... 70 P. TECHNOLOGY ...... 70 Q. USER ...... 70 2. Supervision ...... 70 3. Privileges, Rights and Responsibilities ...... 71 A. PERSONAL PRIVACY AND INFORMATION SECURITY ...... 71 B. FILTERING, INAPPROPRIATE CONTENT AND INAPPROPRIATE USAGE ...... 71 C. NETWORK SECURITY ...... 72 D. PRESERVING RESOURCE LIMITS ...... 73 E. INTERNET ACCESS AND PUBLISHING ...... 74 F. CONSEQUENCES ...... 75 4. Disclaimers ...... 76 4067. Student Web Page ...... 77 1. District E-mail Account Required ...... 77 2. Policy Guidelines ...... 77 3. Submissions, Revisions, and Removal ...... 77 4. Web Page/Site Requirements ...... 77 4070. Censorship ...... 79 1. Academic Freedom Policy ...... 79 A. STATEMENT OF POLICY ...... 79 B. GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR RECONSIDERATION OF MATERIALS ...... 79 C. PROCEDURES FOR RECONSIDERATION OF MATERIALS...... 80 D. REVIEW COMMITTEE MAKE-UP AND OPERATION ...... 83 E. FORMS FOR RECONSIDERATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS ...... 83 4075. Wellness ...... 84 1. Introduction ...... 84 2. Nutrition Standards for Breakfast & Lunch Programs ...... 85 3. Nutrition Standards for Other Foods & Beverages Sold in Schools ...... 85 4. Concessions and Classroom Parties ...... 85 5. Fundraisers ...... 85 6. Student Stores ...... 85 7. Food Used as a Reward ...... 85 8. Physical Education ...... 85 9. Employee Health and Wellness Program ...... 86 10. Assessment to Include Policy Effectiveness ...... 86 4080. Class Loads ...... 87 1. Senior High School ...... 87 2. Junior High Schools ...... 87 3. Elementary Schools ...... 87 4090. Copyrights ...... 88 1. Television/Video Programs ...... 88 2. Computer Software ...... 88

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS 3. Print/Graphics ...... 89 4. Music ...... 89 5. Data Networks ...... 89 4095. Drug-Free Workplace ...... 90 4098. Sexual Harassment ...... 91 4100. Code of Ethics ...... 93 1. Rules Governing Uniformity ...... 93 2. Aspirations and Commitments ...... 93 3. Principles ...... 93 A. PRINCIPLE I ...... 93 B. PRINCIPLE II ...... 93 C. PRINCIPLE III ...... 94 D. PRINCIPLE IV ...... 95 E. PRINCIPLE V ...... 95 F. PRINCIPLE VI ...... 95 G. PRINCIPLE VII...... 96 H. PRINCIPLE VIII...... 96 I. PRINCIPLE IX ...... 96 J. PRINCIPLE X ...... 97 4130. Contracts, Professional Personnel ...... 98 1. Superintendent and Central Services Administrators ...... 98 2. Ancillary Personnel and Supervisors ...... 98 3. Principals ...... 98 4. Certificated Employees ...... 98 5. Contracts ...... 99 6. Extra Duty Assignments ...... 101 7. Extra Day Assignments ...... 102 8. Reassignment of Administrative Certificated Professional Employees ...... 102 9. Early Retirement Incentive Plan ...... 102 10. Leadership Awards ...... 103 4140. Informal Review ...... 104 4170. Nondiscrimination ...... 105 1. Equal Opportunity Policy Statement ...... 105 2. Harassment Policy Statement ...... 105 3. Complaint Procedure ...... 106 4. Reasonable Accommodations for Persons w/Disabilities ...... 107 4200. Evaluations ...... 108 1. Certificated Employees (Instructional & Pupil Service Staff) ...... 108 2. Administrative Employees ...... 108 3. Superintendent of Schools ...... 110 4260. Files for Professional Certificated Employees ...... 111 1. Central Services Files ...... 111 2. Right to Review Files, Employees' ...... 111 4270. Files for Educational Support Personnel ...... 113 1. Central Services Files ...... 113 2. Right to Review Files, Employees' ...... 113 4275. Grievance Policy, Noncertificated Staff (Idaho Code 33-517) ...... 115 1. Definitions ...... 115 2. Due Process Rights ...... 115 A. STEP ONE – FILING OF GRIEVANCE ...... 115 B. STEP TWO – INFORMAL GRIEVANCE MEETING ...... 115 C. STEP THREE – APPEAL OF GRIEVANCE ...... 115 D. STEP FOUR – HEARING PANEL REVIEW ...... 116 E. STEP FIVE – APPEAL TO COUNTY DISTRICT COURT ...... 116 3. Right of Representation ...... 116 4. Timeline Waivers ...... 116 5. Non-Retaliation/Reprisal Policy Statement ...... 117 6. Employee Personnel File – Notification and Right of Review ...... 117 4290. Holidays, Payment for Educational Support Personnel ...... 118 4320. Insurance ...... 119

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. Administrators' and Supervisors' Insurance ...... 119 2. Educational Support Personnel Insurance ...... 119 3. Regulations, General Insurance ...... 120 4340. Compensatory Time in Lieu of Overtime Compensation for Fulltime, Educational Support Personnel Employees ...... 121 1. Compensatory Time Rate ...... 121 2. Workweek Definition ...... 121 3. Accrual Limitation ...... 121 4. Unused Comp Time ...... 121 5. Leaves, Overtime, and Comp Time ...... 121 6. Termination of Employment ...... 121 7. Emergency Mandated Time ...... 121 4350. Leaves ...... 122 1. Administrators' and Supervisors' Leaves ...... 122 2. Certificated Employees – Leave of Absence ...... 122 3. Educational Support Personnel Leaves ...... 123 4360. Family Medical Leave Act ...... 127 1. Purpose ...... 127 2. Job-Protected FML ...... 127 3. Leave-Year Calculation ...... 127 4. Paid FML Congruent with Other Leaves/Absences ...... 127 5. Unpaid FML and Employer-Provided Benefits ...... 127 6. Twelve-Month Calculations/Provisions ...... 127 7. Notification Requirements (Employee) ...... 128 8. Return to Work Provisions ...... 128 4380. Meetings ...... 129 1. Staff Meetings ...... 129 2. Lewiston Education Association Meetings ...... 129 4410. Recruiting and Employment ...... 130 1. Certificated Employees ...... 130 2. Educational Support Personnel ...... 130 3. Community Coaches ...... 131 4. Regulations, General Employment ...... 131 4420. Idaho State Veteran Employment Preference ...... 132 1. Definitions ...... 132 2. Notice of Preference ...... 133 3. Applicants Eligible for Veterans’ Preference ...... 133 4. Emergency Hiring ...... 133 5. Promotion, Transfer, or Reassignment ...... 133 4440. Roles and Responsibilities – District Personnel ...... 134 1. Central Services Administrator Appointments ...... 134 2. Assistant Superintendent ...... 134 3. Director of Business Services ...... 134 4. Director of Support Services ...... 134 5. Director of Special Services ...... 134 6. Director of Curriculum and Instruction ...... 134 7. Director of Personnel ...... 134 8. Director of Community Relations ...... 135 9. Director of Student Services ...... 135 10. Activity Trip Supervisors ...... 135 11. Instructional Assistants (Aides) ...... 135 12. Library Instructional Assistants ...... 136 13. Ancillary Personnel ...... 136 14. Computer Technologist ...... 136 15. Bus Drivers ...... 137 16. Cafeteria Personnel ...... 137 17. Clerical Personnel ...... 137 18. Custodians ...... 138 19. Head Teachers ...... 138 20. Certificated Employees ...... 138

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS 21. Maintenance Employees ...... 140 22. Principals ...... 141 23. Assistant Principals ...... 142 4450. Employee Responsibilities Re Student Harassment, Intimidation & Bullying ...... 143 1. Intervention ...... 143 2. Professional Development ...... 143 3. Reporting ...... 143 4. Policy Distribution ...... 143 4470. Salary ...... 144 1. Administrators' and Supervisors' Salary ...... 144 2. Educational Support Personnel Wage Scale ...... 144 3. Certificated Employee Salary ...... 144 A. PRIOR SERVICE CREDIT ...... 144 B. EDUCATIONAL TRAINING CATEGORY CHANGES ...... 145 C. RECOGNITION FOR ADDITIONAL PREPARATION ...... 145 4500. Substitutes ...... 146 1. Instructional Assistant, Substitute ...... 146 2. Teachers, Substitute ...... 146 4530. Suspension and Discharge ...... 147 1. Certificated Employees ...... 147 2. Educational Support Personnel ...... 147 4540. Voluntary Termination ...... 149 4570. Distribution of Materials by Non-School Organizations ...... 150 4590. Travel ...... 151 1. Allowance ...... 151 2. Meetings and Conventions ...... 151 3. Regulations, General ...... 152 4600. Employer Provided Meals ...... 153 4610. Consulting ...... 154 4615. Smoke Free Schools ...... 155 4620. Crisis Management ...... 156 4622. School Safety ...... 157 4625. Guest Speakers ...... 158 4635. Memorials ...... 159 1. Guidelines ...... 159 A. MEMORIALS ...... 159 B. SPONTANEOUS MEMORIALS ...... 159 C. PERMANENT MEMORIALS ...... 160 D. EXCLUSIONS ...... 160 4640. Homelessness ...... 161 1. Introduction ...... 161 2. Definitions ...... 161 3. Services ...... 162 4. Dispute Resolution Process ...... 162 4645. Field Trips ...... 163 1. Educational Field Trips ...... 163 2. Extended Field Trips Requiring an Overnight Stay ...... 163 4655. Activity Trips ...... 165 4660. Travel for Contests and Events Directly Related to the Idaho High School Activities Association (IHSAA) ...... 166 4700. Parent Complaint – Certificated Employee ...... 167 4710. Duty-Free Lunch ...... 168 4720. Grievance Procedure – Certified Staff ...... 169 1. Definition of Terms ...... 169 2. Purpose ...... 169 3. Representation ...... 169 4. Conditions ...... 169 5. Procedures ...... 170 6. Grievance Investigation ...... 171 7. Withdrawal of Grievance ...... 171

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 6 TABLE OF CONTENTS 8. Grievance Files ...... 171 4730. Transfers of Certificated Employees ...... 172 4740. Reduction in Force (RIF) ...... 174 1. Conditions ...... 174 2. Criteria ...... 174 3. Procedures ...... 174 A. ADVANCE NOTIFICATION ...... 174 B. SELF REVIEW OF FILE ...... 175 C. IMPLEMENTATION OF OFFICIAL BOARD ACTION...... 175 4780. Professional Development Reimbursement for Costs ...... 176 5000. STUDENTS ...... 177 5010. Attendance ...... 177 1. Philosophy ...... 177 2. Definitions ...... 177 3. Attendance-Based Credit Denial ...... 178 4. Attendance Requirements – K-8 Students ...... 179 5. Proceedings Against Parents or Guardians ...... 180 6. Excessive Absences ...... 180 7. Educational Neglect ...... 180 5020. Discipline Code, Student ...... 181 1. Preface ...... 181 A. AUTHORITY VESTED IN BOARD OF DIRECTORS ...... 181 B. FREEDOM FROM ABUSE ...... 181 C. STATUTORY AUTHORITY ...... 181 2. Philosophy ...... 181 3. General Policy ...... 182 4. Student Rights ...... 182 A. STUDENT EXPRESSION ...... 182 B. ASSEMBLY ...... 183 C. SEARCH AND SEIZURE ...... 183 D. CANINE NARCOTIC DETECTION TEAM ...... 184 E. FREEDOM FROM DISCRIMINATION ...... 184 F. PARKING ...... 184 G. INTERVIEW/INTERROGATION BY POLICE OR OTHER LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICIALS ...... 185 H. DUE PROCESS ...... 185 I. SEXUAL HARASSMENT ...... 185 5. Student Responsibilities ...... 186 A. RESPECT FOR THE LAW AND RIGHTS OF OTHERS ...... 186 B. COMPLIANCE WITH RULES ...... 187 C. CRIMINAL ACTS ...... 192 7. Procedural Rules and Regulations ...... 194 A. DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS ...... 194 B. SUSPENSION ...... 196 C. EXPULSION ...... 196 5030. Relationship Abuse; Sexual Assault Prevention/Response ...... 198 5040. Bus Conduct Regulations...... 199 5050. Courtesy Busing ...... 201 5070. Enrollment and Placement Requirements ...... 202 1. The Compulsory Attendance Law ...... 202 2. Idaho Code 33-201 ...... 202 3. Required Certified Birth Certificate/Up-To-Date Immunization Record ...... 202 4. Enrollment In Other Grades ...... 202 5. Grading and Classification of Students ...... 202 6. Enrollment in Neighborhood Schools...... 203 7. Participation in Interscholastic Activities ...... 203 8. Cancellation of Any/All Placements/Agreements ...... 203 9. Out-of-District Open Enrollment (Between Two [2] Idaho School Districts) ...... 203 10. In-District Open Enrollment (Between two [2] Lewiston Schools) ...... 205

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 7 TABLE OF CONTENTS 11. Dual Enrollment ...... 205 A. DEFINITIONS ...... 205 B. DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED ...... 206 C. TRANSPORTATION ...... 206 D. PRESENCE ON SCHOOL CAMPUS DURING NON-ENROLLED HOURS ...... 206 E. ACADEMIC ELIGIBILITY ...... 206 F. CLASS ENROLLMENT PRIORITY PLACEMENT ...... 207 G. POLICY GUIDELINE FOR DUAL ENROLLED STUDENTS ...... 207 H. INTEGRATED CURRICULUM ACTIVITIES OR PROGRAMS ...... 207 I. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION ...... 207 12. Tuition for Nonresident Student ...... 208 13. Joint Custody ...... 208 14. Definition of Residence ...... 208 15. Grace Period For Enrollment Following a Move Outside the District ...... 208 16. Requirements for Residency/Employment Documentation ...... 208 17. Ages for Enrollment Eligibility ...... 208 18. Students with Disabilities ...... 208 19. Students with Disabilities Under Section 504 ...... 208 20. Special Education Services ...... 208 5075. Service Animals in Schools ...... 210 1. General Provisions ...... 210 2. Special Provisions – Miniature Horses ...... 210 3. Removal of a Service Animal ...... 211 4. Means of Control of the Service Animal...... 211 5. Disclaimer – Supervision of the Service Animal ...... 211 5080. Foreign Exchange Students ...... 212 1. Responsibilities of Sponsoring Organizations ...... 212 2. Required Foreign Student Documentation ...... 212 3. Enrollment Requirements ...... 212 4. Rights Reserved to Deny/Revoke Privileges ...... 212 5090. Limited English Proficient Students ...... 213 5095. Parent Involvement ...... 214 1. Introduction ...... 214 2. Parental Involvement in the Title I Plan ...... 215 3. Parental Involvement in School Review and Improvement ...... 215 4. Title I School Responsibilities ...... 215 5. Title I School Parent Involvement Plans ...... 216 6. Policy Review ...... 217 5100. Fee Schedule ...... 218 1. Fees Set by the Board of Directors ...... 218 2. Pay-to-Participate Athletic Fees ...... 218 3. Insurance ...... 219 5120. Concussion Management ...... 220 1. Coach Training Requirements ...... 220 2. Parent Information Meetings ...... 220 3. Parent Acknowledgement Forms ...... 220 4. Concussion Education Plan – Student Athletes ...... 220 5. Medical Clearance Requirements ...... 220 6. Protocol for Suspected Concussions ...... 221 5130. Fundraising ...... 222 1. Activities ...... 222 2. Collections ...... 222 3. Contributions ...... 222 5160. Grading Procedures ...... 223 1. Academic Achievement Categories – Grades 7-12 ...... 223 2. Asterisk (*) Grading Procedures ...... 223 3. Academic Achievement Categories – Grades K-5 ...... 223 4. Academic Achievement Categories – Grade 6 ...... 224 5. Social Development Categories – Grades K-6 ...... 224 6. Process/Work Habit Goals – Grades 7-9 ...... 225

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 8 TABLE OF CONTENTS 7. Grade Point Average (GPA) Determinations ...... 225 5170. Pathways to Promotion Grades 7-8 ...... 226 5190. Graduation Requirements and Exercises ...... 227 1. Requirements ...... 227 2. External Credits ...... 228 3. Online/Correspondence Credits ...... 228 4. Secondary Students in Good Standing ...... 229 5. Exercises ...... 229 6. Grade Eligibility Requirements for Participation in Athletics, Driver Education, Extra Curricular Activities ...... 230 5195. Credit by Examination ...... 231 5220. Homework Regulations ...... 232 5250. Patrols, School ...... 233 5310. Promotion - Retention ...... 234 5340. Student Records ...... 235 1. Permanent Student Records ...... 235 2. General Regulations for Student Records ...... 235 3. Maintenance of Student Records ...... 235 4. Right of Privacy Policy Statement ...... 235 5. Student Data Privacy and Security Policy ...... 242 5370. Recruiting for Tours ...... 244 5380. Private Service Providers Working with Students in Public Schools ...... 245 1. Overview ...... 245 2. Guidelines ...... 246 3. Referral ...... 246 4. Evaluation/Eligibility ...... 246 5. Delivery of Services ...... 247 6. Contracts/Memorandums of Understanding ...... 248 5390. Seclusion and/or Restraint of a Student ...... 250 1. Definitions ...... 250 A. AVERSIVE TECHNIQUE ...... 250 B. CRISIS INTERVENTION ...... 250 C. EMERGENCY ...... 250 D. POSITIVE BEHAVIORAL INTERVENTIONS AND SUPPORTS ...... 250 E. RESTRAINT ...... 250 F. SECLUSION ...... 250 2. Use of Seclusion and/or Restraint ...... 251 3. Observation of Student ...... 251 4. Notice to Supervisor ...... 251 5. Notice to Parent/Guardian ...... 251 6. Monitoring the Use of Seclusion and Restraint ...... 251 7. Reporting of Incidents ...... 251 8. Seclusion Locations ...... 252 9. Procedures ...... 252 10. Training of Personnel ...... 252 5400. Regulations, General ...... 253 5410. Communicable Diseases - AIDS ...... 254 1. Definitions ...... 254 2. Students ...... 254 3. Employees ...... 255 4. Education ...... 255 5. Procedure for Handling Body Fluids ...... 255 5415. Communicable Diseases - Other ...... 256 5420. Head Lice Procedures...... 257 5425. Medication ...... 258 5430. Release Time ...... 259 5440. Student Use of School Facilities ...... 260 5460. School Day, Length of ...... 261 5470. Substance Abuse, Student ...... 262 1. Forward ...... 262

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 9 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2. Definition ...... 262 3. Policy Statement ...... 262 5475. Suicide Prevention ...... 263 1. Purpose Statement ...... 263 2. Procedures ...... 263 5480. Rules and Regulations of IHSAA ...... 264

APPENDICES (apply to print copies of Rules and Regulations only; request copies via email to [email protected])

Appendix A - Request for Reconsideration of Instructional Materials (See Academic Freedom Policy – Pgs. 59-63) ...... 235

 Request for Reconsideration of Instructional Material  Teacher's Rationale for Instructional Material  Review Committee Recommendation

Appendix B - Proposal for Curriculum and Instructional Change ...... 240

Appendix C - Reports and Records Management (See Policy 2110 – Pgs. 30, 30.1, 30.2) ...... 243

 District Records Retention Schedule  Guidelines for Managing Emails – Decision Trees

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS 1010. (Revised 10/8/01)

1010. GUIDING PHILOSOPHY

The Guiding Philosophy of our school district clarifies our purpose, our direction and our beliefs. The philosophy will serve to guide our decisions and our actions to better serve the students and this community. The guiding principles create our desired culture and guide the behaviors of all members of Independent School District No. 1.

PURPOSE: To educate and inspire learners for life.

VISION: To achieve the highest individual potential.

GUIDING PRINCIPLES:

We believe –  Students are the center of the educational process.  Education is the foundation for success.  Parents must be engaged in the education of their children.  The district and the community must share a passion for education.  Emotional and physical safety is necessary in the educational environment.  Learning is lifelong.

MISSION: Strive… Achieve… Succeed… Go Beyond!

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 11 1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS

1020. (Adopted 8/12/02; Revised 8/22/16)

1020. COMMITMENT

The Board of Directors and every employee is expected to act in a manner consistent with the District’s Purpose, Mission, Vision and Guiding Principles which are outlined in policy and in the District’s current Continuous Improvement Plan.

The Continuous Improvement Plan provides a framework for ongoing improvement of student learning by utilizing a model of data-driven decision making and results-oriented educational structures.

The primary role of those working for the Lewiston School District is to prepare each student to meet or exceed the Idaho State and District Content Standards in an educational environment that is rich and rigorous.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 12 1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS 1030. (Revised 1/14/13)

1030. MEMBERSHIP AND ELECTION

In accordance with the provisions of the Charter governing the District, the Board of Directors shall consist of five (5) members. They shall be elected for periods of six (6) years at the biennial election held on the third Tuesday of May* of the odd numbered years. Qualified electors of the State of Idaho who have been residents of the District for thirty (30) days are entitled to vote for Board members.

Should a vacancy on the Board arise for any reason, the remaining Directors shall elect a successor who shall serve for the remainder of the unexpired term.

* This date is not in harmony with the existing codified Charter. The District's attorney is of the opinion that H.B. No. 133, 1st Regular Session of the Forty-second Session of the Idaho Legislature, had the intent and effect of thus modifying the provisions of the Charter. (Refer to Section 33-503 of Idaho Code as amended.)

 District’s attorney reaffirmed this opinion December 2012 after conducting an extensive review of Idaho Code sections and the Charter pertaining to election of trustees.10

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 13 1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS

1050. (Revised 1/14/13)

1050. ORGANIZATION

Each board member shall qualify for and assume office on *July 1 next following his/her election, or, if appointed, at the regular meeting of the Board next following such appointment. An oath of office shall be administered to each board member, whether elected, reelected or appointed. Said oath may be administered by the clerk, or by a board member of the District, and the records of the District shall show such oath of office to have been taken and by whom administered and shall be filed with the official records of the District.

The Directors shall appoint a clerk who shall serve at their pleasure to act as secretary to the Board and shall maintain all of the books and records of the District as required by the Board. A clerk pro-tempore shall be designated to act in the absence of the clerk.

 District’s attorney reaffirmed this opinion December 2012 after conducting an extensive review of Idaho Code sections and the Charter pertaining to election of trustees.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 14 1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS

1070.

1070. RESPONSIBILITIES

The Directors, as duly elected representatives of the people, have full legislative authority over the schools in accordance with the Charter and the general statutes of the State of Idaho. They delegate all executive, supervisory, and instructional responsibility to their employees as hereinafter specified. Since the function of the Board is primarily legislative, the Directors recognize that the administration of the educational program should be a task for professional people. Therefore, the Board selects a competent executive and acts upon the general policies. The executive shall be given complete control of the management of the affairs of the District as long as approved policies are carried out.

The Board shall employ a competent accountant to audit the books of the District each year.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 15 1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS

1080. Adopted 8/12/13; Revised 8/25/14

1080. CONFLICT OF INTEREST

A potential conflict of interest exists if any official action or any decision or recommendation by a Director acting in his or her capacity as a Director, may result in a private pecuniary benefit to the Director or to a member of the Director’s household, or to a business with which the Director, or a member of the Director’s household, is associated. Members of a Director’s household are the spouse and dependent children of the Director and/or persons whom the Director is legally obligated to support. A business with which a Director is associated is any business which the Director or a member of his or her household is a director, officer, owner, partner, employee or owner of stock with a fair market value of five thousand dollars ($5,000.00) or more.

Directors with potential conflicts of interest shall comply with all applicable statutes and rules governing conflicts of interest including, but not limited to, the Ethics in Government Act of 1990, Idaho Code §59- 701 et. seq., and the Bribery and Corrupt Influences Act, Idaho Code §18-1351 et. seq.

Directors may not have a financial interest directly or indirectly in any contract or other transaction pertaining to the maintenance or conduct of the District, or accept any reward or compensation for services rendered as a board member except as otherwise provided by law.

The Board of Directors shall not enter into or execute any contract with the spouse of any Director, the terms of which requires, or will require, the payment or delivery of any school district funds, money or property to such spouse, except as provided by law.

When any relative of any Director or relative of the spouse of a Director related by marriage (affinity) or blood (consanguinity) within the second degree is considered for employment in the school district, such Director shall abstain from voting in the election of such relative, and shall be absent from the meeting while such employment is considered.

[Legal References: Idaho Code §59-701 et. seq., Idaho Code §18-1351 et. seq., Idaho Code §33-507.]

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 16 1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS

1090. (Revised 8/11/14)

1090. MEETINGS AND EXECUTIVE SESSIONS

1. REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the Board shall be held on the second Monday of each month at 6:00 p.m. in the Board Room at the Central Services Office at 3317 12th Street.

A quorum for the transaction of District business shall consist of three (3) or more members.

No business shall be transacted by the Board except at regular and special meetings.

All school employees and organizations are expected to present requests and reports to the Board through the Superintendent's office.

2. SPECIAL MEETINGS

Special meetings may be set at any regular meeting when all Directors are in attendance and the time, place, and reasons for the meeting are determined at that time; or

When called by the President or by any two members of the Board when notice shall be given to all members of the Board and to the general public stating the reasons and specific provisions of law authorizing the special meeting; or

When called without notice to deal with an emergency involving injury or damage or the likelihood of injury or damage to persons or property.

3. EXECUTIVE SESSIONS

An executive session may be held at any time during a regular meeting when two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors vote in favor of the same and when the reason for the session has been indicated as per Idaho Code 67-2345(1):

A. To consider hiring a public officer, employee, staff member or individual agent. This paragraph does not apply to filling a vacancy in an elective office;

B. To consider the evaluation, dismissal or disciplining of, or to hear complaints or charges brought against, a public officer, employee, staff member or individual agent, or public school student;

C. To conduct deliberations concerning labor negotiations or to acquire an interest in real property which is not owned by a public agency;

D. To consider records that are exempt from disclosure as provided in chapter 3, title 9, Idaho Code;

E. To consider preliminary negotiations involving matters of trade or commerce in which the governing body is in competition with governing bodies in other states or nations;

F. To communicate with legal counsel for the public agency to discuss the legal ramifications of and legal options for pending litigation, or controversies not yet being litigated but imminently likely to be litigated. The mere presence of legal counsel at an executive session does not satisfy this requirement;

G. By the commission of pardons and parole, as provided by law;

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 17 1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS 1090. (Revised 8/11/14)

1090. MEETINGS AND EXECUTIVE SESSIONS (Cont’d.)

H. By the sexual offender classification board, as provided by Chapter 83, Title 18, Idaho Code;

I. By the custody review board of the Idaho Department of Juvenile Corrections, as provided by law; or

J. To engage in communications with a representative of the public agency’s risk manager or insurance provider to discuss the adjustment of a pending claim or prevention of a claim imminently likely to be filed. The mere presence of a representative of the public agency’s risk manager or insurance provider at an executive session does not satisfy this requirement.

4. NEGOTIATIONS, LABOR

Labor negotiations must be conducted in open session. Minutes or records of the proceedings shall be kept and shall be available for public inspection at the offices of the Board of Directors during normal business hours.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 18 1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS

1100. (Adopted 9/7/83)

1100. PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AT BOARD MEETINGS

All regular and special Board meetings shall be open to the public except for executive sessions, which may be convened as allowed by law. Since the Board wishes to be aware of the problems, requests, complaints, and suggestions of members of the community, the Board welcomes participation of interested citizens, and for that purpose will allow time on the agenda. Generally, items to be considered by the Board will be released to the news media ten (10) days prior to a scheduled meeting.

Citizens who wish to be placed on the Board agenda shall contact the Superintendent at least seven (7) days prior to the meeting. This procedure will allow the Board the opportunity to become informed about citizen concerns before the meeting convenes.

The Board will also allow patrons of the District to speak before the Board without prior notice, but it will generally be the policy of the Board to defer any action requested on issues not on the agenda to the next regular meeting to allow the Board time to investigate all sides of an issue.

Any person wishing to speak before the Board must be recognized by the President. Presentations will be limited to five (5) minutes. However, the President may extend this time if he/she thinks it is in the best interest of the Board. The President may limit the total time to be spent on comments from visitors, and may impose such reasonable regulations as may be necessary to maintain orderly deliberations. Any action of the President may be overruled by a majority vote of the Board.

The Board, from time to time, will call for public hearings on those issues which it feels require additional public input.

Persons appearing before the Board are reminded, as a point of information, that members of the Board are without authority to act independently as individuals in official matters. Thus, questions may be directed to individual Board members, but answers from individual Board members reflect that individual's position and not the position of the Board unless the matter has been considered and acted on by the full Board.

It must be borne in mind that Board meetings are conducted for the purpose of carrying on the business of the District; therefore, to allow the Board sufficient opportunity to deliberate those issues needing action, the Board shall generally limit public input to the first half hour of the meeting. Thereafter, as a general rule, members of the public will not be recognized by the President as the Board conducts its official business.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 19 1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS 1110. (Revised 9/28/95)

1110. EXECUTIVE OFFICER (SUPERINTENDENT OF SCHOOLS)

The general administration of the District plant, program, and personnel shall be vested in the Superintendent, who shall be charged with the execution of the policies as determined by the Board. It is expected that the Superintendent will, at all times, endeavor to provide the maximum educational program for children and youth of the District. The specific responsibilities of the Superintendent are listed in the job description.

The Board of Directors shall conduct an annual, written, formal evaluation of the work of the Superintendent in accordance with Idaho Code 33-513. The evaluation shall indicate the strengths and weaknesses of the Superintendent's performance in the year immediately preceding the evaluation and areas where improvement in the Superintendent's performance, in the view of the Board of Directors, is called for.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 20 1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS 1115. (Adopted 8/11/14; Revised 6/22/15)

1115. DISTRICT CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT PLANNING

Each year, the Board of Directors shall create a collaborative continuous improvement plan designed to improve student achievement in the District, assess and prioritize needs, and measure outcomes.

1. COMPONENTS OF THE DISTRICT PLAN

The Continuous Improvement Plan shall:

 Be data driven, specifically in student outcomes, and shall include, but not be limited to, analysis of demographic data, student achievement and growth data, graduation rates, and college and career readiness targets;  Set clear and measurable targets based on student outcomes;  Include a clearly developed and articulated vision and mission; and  Include key indicators for monitoring performance, and  Include a report of progress toward the previous year’s improvement goals.

2. PUBLISHING REQUIREMENT

The District plan shall be made available to the public by being posted on the District’s website.

3. POSTING REQUIREMENT

The plan must be reviewed, updated annually, and posted no later than October 1 of each year.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 21 1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS

1130. (Revised 9/28/95)

1130. ADVISORY COMMITTEES

1. ADVISORY COMMITTEES TO THE BOARD

In order to assist the Board in the formulation of policies to improve the scope and quality of education in the community, representative patrons from the District may be chosen to constitute a committee or committees for this purpose. Selection of the members, tenure of office, and projects to be undertaken shall be determined by the Board.

2. ADVISORY COMMITTEE TO THE SUPERINTENDENT

The Superintendent may have advisory committees.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 22 1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS 1140. (Adopted 1/11/99)

1140. CHARTER SCHOOLS

A charter school is a public, non-religious, publicly funded school which is accountable for the provisions set forth in its charter petition and its contract as negotiated by Lewiston School District. The charter school shall operate independently within the boundaries of the District, and it shall be responsible for its own operation including, but not limited to, governance, personnel matters, preparation of a budget, implementation of curriculum, and contracted services.

A charter school may be formed by creating a new school or converting an existing public school to charter status. The District cannot authorize the conversion of any private or parochial school to a charter school. A charter school cannot be operated for profit.

A charter school shall be subject to all federal and state laws. A charter school is exempt from the rules of the State Board of Education and the State Superintendent of Public Instruction, except for the issue of teacher certification.

Involvement with the charter school by any student, parent/guardian, or employee must be voluntary. Enrollment must be open to any student who resides within the District. Nonresident students may be admitted to a charter school, but priority must be given to admission of resident students. A charter school shall not charge tuition or fees except those fees normally charged by other public schools.

Petitions must meet the requirements outlined in the Charter School Application Manual in order to be considered by the Board of Directors.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 23 1000. BOARD OF DIRECTORS' GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS

2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION 2010. (Adopted 6/12/06; Revised 8/8/11)

2010. INVESTMENTS

1. GENERAL POLICIES

A. This policy is to establish investment objectives and parameters for the management of public funds of the Independent School District No. 1. These objectives and parameters are designed to safeguard funds through the minimization of credit risk and investment rate risk, to assure availability of funds when needed and provide an investment return competitive with comparable funds and financial market indices. This policy does not apply to funds related to issuance of debt where there are other indentures and covenants in effect for such funds.

B. The Board of Directors shall designate the Director of Business Services to manage and invest funds in accordance with this policy in the priority order of safety, liquidity, and yield. The Director of Business Services shall refrain from personal business activity that could conflict with proper execution of the investment program. The Director of Business Services shall disclose to the Board any material financial interests in any qualified institutions that conduct business with the Board or the District and the Board shall further disclose any material personal financial investment positions that could be related to the performance of the District’s investment program.

2. INVESTMENT PROCEDURE

A. The Director of Business Services shall invest and manage all funds (except from debt when other indentures apply) under the direction and control of the Board with the objective to minimize risk, maintain liquidity and maximize yield. The foremost objective of this investment program is the safety of the principal of funds. The District will achieve this objective by minimizing credit risk and interest rate risk.

B. The District will minimize custodial credit risk and interest rate risk by investing only in those investments allowable under Idaho Code Sections 33-701 (10) and 67-1210 (a-m). The concentration of credit risk will be minimized by limiting the investment in a single issuer. The Interest rate risk will be minimized by investing in shorter-term instruments structured to meet reasonably anticipated cash flow requirements. Investments exceeding a one year maturity will be invested in fully collateralized instruments.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 24 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2030. (Revised 8/8/11)

2030. FINANCE

1. ACTIVITY FUNDS

A. GENERAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

1. All schools which collect money for student fees, admission charges for interscholastic activities, and the sale of yearbooks and annuals will set up accounts in an agency fund which will be held by the District in a trustee capacity or as an agent for the student activity. This agency fund is custodial in nature and does not involve measurement or results of operations.

2. Each school shall develop a chart of accounts outlining appropriate expenditures for club and activity accounts.

3. Budgets for school clubs or activities shall be developed at the building level and monitored by the building principal.

B. RECEIPTS

Numerical control will be maintained over all receipts. The building principal will make deposits in a timely manner. Cash on hand should be limited to no more than $500.00. Recorded receipts will be reconciled to bank statements on a monthly basis.

C. DISBURSEMENTS

Purchase orders shall be prepared for all disbursements and approved by the principal or designee. The payment on the purchase order shall be made by check with documentation which supports the amount paid and the type of expenditure. Checks must be signed by the District assistant treasurer or a building assistant treasurer and countersigned by the Board President or other designated District employee for the specific school account. Recorded disbursements will be reconciled to bank statements on a monthly basis.

D. REPORTING

1. Included in the reports submitted to the Board on a monthly basis will be a report showing beginning balance, year-to-date revenue, year-to-date expenses, and ending balance for each school's fund.

2. The books and records of each school will be subject to audit by the independent auditor engaged to perform the District's audit. A balance sheet and a statement of cash receipts, disbursements, and transfers will be included in the audited report.

2. EXTRACURRICULAR FINANCING

The Superintendent shall make any interpretation necessary to the following regulations:

A. The District shall provide and pay for the following for the secondary schools' activity programs:

1. Activity personnel as provided by the Activity Salary Schedule.

2. Up to three persons to supervise crowds, sell or take tickets, or perform other duties to be determined by the school principal at each athletic activity where there are spectators. Such persons will be paid at the rate of $13.00 per

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 25 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2030. (Revised 8/8/11)

2030. FINANCE (Cont’d.)

2. EXTRACURRICULAR FINANCING (Cont’d.)

A. PAY FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS’ ACTIVITY PROGRAMS (Cont’d.)

2. assignment. The allowance will be made only when the activity is held totally outside of the regular school day. All other personnel used and paid will be paid from the separate activity accounts.

3. Facilities and permanent equipment.

4. Telephone calls made for administrative purposes or to arrange for some special activity approved by the Superintendent or designee.

5. Some equipment or supplies used for both physical education and for an activity. When some of the expense is incurred mostly for the activity, the expense may be prorated.

6. Vehicles, gasoline, and drivers for groups to travel to local area music clinics and festivals, including the University of Idaho Homecoming Parade. This shall not include any performing or award trips.

7. Vehicles, gasoline, and drivers for any field trips previously approved by the Superintendent or designee.

8. Vehicles, gasoline, and drivers for:

a. Debate, declamation, and drama teams.

b. Minor activity teams to attend regional events when approved by the Superintendent or designee.

9. Vehicles, gasoline, and drivers for secondary schools' athletic teams.

B. The District will honor only those expenditures made through the regular purchasing procedure.

3. NON-REVENUE RECEIPTS

A. PROCEDURES, GENERAL

Money collected for persons or organizations other than the District shall be properly receipted and accounted for, but may not be handled through the District receipt account.

4. TUITION

A. A report of tuition students is maintained by the individual school and shall be submitted to the Director of Business Services as requested.

B. Payments received by the principals shall be promptly submitted to the Business Office.

C. Monthly tuition may be charged upon order of the Board of Directors to nonresident, out-of-state students. Tuition rates based on the District’s operation and maintenance costs of the previous year, will be determined annually by the State Department of Education in accordance with Idaho Code 33-1405.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 26 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2040. (Adopted 5/8/17)

2040. GENERAL OBLIGATION BONDS: BOND ACCOUNT

BOND ACCOUNT POLICY

The purpose of this policy - Bond Account is to establish policies and procedures in connection with the funds to be deposited and retained to pay debt service on general obligation bonds (the “Bonds”) issued by Independent School District No. 1, Lewiston, Idaho (the “District”).

Creation, Purpose and Maintenance of Bond Account

Payment of principal and interest due on Bonds shall be made by the District from an account (the “Bond Account”) established under the resolution(s) authorizing Bonds (“Bond Resolution(s)”). As required by the Bond Resolution, the Bond Account shall be maintained separate from all other funds and accounts of the District, to be held by the District, and maintained as a separate bank or investment deposit account with a financial institution, or as a separate account in the Idaho State Treasurer’s Local Government Investment Pool. A separate subaccount under the Bond Account shall be established for each series of Bonds. All Bond Tax Receipts and Bond Levy Subsidy Payments, hereinafter defined, shall be credited to the Bond Account separate and apart from the funds for the payment of principal or interest on any other series of bonds. Non-Bond Levy Revenues of the District, as hereinafter defined, should not be deposited into the Bond Account unless the District determines there is a shortfall in the Bond Account.

The Bond Account shall be monitored by the District’s Director of Business Services. Unless otherwise provided by District resolutions, agreements entered into in connection with the issuance of Bonds, or any tax certificate with respect thereto, the Director of Business Services shall maintain records and shall prepare regular, periodic statements regarding the investments, deposits and disbursements involving funds held in the Bond Account.

Definitions

“Bond Guaranty Programs” mean collectively the programs of the State of Idaho pursuant to the Idaho School Bond Guaranty Act, Title 33, chapter 53, Idaho Code, and the school district bond credit enhancement program under Title 57, chapter 7, Idaho Code.

“Bond Levy Subsidy Payments” mean subsidy payments received by the District from the State of Idaho bond levy equalization fund under Idaho Code, Sections 33-906, 33-906A, and 33-906B, or any successor provision.

“Bond Tax Receipts” mean revenues derived from the District’s general obligation bond levy under the applicable Bond Resolution, levied, assessed, certified, extended and collected by the District or on behalf of the District by the County annually at the time when and in the manner in which other general taxes of the District are levied, upon all the taxable property within the limits of the District, in addition to all other authorized taxes and assessments in the amount specified by Idaho Code Sections 33-802 and 33-802A.

“County” means the County of Nez Perce, Idaho.

“Investment Securities” means such investments as shall be legal investments for such funds under Idaho law as then in effect.

“Non-Bond Levy Revenues” mean revenues or other funds collected on the District’s behalf by the County and then disbursed to the District, including but not limited to, all revenues other than the Bond Tax Receipts, from property levies, state funds in replacement of property tax revenues, and sales tax revenue sharing funds.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 27 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2040. (Adopted 5/8/17)

2040. BOND ACCOUNT POLICY (Cont’d.)

Deposit of Funds into Bond Account; Payment of Bonds

There shall be deposited into the applicable subaccount under the Bond Account no later than five (5) days of receipt (i) Bond Tax Receipts, (ii) Bond Levy Subsidy Payments, and (iii) such other funds as the District shall designate as irrevocably available to pay principal and interest on the applicable Bonds, in amounts sufficient to meet the payments of principal and interest on Bonds as the same mature, as provided in the applicable Bond Resolution. Non-Bond Levy Revenues shall not be deposited into the Bond Account unless the District determines there is a shortfall in the Bond Account.

District shall pay debt service on Bonds from funds held in the Bond Account pursuant to the provisions of the applicable Bond Resolution, but nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent the District from paying the interest on or the principal of Bonds from any other funds in its hands and available for that purpose.

Investment of Funds in Bond Account

Moneys held in the Bond Account and subaccounts thereunder shall be invested and reinvested by the District to the fullest extent practicable in Investment Securities which mature not later than such times as shall be necessary to provide moneys when needed for payment of debt service on Bonds. All investment earnings shall be retained in the Bond Account.

For purposes of investment of funds in the Bond Account, the District may consider earnings on funds held in the Bond Account which are not expected to be used to pay principal and interest on Bonds to be held for the purpose of paying principal and interest on other bonds issued or to be issued by the District or to be used for any lawful purpose of the District.

State Guaranty Programs

In the event Bonds are guaranteed by the Bond Guaranty Programs, and pursuant to the applicable Bond Resolution, the District shall transfer moneys from the Bond Account to the District’s paying agent for such Bonds sufficient for the scheduled debt service payment on the Bonds at least fifteen (15) days before each principal or interest payment date for the Bonds, pursuant to the provisions of the applicable Bond Resolution.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 28 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2041. (Adopted 5/8/17)

2041. GENERAL OBLIGATION BONDS: POST-ISSUANCE CONTINUING DISCLOSURE PROCEDURES FOR TAX-EXEMPT BONDS

POST-ISSUANCE CONTINUING DISCLOSURE PROCEDURES FOR TAX-EXEMPT BONDS

The purpose of these Post-Issuance Continuing Disclosure Procedures for Tax-Exempt Bonds (“Procedures”) is to establish policies and procedures in connection with tax-exempt bonds (the “Bonds”) issued by Independent School District No. 1, Lewiston, Idaho (the “Issuer”) so as to ensure that the Issuer complies with all applicable post issuance requirements of Rule 15c2-12 (the “Rule”) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as the same may be amended from time to time, and federal and state securities laws generally.

I. Continuing Disclosure and Certification Requirements

A. Designation of Administrator

The Issuer hereby designates the Director of Business Services (the “Administrator”) to have the primary responsibility to ensure compliance with the applicable securities laws and the Rule relating to the Bonds. The Administrator shall review these Procedures annually. The Administrator will consult with Bond Counsel and/or the Issuer's legal counsel and advisors, as necessary, to ensure that the Issuer complies with the disclosure undertaking entered into by the Issuer for each issue of Bonds (“Disclosure Agreement(s)”). This will include, without limitation, consultation in connection with any potential changes in ratings of the Bonds or changes in finances or operations of the Issuer.

The Administrator will actively participate in the preparation of all primary disclosure materials. The Administrator will review and prepare all post-issuance disclosure materials, including, without limitation, the materials for the Issuer’s financial statements and the financial, statistical and operating data required to be disclosed under the Disclosure Agreement for each outstanding issue (the “Required Annual Filings”) and events required to be disclosed under the Rule (the “Material Event Filings”), and any other voluntary or required disclosure to the market. Exhibit A hereto lists the outstanding issues of the Issuer as of adoption of these Procedures, together with the date of the last maturity of each issue.

The Administrator will review all primary and post-issuance disclosure materials and consult with all officers, employees, directors, agents and officials of the Issuer as necessary to ensure that such materials do not contain materially false information or omit material information that investors would want to know in making an informed investment decision about the Bonds.

The Administrator will also obtain appropriate training in the issuance of municipal bonds, securities law disclosure, proficiency in the use of the Electronic Municipal Market Access system (“EMMA”) of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (“MSRB”), and update such training on an annual basis or as new developments arise.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 29 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2041. (Adopted 5/8/17)

2041. POST ISSUANCE CONTINUING DISCLOSURE PROCEDURES FOR TAX-EXEMPT BONDS (Cont’d.)

B. Duties of the Administrator

1. Annually prior to the due date of the Required Annual Filings, the Administrator shall revise Exhibit A hereto to add new issues and/or delete paid issues and shall review the Required Annual Filing under the Disclosure Agreement for each issue of outstanding bonds.

2. Within the soonest time specified under the Disclosure Agreements (currently 150 days of fiscal year end), the Administrator will submit, or cause to be submitted through a disclosure agent if one has been appointed, the Issuer’s Required Annual Filing to the MSRB via EMMA.

3. Not more than five (5) days after the submission of the Required Annual Filing to the MRSB, the Administrator shall provide to the Superintendent and the Board of Directors of the Issuer written confirmation that the Annual Required Filing has been submitted and filed properly with the MSRB through EMMA. The Administrator shall independently verify by access to EMMA that the Required Annual Filing has been filed and properly appears on EMMA.

4. In the event that the Required Annual Filing is not completed in time to submit the Required Annual Filing to the MRSB through EMMA within the time specified, the Administrator will file , or cause the disclosure agent to file, a notice of occurrence of such event (a Material Event Filing) in accordance with the policy and procedures set forth below under “Reporting of Events,” and in accordance with the Rule, and submit the Required Annual Filing as soon as it is available.

5. Reporting of Events

The Administrator will make, or cause to be made through a disclosure agent, if one has been appointed, all required Material Event Filings via EMMA consistent with the requirements of the Rule.

6. The occurrence of certain events, including payment defaults, requires a Material Event Filing without the need for a materiality determination (i.e. they are deemed material under the Rule). These include:

(a) Principal and interest payment delinquencies.

(b) Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial difficulties.

(d) Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure to perform.

(e) Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (IRS Form 5701-TEB) or other material notices or determinations with respect to the tax status of the security, or other material events affecting the tax status of the security. Note: A routine IRS audit is reportable because it could lead to an adverse tax opinion.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 30 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2041. (Adopted 5/8/17)

2041. POST ISSUANCE CONTINUING DISCLOSURE PROCEDURES FOR TAX-EXEMPT BONDS (Cont’d.)

(f) Defeasances.

(g) Rating changes.

(h) Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the obligated person.

7. Other events, such as non-payment related defaults, must be analyzed to determine if the event is material and if so, a Material Event Filing is required. The Administrator will consult with Bond Counsel regarding any questions as to whether an event has occurred and what filings are required. These include:

(a) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition involving an obligated person or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the obligated person, other than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement relating to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material.

(b) Nonpayment-related defaults, if material.

(d) Bond calls, if material, and tender offers.

(e) Release, substitution or sale of property securing repayment of the securities, if material.

(f) Appointment of a successor or additional trustee or the change of name of a trustee, if material.

8. The Administrator shall establish appropriate procedures within the Issuer such that officers and employees of the Issuer who have access to material information of the kind that would be required to be disclosed under a Material Event Filing are aware of the requirements of each Disclosure Agreement, and that such officers and employees will report such events to the Administrator in a timely manner. As soon as the Administrator learns of the occurrence of an event that is either deemed material or that knowledge of such an event would be material under applicable securities law, the Administrator will prepare and file, or cause to be filed, in a timely manner not in excess of ten business days of the occurrence, a Material Event Filing via EMMA.

Not more than five (5) days after the submission of a Material Event Filing to the MRSB, the Administrator shall independently verify by access to EMMA that the Material Event Filing has been filed and properly appears on EMMA.

Nothing in a Disclosure Agreement prevents the Issuer from making a voluntary filing with the MSRB of other material information in addition to the events that give rise to a Material Event Filing under the Rule and the Disclosure Agreement.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 31 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2041. (Adopted 5/8/17)

2041. POST ISSUANCE CONTINUING DISCLOSURE PROCEDURES FOR TAX-EXEMPT BONDS (Cont’d.)

C. Failure to File

In the event the Administrator fails to make any Required Annual Filing or Material Event Filing, the Administrator shall immediately notify the officer of the Issuer to whom the Administrator reports of such failure to file and will cooperate fully to consider whether the Issuer should engage a Disclosure Agent if one has not already been engaged, or take other action to ensure future filings are made on a timely basis.

II. Correspondence from Securities and Exchange Commission

Upon receipt of any correspondence from the SEC, the Administrator will immediately notify the Issuer, provide the Issuer with a copy of such correspondence, and develop a plan of action to respond to the SEC inquiry.

III. Record-Keeping Requirements

Unless otherwise specified in applicable Issuer resolutions or tax certificates, the Issuer shall maintain the following documents for the term of each issue of Bonds (including refunding Bonds, if any) plus at least an additional three years:

A copy of the bond closing transcript(s) and other relevant documentation delivered to the Issuer at or in connection with closing of the issue of Bonds;

A copy of all material documents relating to capital expenditures financed or refinanced by bond proceeds, including (without limitation) construction contracts, purchase orders, invoices, trustee requisitions and payment records, as well as documents relating to costs reimbursed with bond proceeds and records identifying the assets or portion of assets that are financed or refinanced with bond proceeds;

A copy of all contracts and arrangements involving private use of bond-financed assets or for the private use of output or throughput of bond-financed assets; and

Copies of all records of investments, investment agreements, arbitrage reports and underlying documents, including trustee statements.

EXHIBIT A TO POST-ISSUANCE DISCLOSURE PROCEDURES

OUTSTANDING BOND ISSUES SUBJECT TO REQUIRED ANNUAL FILINGS

1) General Obligation School Bonds, Series 2017, dated ______, 2017: last maturity due ______

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 32 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2042. (Adopted 5/8/17)

2042. GENERAL OBLIGATION BONDS: POST-ISSUANCE COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES FOR TAX-EXEMPT BONDS

POST-ISSUANCE COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES FOR TAX-EXEMPT BONDS

The purpose of these Post-Issuance Tax Compliance Procedures for Tax-Exempt Bonds is to establish policies and procedures in connection with tax-exempt bonds (the “Bonds”) issued by Independent School District No. 1, Lewiston, Idaho (the “Issuer”) so as to ensure that the Issuer complies with all applicable post-issuance requirements of Section 148 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) needed to preserve the tax-exempt status of such tax-exempt Bonds.

I. General

A. Responsibility

Ultimate responsibility for all matters relating to Issuer financings and refinancings rests with the Director of Business Services of the Issuer (hereinafter, the “Administrator”).

B. Compliance Checklist

Attached is a Compliance Checklist to assist in applying these Procedures.

II. Post-Issuance Compliance Requirements

A. External Advisors/Documentation

The Administrator and other appropriate Issuer personnel and/or board members shall consult with bond counsel and other legal counsel and advisors, as needed, throughout the bond issuance process to identify requirements and to establish procedures necessary or appropriate so that the Bonds will continue to qualify for the appropriate tax status. Those requirements and procedures shall be documented in the Issuer resolution(s), tax certificate(s) and/or other documents finalized at or before issuance of Bonds. Those requirements and procedures shall include future compliance with applicable arbitrage rebate requirements and all other applicable post-issuance requirements of the Code throughout (and in some cases beyond) the term of the Bonds.

The Administrator and other appropriate Issuer personnel and/or board members also shall consult with bond counsel and other legal counsel and advisors, as needed, following issuance of Bonds to ensure that all applicable post-issuance requirements in fact are met. This shall include, without limitation, consultation in connection with future contracts with respect to the use of bond-financed assets and future contracts with respect to output or throughput of bond-financed assets.

Whenever necessary or appropriate, the Issuer shall engage expert advisors (each a “Rebate Service Provider”) to assist in the calculation of arbitrage rebate payable in respect of the investment of bond proceeds.

B. Role of the Issuer as Issuer of Tax-Exempt Bonds

Unless otherwise provided by Issuer resolutions, agreements entered into in connection with the issuance of Bonds, or tax certificate(s), unexpended bond proceeds shall be

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 33 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2042. (Adopted 5/8/17)

2042. POST ISSUANCE COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES FOR TAX-EXEMPT BONDS (Cont’d.)

held by the Issuer, and the investment of bond proceeds shall be managed by the Administrator. Unless otherwise provided by Issuer resolutions, agreements entered into in connection with the issuance of Bonds, or the tax certificate, the Administrator shall maintain records and shall prepare regular, periodic statements to the Issuer regarding the investments and transactions involving bond proceeds.

If an Issuer resolution provides for bond proceeds to be administered by a trustee, the Issuer shall obtain from the trustee the agreement to provide statements regarding the investments and transactions involving bond proceeds, no less than quarterly.

C. Arbitrage Rebate and Yield

Unless a tax certificate documents that bond counsel has advised that arbitrage rebate will not be applicable to an issue of Bonds:

 the Issuer shall engage the services of a Rebate Service Provider, and the Issuer or the bond trustee shall deliver statements concerning the investment of bond proceeds to the Rebate Service Provider in a manner that will enable timely calculation of arbitrage rebate;

 the Administrator and other appropriate Issuer personnel shall provide to the Rebate Service Provider additional documents and information reasonably requested by the Rebate Service Provider;

 the Administrator and other appropriate Issuer personnel shall monitor efforts of the Rebate Service Provider and assure payment of required rebate amounts, if any, no later than 60 days after each 5-year anniversary of the issue date of the Bonds, and no later than 60 days after the last Bond of each issue is redeemed; and

 during the construction period of each capital project financed in whole or in part by Bonds, the Administrator and other appropriate Issuer personnel shall monitor the investment and expenditure of bond proceeds and shall consult with the Rebate Service Provider to determine compliance with any applicable exceptions from the arbitrage rebate requirements during each 6-month spending period up to 6 months, 18 months or 24 months, as applicable, following the issue date of the Bonds.

The Issuer shall retain copies of all arbitrage reports and trustee statements as described below under “Record Keeping Requirements.”

D. Use of Bond Proceeds

The Administrator and other appropriate Issuer personnel shall:

 monitor the use of bond proceeds, the use of bond-financed assets (e.g., facilities, furnishings or equipment) and the output or throughput of bond- financed assets throughout the term of the Bonds (and in some cases beyond the term of the Bonds) to ensure compliance with covenants and restrictions set forth in applicable Issuer resolutions and tax certificates;

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 34 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2042. (Adopted 5/8/17)

2042. POST ISSUANCE COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES FOR TAX-EXEMPT BONDS (Cont’d.)

 maintain records identifying the assets or portion of assets that are financed or refinanced with proceeds of each issue of Bonds;

 consult with bond counsel and other professional expert advisers in the review of any management contracts or other arrangements involving use of bond- financed facilities to ensure compliance with all covenants and restrictions set forth in applicable Issuer resolutions and tax certificates;

 maintain records for any contracts or arrangements involving the use of bond-financed facilities as might be necessary or appropriate to document compliance with all covenants and restrictions set forth in applicable Issuer resolutions and tax certificates;

 meet at least annually with personnel responsible for bond-financed assets to identify and discuss any existing or planned use of bond-financed, assets or output or throughput of bond-financed assets, to ensure that those uses are consistent with all covenants and restrictions set forth in applicable Issuer resolutions and tax certificates.

All relevant records and contracts shall be maintained as described below.

E. Record Keeping Requirements

 a copy of the bond closing transcript(s) and other relevant documentation delivered to the Issuer at or in connection with closing of the issue of Bonds;

 a copy of all material documents relating to capital expenditures financed or refinanced by bond proceeds, including (without limitation) construction contracts, purchase orders, invoices, trustee requisitions and payment records, as well as documents relating to costs reimbursed with bond proceeds and records identifying the assets or portion of assets that are financed or refinanced with bond proceeds;

 a copy of all contracts and arrangements involving private use of bond-financed assets or for the private use of output or throughput of bond-financed assets; and

 copies of all records of investments, investment agreements, arbitrage reports and underlying documents, including trustee statements.

COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST appears on the following page 

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 35 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST:

Construction (Applicable if any bond financed projects are under construction): Check in with Rebate Service Provider regarding any applicable exceptions from the arbitrage rebate requirements during each 6-month spending period up to 6 months, 18 months, or 24 months following the issue date of any bond issue. Are there any remaining bond proceeds after completion of the project? If yes, deposit them into the bond fund. Or, remaining proceeds may be spent on other projects, provided they were included in the description used in the ballot question. If other funds, aside from bond proceeds, were contributed to the project, check to make sure allocations of bond proceeds have been made to the project. Allocations need to be made in writing within 18 months after project is placed in service.

Investment and Proceeds Review (Annually): Create/update summary of investments of bond proceeds. Check in with Rebate Service Provider and provide summary of current investments of bond proceeds

Uses of Bond Financed Facilities Review (Annually): Create/update list of all properties, equipment, facilities or furnishings financed with bond proceeds, separately identified by each bond issue of the Issuer. Create/update list of all agreements granting long-term use (e.g., through leases or use agreements) of bond financed facilities or properties to outside persons that are not a unit of state or local government. Provide all such contracts to bond counsel for review. Create/update list of all agreements granting temporary use (e.g., incidental uses or daily leases) of bond financed facilities or properties to outside persons that are not a unit of state or local government.

Are all such uses based on the same set, uniform rates? If no, please contact bond counsel. Are all agreements based on fair market value? If no, please contact bond counsel. Do any of the agreements provide for use longer than a total of 50 days by any single user? If yes, please contact bond counsel.

Create/update list of all agreements granting non-exclusive uses of bond financed facilities or properties to outside persons that are not a unit of state or local government. For example, agreements allowing private business facilities such as vending machines, kiosks, etc.

The following questions relate to each of the facilities/properties listed above: Is any of the facility/project managed by an outside organization? If yes, provide any such contracts to bond counsel for review. Does any party other than a governmental entity have beneficial use or rights with respect to a financed property (e.g., naming rights or the right to use a bond financed school parking lot)? If yes, please discuss with bond counsel.

Bond Pay-Off: Check payment and redemption dates of Bond issues and upon final payment, check in with Rebate Service Provider to make a final rebate computation no later than 60 days following the bond payment or redemption date.

Rebate: At least 60 days prior to each fifth anniversary of the issue date of each bond issue of the Issuer, check with Rebate Service Provider to ensure that appropriate rebate amounts, if any, are being calculated by the Rebate Service Provider. Promptly following each fifth anniversary of the issue date of each bond issue of the Issuer, check with Rebate Service Provider to ensure that appropriate rebate amounts, if any, have been remitted to the IRS.

Other (Upon Occurrence): Any time the use of a bond financed project is changed from a governmental use to a nongovernmental use (e.g., by way of sale), please notify bond counsel immediately for remedial action which must be taken within 90 days of change. Any time the Director of Business Services changes, the new Director of Business Services shall go over the Procedures and this Checklist with bond counsel.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 36 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2043. (Adopted 5/8/17)

2043. GENERAL OBLIGATION BONDS: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT POLICY

Fund Accounting System (GASB Statement 54)

To enhance the usefulness of fund balance information, the District will provide clear fund balance classifications and use fund type definitions consistently.

The policy is designed to encourage consideration of unanticipated events that could adversely affect the financial condition of the District and jeopardize the continuation of necessary public services. The District should maintain adequate fund balances and reserves in order to:

1. Provide sufficient cash flow for daily financial needs; 2. Secure and maintain investment grade bond ratings; 3. Offset significant economic downturns or revenue shortfalls; and 4. Provide funds for unforeseen expenditures related to emergencies.

Fund Types

The accounts of the District are organized on the basis of funds, each of which is considered to be a separate accounting entity. The operations of each fund are accounted for by providing a separate set of self-balancing accounts. The following funds are maintained by the District:

1. The General Fund is used to account for all financial resources not accounted for and reported in another fund; 2. Special Revenue Funds are used to account and report the proceeds of specific revenue sources that are restricted or committed to expenditure for specific purposes other than debt service or capital projects; 3. Debt Service Funds are used to account for all financial resources restricted, committed, or assigned to expenditure for principal and interest; 4. Capital Projects Funds or Plant Facilities Funds are used to account for all financial resources restricted, committed, or assigned to expenditure for the acquisition or construction of capital assets. 5. Permanent Funds are used to account for resources restricted to the extent that only earnings, and not principal, may be used for purposes that support the District’s purposes.

Note: The above list is not comprehensive and the District may have other funds such as an Activities Fund.

Fund Balance Reporting in Governmental Funds

The following definitions will be used in reporting activity in governmental funds across the District. The District may or may not report all fund types in any given reporting period, based on actual circumstances and activity.

1. Non-spendable Fund Balance: Includes amounts that cannot be spent because they are either:

A. Not in spendable form; or B. Legally or contractually required to be maintained intact.

2. Restricted Fund Balance: Includes amounts that can be spent only for the specific purposes stipulated by District policy, external resource providers, or through federal regulations or State laws or rules.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 37 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2043. (Adopted 5/8/17)

2043. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT POLICY (Cont’d.)

3. Committed Fund Balance: Includes amounts that can be used only for the specific purposes determined by a formal action of the Board.

4. Assigned Fund Balance: Includes amounts intended to be used by the District for specific purposes, but do not meet the criteria to be classified as restricted or committed. In funds other than the General Fund, the assigned fund balance represents the remaining amount that is not restricted or committed.

Authority to Assign - The Board delegates to the Superintendent or designee the authority to assign amounts to be used for specific purposes. Such assignments cannot exceed the available (spendable, unrestricted, uncommitted) fund balance in any particular fund.

5. Unassigned Fund Balance: Includes the residual classification for the District’s General Fund and includes all spendable amounts not contained in the other classifications. In other funds, the unassigned classification should be used only to report a deficit balance from overspending for specific purposes for which amounts had been restricted, committed, or assigned.

Prioritization of Fund Balance Use

The Board’s primary role in adopting this policy is to identify the order of spending unrestricted resources and to acknowledge that the Board is the ultimate decision making authority with regard to committing balances upon recommendation of the Superintendent or designee.

If the Board chooses not to adopt a policy addressing the order of spending, the default approach of reducing restricted, then committed, then assigned, then unassigned fund balances will be used.

Guidelines

1. Classifying Fund Balance Amounts: Fund balance classifications depict the nature of the net resources that are reported in a fund. An individual fund may include non-spendable resources and amounts that are restricted, committed, or assigned, or any combination of those classifications. The General Fund may also include an unassigned amount.

2. Encumbrance Reporting: Encumbering amounts for specific purposes for which resources have already been restricted, committed, or assigned should not result in separate display of encumbered amounts. Encumbered amounts for specific purposes for which amounts have not been previously restricted, committed, or assigned, will be classified as committed or assigned, as appropriate, based on the definitions and criteria set forth above.

3. Minimum Unassigned Fund Balance: The District will maintain a minimum unassigned fund balance in its General Fund ranging from eight percent (8.0%) to twelve percent (12.0%) of the subsequent year’s budgeted expenditures and outgoing transfers. This minimum fund balance is to protect against cash flow shortfalls related to timing of projected revenue receipts and to maintain a budget stabilization commitment.

4. Replenishing Deficiencies: When the fund balance falls below the minimum of 8.0%, the District will replenish the shortage or deficiency over a period not to exceed five (5) years using the following budget strategies:

a) The District will reduce recurring expenditures to eliminate any structural deficit; or b) The District will increase revenues or pursue other funding sources; or c) Some combination of the two options above.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 38 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2043. (Adopted 5/8/17)

2043. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT POLICY (Cont’d.)

5. Surplus fund balance: Should unassigned fund balance of the General Fund ever exceed the range, the District will consider such fund balance surpluses for one-time expenditures that are nonrecurring in nature and which will not require additional future expense outlays for maintenance, additional staffing, or other recurring expenditures.

6. Implementation and Review: The Board authorizes the Superintendent to establish any standards and procedures which may be necessary for its implementation. The Superintendent shall review this policy and any procedures regarding its implementation annually or as needed and make any recommendations for changes to the Board.

The Superintendent or designee shall provide accounting procedures for the receipt, deposit, expenditure and withdrawal of such moneys and procedures for monthly reporting to the Board of the transactions, assets, liabilities and fund balance for each such fund.

Legal Reference: I.C. § 33-701 et seq. Fiscal Affairs of School District I.C. § 33-901 et seq. School Funds Governmental Accounting Standards Board (“GASB”) Statement No. 54

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 39 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2050. (Revised 1/8/96)

2050. FOOD SERVICES

1. OPERATION

A. The building principal shall be responsible for the maintenance of order and for the cleanliness of the kitchen and cafeterias.

B. The building principal shall secure the student workers necessary to carry out the program.

C. The building principal shall be responsible for the receiving and accounting of cafeteria funds.

D. Exchange or free meals are not allowed for any employee with the exception of cooks and the District Dietician/Food Services Coordinator.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 40 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2060. (Adopted 7/23/12; Revised 11/11/13)

2060. SPECIAL EDUCATION – USE OF FEDERAL FUNDS

The Board of Directors has authorized District Administrators to administer federal grant projects and programs, including, but not limited to: title I, Title II-A, Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) Part B, USDA Child Nutrition and others. Federal regulations prescribe that certain accountability measures be employed in the management of federal funds and those measures are adopted as District policy as follow:

1. ACCOUNTABILITY PROCEDURES

A. Internal controls are in place to ensure that all federal funds are used exclusively for allowable costs pursuant to the regulations applicable to program or project funding agency.

B. Time and effort reporting procedures will comply with OMB Circulars A-87 and A-133 and will include positive time reporting for all staff paid in part with federal funds pursuant to OMB 2 CFR Part 225 Appendix B 8.h.5.

C. All applicable expenditures for services provided to parentally placed private school students will be accurately recorded and accounted for.

D. Procurement procedures will conform to standards outlined in 34 CFR 80.36.

E. An inventory management system is in place for property (equipment) purchased with federal funds. Records will include property description; identification number; funding source; acquisition date and cost; location, use and condition of property; and disposition data, including date of disposal and sale price, if applicable.

F. Procedures will ensure retention of fiscal records for a minimum of three (3) years from obligation of funds, including the ability to retrieve the same for inspection as may be required.

2. IDEA PART B FUNDS

A. On October 10, 2005, the Board of Directors adopted the Idaho Special Education Manual 2005, and all subsequent revisions, as developed by the Idaho State Department of Education; following the reauthorization of the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA).

B. Internal controls will ensure that all IDEA Part B funds are used only for the allowable, excess costs of providing special education and related services to students with disabilities as required by 34 CFR 300.202 and as described in the IDEA Part B Funding Manual.

C. Time and effort reporting procedures will comply with OMB Circulars A-87 and A-133 as described in the IDEA Funding Manual.

D. Procedures will ensure that all excess costs of special education and related services are properly accounted for.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 41 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2070. (Revised 8/8/11)

2070. PAYROLL

1. PAYMENTS

A. All employees of Independent School District No. 1 shall be paid on the 20th day of each month. If the 20th of the month falls on a weekend or legal holiday, payroll payments will be issued on the last business day prior to the holiday or weekend. All payroll- related payments shall be made by direct deposit to the employee’s bank account according to written authorization from the employee. An employee may be exempted from participating in the direct deposit feature by completing a “Direct Deposit Personal Exemption Request Form.”

B. Certificated employees will receive twelve (12) monthly installments, as per the individual contract, each month September through August.

C. A paper payroll warrant (check) must be cashed within ninety (90) days from the date issued or it will be voided. A voided check, along with a completed request form, must be presented to the Business Office to obtain a negotiable replacement.

2. PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS

Deductions shall be made from the earnings of all employees for retirement (PERSI and FICA) and federal and state income taxes. In keeping with federal and state requirements, deductions may also be made for appropriate insurance premiums. All employees are entitled to take advantage of section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, whereby a public school employee may have his/her pay reduced by an amount which is placed in his/her account with a firm which will establish this sum as an annuity account. Also, deductions will be made, if applicable, for the Lewis-Clark Federal Credit Union, Twin County United Way, Friends of the Lewiston School District, the Lewiston Independent Foundation for Education (LIFE), and the IDeal Program Manager for College Savings Programs, if authorized by the employee.

Duly authorized deductions of legally permissible membership dues shall be made from the salaries of certified employees to professional national, state, and local associations. The District is not responsible for the use of the money deducted and forwarded to the associations. Such deductions will be made proportionately over a ten-month period, November through August. When members join the association after November, deductions will be made proportionately over the remaining paydays. If individual members authorize the same, the total amount due when one resigns prior to the end of the contract year will be deducted from the last check provided there is sufficient remaining salary after required deductions to make the payment.

No other payroll deductions will be authorized except that the wages shall be reduced for absences not covered by leave policies or agreements, as adopted by the Board of Directors.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 42 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2090. (Revised 8/8/11)

2090. PURCHASING

The purchasing, receiving, storing, and distribution of necessary supplies, equipment, and services for use in the educational program and for the various auxiliary services represent a significant expenditure in the school budget. These items must be procured efficiently and economically. The measure of efficient, economical purchasing is the degree to which the right items are provided in the right quantity, to the right place, at the right time, and at the right price.

The function of the District purchasing program is to serve the educational program by providing the necessary supplies, equipment, and services. The Board of Directors declares its intention to purchase competitively without prejudice and to seek maximum educational value for every dollar expended. The acquisition of services, equipment, and supplies is centralized in the Business Office, which functions under the supervision of the person designated by the Board as purchasing agent and through whose office all purchasing transactions are conducted.

Specific Considerations:

1. The Director of Business Services, under the direct supervision of the Superintendent, is appointed by the Board to serve as purchasing agent. He/she shall be responsible for developing and administering the purchasing program of the District. A Purchasing Manual will be submitted for periodic Board approval.

2. Competitive bids or quotations are encouraged for purchase of items less than $25,000 in accordance with purchasing procedures established by the purchasing agent.

3. The Director of Business Services is authorized to issue purchase orders without prior approval of the Board where formal bidding procedures are not required by law and when budget appropriations are adequate to cover such obligations.

4. All purchase contracts for materials, equipment, or supplies other than textbooks involving an expenditure of over $25,000 and all public work contracts in excess of $25,000 shall be awarded on the basis of public advertising and competitive bidding as provided in Idaho Code 33-601.

5. All contracts which require public advertising and competitive bidding as provided in Idaho Code 33-601 shall be awarded by official action of the Board. Recommendations for the award of all such contracts shall be submitted to the Board by the Superintendent.

6. The purchasing procedures employed shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of the State of Idaho and the State Department of Education.

7. The Board of Directors may accept and award contracts involving the school district to businesses in which a trustee has a direct or indirect interest provided that the procedures set forth in section 18-1361A, Idaho Code, are followed.

8. Acceptance of any gratuities, financial or otherwise, from any supplier of materials or services to the District is prohibited. This prohibition shall not include trivial benefits not to exceed a value of fifty dollars ($50.00) incidental to personal, professional, or business contacts and involving no substantial risk of undermining official impartiality, per Idaho Code 18-1359.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 43 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2100. (Adopted 11/12/90; Revised 5/14/01)

2100. FIXED ASSETS

The Board of Directors hereby adopts the following policies regarding the acquisition, use, disposal, and management of property, equipment, buildings, facilities, and other fixed assets under its jurisdiction and control.

1. PURPOSE

The general purpose of these policies is to provide guidance for the safeguarding, stewardship, efficiency and effectiveness of use, and accountability of the District's resources invested in fixed assets.

The term "fixed assets" refers to the land, buildings, building improvements, infrastructure assets, machinery, equipment, furnishings, facilities, property, and other resources purchased or otherwise acquired by the District to be utilized in accomplishing the District's goals for a period of time that extends beyond one budget period.

2. GENERAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR FIXED ASSETS

District personnel at all levels are responsible to the Board of Directors for the safeguarding, stewardship, efficiency and effectiveness of use, and accountability for fixed assets under their jurisdiction and/or control.

3. ACQUISITION OF FIXED ASSETS

The purchase or acquisition of all fixed assets shall be in accordance with all applicable federal, state, local, and District statutes, regulations, and policies.

Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, building principals, program directors, and grant administrators shall be deemed to be responsible for assuring that fixed assets under their control have been acquired in accordance with applicable statutes, regulations, and policies.

4. UTILIZATION OF FIXED ASSETS

The use of fixed assets shall be in accordance with all applicable federal, state, local, and District statutes, regulations, and policies. All District personnel shall share the responsibility for assuring that District fixed assets are used efficiently and effectively in accordance with District policy to achieve the goals and objectives of the District.

It is the general policy of the District that the use of fixed assets may be extended to persons or groups not directly related to or under the jurisdiction of the District, provided that such use is compatible with the Rules and Regulations as established by the District.

5. DISPOSAL OF FIXED ASSETS

The disposal of fixed assets shall be in accordance with all applicable federal, state, local, and District statutes, regulations, and policies.

6. ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING OF FIXED ASSETS

Accounting records for fixed assets and fixed asset transactions shall be maintained in such a manner as to provide information to promote sound fiscal management, to assess management accountability, and to assist interested parties with decision-making about the District's management of fixed assets.

The District will establish two categories of fixed assets for the purposes of accountability and reporting requirements.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 44 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2100. (Adopted 11/12/90; Revised 5/14/01)

2100. FIXED ASSETS (Cont’d.)

6. ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING OF FIXED ASSETS (Cont’d.)

For the purpose of financial reporting, a category entitled “Reportable Assets” will include all assets with an initial cost of $5,000 or over. These assets will be capitalized at historical cost. Building improvements that extend the useful life of a building will be capitalized. Costs for projects determined to maintain existing buildings will be included in the current year’s expenditures. Depreciation for reporting purposes will be calculated using the estimated useful life in years and the straight-line method. No depreciation will be taken in the year of purchase.

For the purpose of providing safeguarding and stewardship of the District’s investment in fixed assets and to demonstrate compliance with legal and contractual provisions, a category entitled “Accountable, but not reportable Assets” will be established. The District will maintain information on those assets whose capitalized value exceeds $500 or are selected computer, audio-visual or specialty items.

Annually, at a suitable time, the District administration shall conduct a physical inventory of the fixed assets which shall be compared to the accounting records. Each building administrator is responsible for the timely submission of an accurate inventory.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 45 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2110. (Revised 9/23/13)

2110. REPORTS AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT

1. Administrators are responsible for preparation and timely submission of reports as required or requested by the District, State Department of Education, State Board of Education, Idaho Code, or other administrative authority.

2. All record forms shall be filled out completely and accurately. Nicknames are to be avoided.

3. AVAILABILITY OF DISTRICT RECORDS TO THE PUBLIC

Idaho law requires disclosure of certain public records as per Section 9-337 through 9-348, Idaho Code. The intent of this law is that all records maintained by public agencies are open to the public for inspection and copying at all reasonable times, unless the information is specifically exempted from disclosure by statute.

The following persons are designated custodians of public records for the District:

Superintendent Assistant Superintendent Director of Business Services Director of Personnel

Personnel Information

The employment history, classification, pay grade and step, longevity, gross salary and salary history, status, work place, and employing agency of any current or former employee are required to be disclosed to any person who requests the information.

All other information relating to an employee or applicant, such as home address and telephone number, shall not be disclosed to the public without the written consent of the employee, applicant, or designated representative.

4. PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING PUBLIC RECORDS

It is the policy of the District to provide access to and copies of public records within the timeframes set out in Idaho Code §9-339. Examination of records shall be done during normal working hours, unless the designated custodian of public records authorizes otherwise. A certified copy, if feasible to produce or required by law, will be provided upon request.

All requests for public records must be made in writing and payment for duplicating costs, if applicable, must be tendered in advance.

A. PUBLIC RECORDS FEES SCHEDULE

Fees for filling public records requests shall be assessed as follow:

 No charge for the first 100 standard-size pages  10¢ per page over 100 standard-size pages  Actual cost to copy oversize documents  No charge for first 2 hours of labor required to retrieve documents  $16.00 per hour for staff labor in excess of 2 hours required to comply with each public records request, including the time necessary to redact non-public information.

Records custodian(s) shall make no inquiry of any person requesting public records, except:

 To verify the identity of the requestor;  To ensure that the requested records will not be used for purposes of mailing or telephone lists as prohibited by law, or

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 46 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2100. (Revised 9/23/13)

2110. REPORTS AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT (Cont’d.)

4. PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING PUBLIC RECORDS (Cont’d.)

A. PUBLIC RECORDS FEES SCHEDULE (Cont’d.)

 As required for purposes of protecting personal information from disclosure as provided by state and federal law.

5. RETENTION OF DISTRICT RECORDS

In compliance with Idaho Code §33-506, the Board of Directors has established the following guidelines to provide administrative direction pertaining to the retention and/or disposal of District records.

A. METHOD OF DESTROYING OFFICIAL RECORDS

The District’s official records, and any copy thereof that may be deemed to be confidential and/or not intended to be disseminated to the public, will be shredded before being disposed.

(1) SUSPENDING OF DESTROYING OFFICIAL RECORDS

The District will immediately cease the destruction of all relevant records (even if destruction is authorized by an approved Retention Schedule) for the following reasons:

1. If the District receives a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request; 2. If the District believes that an investigation or litigation is imminent; or 3. If the District is notified than an investigation or litigation has commenced.

The Superintendent and Board Clerk are responsible for carrying out this policy.

If relevant records exist in electronic formats (such as email, digital images, word processed documents, databases, backup tapes, etc.) the District shall notify its information technology staff. Failure to cease the destruction of relevant records could result in penalties against the District.

B. MANAGING EMAIL MESSAGES AS PUBLIC RECORDS

Email messages are a form of business communication, and are subject to audit, public records requests, and legal processes such as discovery and subpoena. All parts of the email message, including the content, the transactional information associated with the message, and any attachments to the body of the message fall within the definition district records. Email sent or received in the course of business transactions are government records, and must be retained or managed in conformity with the district records retention schedule, as well as applicable state and/or federal statutes. Personal messages, spam, and unsolicited advertising messages should be deleted immediately. Informational and reference messages such as general announcements and notes to co-workers (such as confirming appointments) should be deleted when no longer needed for business purposes. District staff should utilize the decision tree published on the official District technology website (see Appendix C Rules and Regulations, Figure 1.1) to determine whether email messages should be retained. The nature of the content is used to determine the retention period per the District Records Retention Schedule. In most cases, the originator of the email message is responsible for maintaining the official “record” copy. A decision tree to assist with determining responsibility for retaining email messages is also published on the official District technology website (see Appendix C Rules and Regulations, Figure 1.2). It is not necessary for multiple copies of the same message to be retained by the organization.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 47 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2100. (Revised 9/23/13)

2110. REPORTS AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT (Cont’d.)

6. ACCESSING “DISTRICT RECORDS RETENTION SCHEDULE”

See Appendix C Rules and Regulations for accessing the District Records Retention Schedule and related flow charts referenced in 2110.5.B. above.

District records shall be retained and/or disposed of as set forth in the District Records Retention Schedule.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 48 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2130. (Revised 1/8/96)

2130. TRANSPORTATION REGULATIONS

1. USE OF DISTRICT VEHICLES

A. The Board provides the Superintendent with a car.

B. District vehicles may not be used for transportation of persons to or from any place except when such usage is in connection with functions that are sponsored by the District.

C. District vehicles may be loaned to responsible local organizations for legitimate purposes if the organization pays all operating expenses and covers the equipment with adequate insurance. Such arrangements can be made with the Superintendent or designee.

D. Route buses shall be used for transporting students to and from school. Any deviations to this regulation must have the approval of the Superintendent or designee.

E. Activity buses shall be used to provide transportation for extracurricular activities, field trips, etc. Usage of these vehicles is subject to regulations provided in Rules and Regulations, Section 2030.2. Extracurricular Financing.

F. All vehicles are under the direct supervision of the Assistant Superintendent.

G. Students shall be transported only in school buses or by commercial carrier.

H. Only authorized agents of the District and students who meet established criteria shall be transported in school district buses.

2. REQUEST FOR USE OF DISTRICT VEHICLES

A. To request District transportation, a transportation requisition must be completed and submitted to the building principal.

B. The building principal will forward the request to the Assistant Superintendent who will make the necessary arrangements and confirm the request.

C. Requests should be made at least two weeks prior to the need and must be made directly by the building principal.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 49 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2131. (Adopted 4/9/01; Revised 8/24/15)

2131. TRANSPORTATION, NON-TRANSPORTATION ZONES

Independent School District No. 1 is committed to providing safe and efficient transportation for resident elementary and secondary students who reside 1½ miles or more from school and for those students with physical or mental disabilities that make walking impossible or unsafe.

Independent School District No. 1 will furnish school bus transportation to all elementary and secondary school students to the extent recommended by the administration and approved by the Board of Directors, following Idaho Code. This service may vary due to safety conditions that prevail in certain areas of the District.

Annually, the Board of Directors will establish bus routes and determine non-transportation zones.

A non-transportation zone shall comprise an area of a school district designated by the board of trustees which is impracticable, by reason of sparsity of pupils, remoteness, or condition of roads, to serve by established bus routes. The District hereby designates areas not presently served by an established bus route as non-transportation zones.

In addition to the Idaho Code description of those areas that are impracticable to provide bus service, the District will consider sporadic county service, potential for snow removal, construction of the road (gravel), proximity to existing bus stops, and availability of proper equipment as factors for consideration of patron requests for adding or extending a bus route.

Upon recommendation of the Superintendent and consistent with Idaho Code, the Board will establish areas to be served by the District Transportation Department. Any parent or guardian of an eligible student not presently receiving transportation service or wishing an adjustment to their present service may petition the Board in writing to request a new route or route extension. Final date for application for new routes or route extensions will be August 1 of any given calendar year.

The District will operate its own fleet of school buses. However, if it is impractical to transport certain students by a regular bus, such students may be transported by other conveyance.

The District’s transportation program will be under the direction of the transportation supervisor who is responsible to the assistant superintendent.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 50 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

2200. (Adopted 8/11/08)

2200. ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONSERVATION

The Board of Directors believes that it is our responsibility to ensure that every effort is made to conserve energy and natural resources while exercising sound financial management. The Board of Directors believes that public education plays a key role in providing leadership in developing a realistic energy ethic and awareness of energy needs and costs.

The implementation of this policy is the joint responsibility of members of the Board of Directors, administrators, teachers, support personnel and students, and its success is based on cooperation at all levels.

The District will maintain accurate records of energy consumption and cost data and will provide information on the goals and progress of the energy conservation program to District personnel, patrons and the media when requested.

Principals will be accountable for energy management on the campuses they manage with energy audits being conducted and conservation program outlines being updated. The use of various energy systems on each campus will be the joint responsibility of the principal and head custodian to ensure that an efficient energy program is maintained on a daily basis.

To ensure the overall success of the energy management program, all district personnel will be expected to contribute to energy efficiency in our District. Energy guidelines will be distributed to all personnel annually or whenever an update is completed, whichever is more frequent.

Further, to maintain a safe and healthy learning environment and to complement the energy management program, the District shall implement a preventative maintenance and monitoring plan for its facilities and systems, including HVAC, building envelope, and moisture management.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 51 2000. BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

3000. COMMUNITY 3010. (Revised 9/22/14)

3010. USE OF DISTRICT FACILITIES OR EQUIPMENT

1. INTRODUCTION

It is the policy of the District that school facilities shall be made available, under capable and responsible adult supervision, for community activities of an educational, recreational or civic nature. It is felt that school facilities should be used by the citizens of Lewiston for the betterment of all and the best use of the total tax dollar.

Realizing that the demand for the use of facilities may exceed the capacity of the available facilities and to assure that District facilities will best serve the public, the following rules, regulations, priorities and conditions have been established:

2. SCHOOL DISTRICT ACTIVITIES

The facilities and equipment are primarily for public school purposes and will not be available for public use when there is a conflict with school programs. Programs include, but are not restricted to, academic, athletic, chartered clubs and groups operating under the authority of the District.

3. ORGANIZATIONS DIRECTLY AFFILIATED WITH THE DISTRICT

Parent Teacher Associations, the Lewiston Independent Foundation for Education, Alumni Associations, Bengal Boosters, and other organizations affiliated directly with the District and primarily organized to promote school or educational purposes will not be charged a rental fee. Meetings may be held by arrangement with the building principal. The principal or his/her designee assumes the responsibility thereof and provides supervision for the activity.

4. RENTAL FORMS

A rental form is required for all functions that require custodial and/or technical support. Fees will not be assessed unless the facilities are left in such condition that school use is interrupted.

5. TRAVELING TEAMS

Traveling teams from other schools shall be allowed to use District athletic fields or gymnasiums for practice or for sleeping accommodations. The building principal or his/her designee assumes the responsibility thereof and provides supervision for the activity.

6. RECREATION AND COMMUNITY PROGRAMS SPONSORED BY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES

The District may enter into joint use facility agreements with other governmental agencies allowing for efficient sharing of resources. The terms of such joint use agreement will describe the requirements for payment of fees and the procedure for scheduling use of the facilities. If facilities are left in such condition that school use is interrupted, fees will be charged regardless of the terms of the joint use agreement.

Governmental agencies may also enter into a short-term rental agreement by contacting the Superintendent or designee. The terms for payment of fees and the procedures for scheduling use of the facilities will be outlined on the rental form.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 8/99 - Page 52 3000. COMMUNITY

3010. (Revised 9/22/14)

3010. USE OF DISTRICT FACILITIES OR EQUIPMENT (Cont’d.)

6. RECREATION AND COMMUNITY PROGRAMS SPONSORED BY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES (Cont’d.)

When a governmental agency charges admittance fees or the scheduled event serves as a fundraiser for the agency, rental fees, custodial fees and technician fees will be charged. A facilities rental agreement shall be filed on regular forms available from the building principal or the Central Services Office.

7. NON-PROFIT GROUPS WHOSE ACTIVITIES DIRECTLY SERVE SCHOOL-AGE CHILDREN

Activities must be educational or recreational and directly benefit school-aged children. Application for use of school facilities shall be made on regular forms available from the building principal or the Central Services Office. The Superintendent or designee may waive rental fees, custodial fees, and/or technician fees based upon the benefit of the program or activity for school-aged children.

8. PUBLIC USE

General public use by community groups and organizations is encouraged when it is of benefit to the community and does not conflict with a school district activity or a previously established joint use agreement. Application for public use of school facilities shall be made on regular forms available from the building principal or the Central Services Office. Rental fees, custodial fees, and/or technician fees will be charged.

Use for purely civic purposes within the community may be permitted without charge with approval of the Superintendent or designee based on the purpose of the request with respect to opportunities for youth of the District. A rental use agreement must be completed regardless of the fee determination.

9. PARTISAN, POLITICAL OR SECTARIAN PURPOSES

The use of school facilities for partisan, political, or sectarian purposes will be granted with approval by the Board of Directors. Application for the use of school facilities shall be made on regular forms available from the building principal or the Central Services Office.

Normal use fees shall not be waived when facilities are used for these purposes.

Although temporary use of facilities for political purposes or sectarian use will be granted, it will never be construed as endorsement by the Board of Directors or its administration of the views of the group seeking such usage.

10. GENERAL GUIDELINES

A. All District Rules and Regulations remain in full force and effect during the time of any facility rental or use. The application and the terms and conditions of the application for use of school facilities shall become a part of the general rules.

B. Facilities shall not be used unless a facility rental application has been submitted and permission granted. A single application may be made for a series of uses of like character within the time restrictions listed in E.

C. Applications shall be acted upon by the Superintendent or his/her designee who may require any information of applicants, may reject any application, and may cancel any permit previously issued.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 53 3000. COMMUNITY

3010. (Revised 9/22/14)

3010. USE OF DISTRICT FACILITIES OR EQUIPMENT (Cont’d.)

10. GENERAL GUIDELINES (Cont’d.)

D. The Board of Directors shall determine the rental rates.

E. A rental application will be approved for no more than ninety (90) calendar days and is renewable on a case-by-case basis.

F. Applications for use of facilities during the following school year will be accepted up to one (1) calendar year in advance of the dates requested for single events or events that request the use of a facility for less than five (5) dates throughout the year.

G. The use of facilities shall not be granted to any organization or to any individual considered as subversive or who has been affiliated with subversive organizations. Any such requests, as judged by the Superintendent or designee, will be reviewed by the Board of Directors on a case-by-case basis for final determination.

H. Any organization sponsoring the use of District facilities shall provide an adult supervisor, including police attendance if necessary, without cost to the District, for the entire time they are in use and shall assume all liability for any accidents that may occur while using District facilities.

I. Applicants must provide proof of insurance unless the requirement is waived by the Superintendent or designee. The amount of insurance shall be no less than $1 million.

J. Kitchen facilities may be used only under the supervision of a regularly employed cafeteria worker or appropriate District designee. If meals are to be served, arrangements must be made with the Assistant Superintendent.

K. The administration is authorized to cancel facility use permits when it is apparent that such action is necessary for the best interest of the District. Violation of listed rules may result in immediate loss of facility use.

L. No tampering with the structural, electrical, or mechanical components of any building is allowed without permission of the Assistant Superintendent or his/her designee. Any special decorations must be erected in a manner approved by the District. Removal must be completed immediately following the function.

M. The use of tobacco, electronic smoking devices, alcoholic beverages, or illegal drugs is strictly prohibited in all District facilities and upon all District properties.

N. The District reserves the right to charge additional custodial fees for any use when an outside group leaves the facilities in such condition that school use is interrupted. Any and all costs incurred by the District for damage to facilities resulting from said rental or use will be billed to the name identified on the rental form.

O. As a general rule, facilities should be vacated by 10:30 p.m. unless other arrangements for a later closing time are made in advance.

P. Any advertising by organizations for any event scheduled to use a school facility must indicate the local sponsor.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 54 3000. COMMUNITY

3010. (Revised 9/22/14)

3010. USE OF DISTRICT FACILITIES OR EQUIPMENT (Cont’d.)

11. RESERVED RIGHTS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors reserves the right to review each rental application independently and reserves the right to accept or deny any rental application. The District reserves the right to remove any facility from rental status for a period of time for regularly scheduled or special custodial and/or maintenance work.

12. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES

A. Building principals will collect fees for building usage and credit them to the District account. In instances where the building use permit is developed at the Central Services Office, said fees will be collected at that location.

B. When a facility rental agreement is signed and permission is granted, the Assistant Superintendent shall be notified and shall be responsible for the following:

(1) Assure that the facility is prepared for occupancy.

(2) Assign custodial staff and, if needed, an operations technician thirty (30) minutes prior to and thirty (30) minutes following the completion of the activity.

(3) Assign the custodian with the following responsibilities:

i. Open and close the facility. ii. Heat, light, and ventilate the facility. iii. Assist in maintaining order on the premise and preventing damage to school property.

(4) Assign the technician with the following responsibilities:

i. Prepare all technology required for the specific use. ii. Manage all technologies in use during the time specified event. iii. Assist in maintaining order on the premises and preventing damage to school property.

(5) Determine if other security assistance or services are needed and include such requirements in the rental agreement as identified.

13. SUMMER ATHLETIC AND/OR ACTIVITY PROGRAMS NOT SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT

B. Facilities shall not be used unless a facility rental application has been submitted and permission granted. A single application may be made for a series of uses of like character.

C. There will be no rental fee or custodial charge for any student-related program where the faculty member(s) sponsoring the activity or program do not receive any financial compensation.

D. The sponsoring coordinator or coach(es) are responsible for the collection of fees and the disbursement of funds. School accounts may not be used for this purpose.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 55 3000. COMMUNITY

3010. (Revised 9/22/14)

3010. USE OF DISTRICT FACILITIES OR EQUIPMENT (Cont’d.)

13. SUMMER ATHLETIC AND/OR ACTIVITY PROGRAMS NOT SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT (Cont’d.)

E. There will be no towel service provided. Participants in any program must furnish their own towels if shower facilities are used.

F. No transportation will be provided at District expense.

G. It is permissible for District staff to use the weight room for summer sport conditioning and/or camps without charge. Adequate supervision must be provided at all times.

H. Proof of insurance is required.

I. No activities will be scheduled in a gymnasium during the time that the gym floor is scheduled to be resealed or when regular summer maintenance work is occurring.

14. RENTAL FEE SCHEDULE

A. SENIOR HIGH AUDITORIUM

1. A performance to which admission is charged $125 or a freewill offering taken 2. Minimum fee for activities or meetings $70

B. BOOTH HALL

1. A performance to which admission is charged or a freewill $125 offering taken 2. Minimum fee for activities or meetings $70

C. SENIOR HIGH CAFETERIA/JUNIOR HIGH CAFETERIA

1. Minimum – light refreshments may be served $15 2. Minimum – with use of kitchen equipment – per meal cost $25 3. Meal preparation on site $75

D. JUNIOR HIGH AUDITORIUMS – GYMNASIUMS

1. A performance to which admission is charged or a freewill $50 offering taken 2. Minimum fee for activities or meetings $15

E. ELEMENTARY AUDITORIUMS – GYMNASIUMS

1. Minimum fee – no admission charged – staff member in $15 charge 2. A performance to which admission is charged or a freewill $45 offering taken

F. VOLLMER BOWL, WALKER FIELD AND CHURCH FIELD

1. Major usage – plus cleanup if necessary $75

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 56 3000. COMMUNITY

3010. (Revised 9/22/14)

3010. USE OF DISTRICT FACILITIES OR EQUIPMENT (Cont’d.)

14. RENTAL FEE SCHEDULE (Cont’d.)

G. BENGAL FIELD

1. Minor usage – no admission charged – no freewill offering $25 taken. Preparation, cleanup, and lights will require additional charges if needed

2. Major usage – admission is charged. There will be an $100 additional charge for lights, the use of public address system, preparation, or cleanup if needed

H. COMPUTER LABS AND IEN (IDAHO EDUCATION NETWORK) CLASSROOM

$50/hour plus technician costs and long distance charges.

I. FIBER-OPTIC STRAND PER FOOT PER MONTH $.02

J. OPTICAL TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETER (OTDR)/DAY $150

K. SCHOOL BUSES

School buses may be rented or leased only when commercial bus transportation is not reasonably available. The charge shall not be less than the District's current total cost per mile. Only current employees of the Lewiston School District meeting all certification requirements are authorized to drive a District school bus.

L. GENERAL

(1) Additional charges will be assessed whenever custodial services, technician, maintenance and/or other necessary District services are required. If additional time is required, it shall be at the overtime rate plus benefit costs. The Superintendent or designee may establish an average rate for additional services required. Said rate must include benefit costs.

(2) Whenever the senior high auditorium, Booth Hall, or the junior high gymnasiums are rented, the charge will be for a basic three (3) hours of usage. The charge will be $10.00 per each additional hour.

(3) When elementary gymnasiums are rented, the charge will be based on a usage of two (2) hours. The charge will be $7.50 per each additional hour.

(4) When cafeterias are rented, the price is based on two (2) hours of usage or the serving of one meal when equipment is used. When cafeteria equipment is used, a cafeteria employee must be paid and the total cost of wages for the same shall be added to the fee.

15. EQUIPMENT

The use of school equipment is limited to the items identified in the rental fee schedule. Any additional requests will be addressed by the Superintendent or designee on a case-by-case basis.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 57 3000. COMMUNITY

3100. (Adopted 12/12/05; Revised 8/14/06)

3100. PROHIBITING REGISTERED ADULT SEX OFFENDERS FROM ENTRANCE TO SCHOOL PREMISES OR ACTIVITIES

To protect the health and safety of students, it is the policy of the District to deny entrance onto the premises of any District school or at any school activity to registered adult sex offenders, of whom the District has knowledge. The Superintendent or designee will make a good faith effort to identify registered adult sex offenders residing within the District’s boundaries by reviewing the Idaho State Police registry of adult sexual offenders. The Superintendent or designee shall notify each registered adult sex offender identified as residing within the boundaries of the District that he/she is not allowed entrance to the premises of any school of the District, or to any school activities, or to serve as a volunteer at any school.

The Superintendent or designee may grant an exception to this prohibition for an individual who is a parent or guardian of a student attending a school within the District, and whose right to educational information or access to his/her child or ward has not been limited by court order. The decision shall be based upon a review of all of the relevant circumstances, including the risk to the health and safety of other students. Such parents or guardians may be permitted access to a particular school or school event, with or without limitations, as granted by the Superintendent or designee. The decision to grant or deny the request for an exception is not appealable to the Board of Directors.

Additionally, state law prohibits a person who is currently registered, or is required to register, under the sex offender registration act to:

1. Be on or remain on the premises of a school building or school grounds when the person believes children under the age of eighteen (18) are present. 2. Loiter on a public way within five hundred (500) feet of school grounds or a school building when children under the age of eighteen (18) are present. 3. Be in any vehicle owned, leased or contracted by a school to transport students to or from school or school-related activities when children under the age of eighteen (18) are present in the vehicle. 4. Reside within five hundred (500) feet of a school, unless the person’s residence was established prior to July 1, 2006.

When the Superintendent or designee determines it is necessary, because of the presence of a registered adult sex offender, information may be distributed to appropriate District personnel or other arrangements may be made in order to protect students.

School personnel shall not use information received by the District regarding any registered sexual offender to harass, intimidate, commit a crime against, or cause harm to any person.

Parents or patrons requesting information from the school regarding registry information shall be referred to the Lewiston Police Department or appropriate state agency.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 58 3000. COMMUNITY

4000. PERSONNEL 4010. (Revised 8/8/11)

4010. ASSIGNMENTS

1. CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEES

A. Certificated employees are assigned to staff positions at the time of employment by the Superintendent or designee.

B. The Superintendent may reassign certificated employees to meet staff requirements, program requirements, or when considered in the best interest of the District.

C. Personnel employed for five (5) consecutive years in a building or subject area may be considered for reassignment under the preceding regulation.

D. Employees may request transfers within the District as outlined in Section 4730 of policy.

2. EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL

A. Educational support personnel are assigned to staff positions at the time of employment by the Superintendent or designee.

B. The Superintendent or designee may reassign educational support personnel to meet staff requirements, program requirements, or when considered in the best interest of the District.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 8/99 - Page 59 4000. PERSONNEL

4050. (Revised 8/12/02)

4050. CURRICULUM

1. The Board of Directors has responsibility and authority for the school district’s curriculum, as specified by its Charter and within the limits specified by the State. In discharging this responsibility, the Board reserves the right to approve and adopt all the basic instructional materials required by that curriculum.

The Board of Directors is committed to developing policies and processes for continuous improvement of curriculum, instruction and assessment to ensure effective implementation of the State Content Standards at all levels within a rich and rigorous learning environment.

The Board assigns the Superintendent the responsibility of developing and implementing the administrative procedures and the regulations necessary to make this policy operational.

2. Curriculum shall be developed in compliance with state guidelines and federal mandates where applicable and provide all students with a rigorous curriculum that is carefully and methodically aligned with Standards.

3. There shall be required assessments to evaluate student performance. These assessments shall be evaluated regularly.

4. Technology shall be used to support structures for curriculum development, instructional planning, teaching, evaluation and assessment.

5. The Superintendent or designee shall authorize a major review of one or more curriculum areas per year. A report of the review will be made to the Board.

A. The general education areas to be reviewed during a multi-year curriculum cycle are mathematics, reading/language arts/English, health, physical education, social studies, science, technology education, vocational education, fine arts and foreign languages.

B. The review process shall include a statement of program goals and beliefs by subject area, needs assessment and testing data as may be relevant, important new trends that are to be incorporated into the curriculum, recommended resources/materials, and a staff input summary from teachers and principals. The review process shall include aligning the written curriculum, materials and assessments with the State Content Standards.

C. Program guides shall be developed for each curricular area. Copies of the program guides shall be available for all teachers and the public in each principal’s office and in the public libraries of the community for parental review and reference.

6. The curriculum will be supported by:

A. Standards implementation and collaboration time;

B. Measures of student achievement aligned with the State Content Standards;

C. Accurate data compiled for the purpose of diagnosis, prescription and curriculum review;

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 60 4000. PERSONNEL

4050. (Revised 8/12/02)

4050. CURRICULUM (Cont’d.)

6. (Cont’d.)

D. Scientific, research-based instructional methods; and

E. Organized grade level/department teams that assume the responsibility to see that students have every opportunity possible to meet or exceed the State Content Standards.

7. Certificated employees are required to teach the curriculum approved by the Board of Directors in order to assure that students across the District have access to equivalent instructional content. Teachers are to enrich and adapt curriculum materials in order to meet the needs of individual students. Sound instructional practices support the curriculum. The District places the highest value on student learning by delivering the curriculum.

8. The building administrator, as the instructional leader, shall be responsible for overseeing the instructional program to ensure that the process by which the approved curriculum and required assessments are implemented is systematic and consistent with District policy.

9. Implementation of rich and rigorous, results-oriented curriculum aligned with the State Content Standards will require a new level of accountability. The District, building and classroom will be accountable to the state and to the public through annual reports as prescribed in the Strategic Plan and State Accountability Plan.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 61 4000. PERSONNEL

4055. (Adopted 8/12/02)

4055. TESTING AND ASSESSMENT

The District shall provide an ongoing, district-wide testing and assessment program that includes multiple measures. The program shall:

(a) Serve as one of many indicators concerning the quality and effectiveness of the District’s educational program;

(b) Be used to enhance student learning; and

Students shall participate in all state required testing except as required by the Individualized Education Plan (IEP) or 504 Plan.

The District will comply with all requirements for state-mandated testing and assessment.

A Testing and Assessment Calendar will be published each year.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 62 4000. PERSONNEL

4060. (Revised 8/8/11)

4060. SCHOOL LIBRARY PROCEDURES

1. LIBRARY BILL OF RIGHTS

The District affirms that all school libraries are centers for information and ideas, and the following basic policies and procedures should guide their services.

A. Books and other library resources should be provided for the interest, information, and enjoyment of all students of the community which the libraries serve. Materials should not be excluded solely because of the origin, background, or views of those contributing to their creation, or a prejudice of any person involved in book selection or purchase.

B. Libraries should provide materials and information presenting divergent points of view on current and historical issues.

C. Libraries should evaluate fairly all censorship challenges in the fulfillment of their responsibility to provide information and enlightenment.

D. Libraries should cooperate with all persons and groups concerned with the free expression of access to ideas.

E. A person's right to use a library should not be denied or abridged because of his/her origin, age, background, or views, or for other reasons apart from violations of the library's operating policies.

F. The continuous review of library materials is necessary as a means of maintaining an active library collection of current interest to users. In the process, materials may be added or obsolete materials may be replaced or removed in accordance with a District collection maintenance policy and the needs of the school.

2. COLLECTION DEVELOPMENT POLICY

A. MISSION AND ROLE

1. The libraries in the Lewiston School District support the curriculum at all levels through materials selection and by providing a consistent system of organization with on-going dissemination of information. The school library media centers seek to fill the information needs of its users by developing comprehensive and up to date school collections of print and non-print materials. To fulfill this role, library professionals, library instructional assistants, and library technicians participate in the development and review of the curriculum, working closely with teaching faculty and students to provide for curricular and recreational interests.

2. To enable users to effectively utilize library resources, library staff adhere to the structure of library organization. To insure efficient operation, library staff explore new technological advances to evaluate their usefulness to the library organization, the learning program, and the needs of all patrons.

3. The school library media center seeks to maximize use by informing users of its activities, collections, and services. The library encourages the formation of, and actively participates in, cooperative programs and arrangements with other libraries through networking and consortia in order that resources and services may be shared and collections developed cooperatively.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 63 4000. PERSONNEL

4060. (Revised 8/8/11)

4060. SCHOOL LIBRARY PROCEDURES (Cont’d.)

2. COLLECTION DEVELOPMENT POLICY (Cont’d.)

A. MISSION AND ROLE (Cont’d.)

4. All library policies, procedures, goals, and objectives are formulated to be fully compatible with the Idaho State Department of Education Library Standards and Lewiston School District.

B. SCHOOL LIBRARY-MEDIA CENTER PROGRAMS

The school library media center will supply:

1. A comprehensive collection of instructional materials selected in compliance with basic written selection principles and maximum access to these materials for all staff and students;

2. Materials that will support the curriculum, while considering the individual’s needs and the varied interests, abilities, socio-economic backgrounds, and maturity levels of the students served;

3. Teachers and students with materials that will encourage growth in knowledge, in addition to literary, cultural and aesthetic appreciation, and ethical standards;

4. Materials which reflect, without preference or bias, the ideas and beliefs of those religious, social, political, historical, and ethnic groups which have contributed to the American and world heritage and culture, thereby enabling students to make informed decisions;

5. A written statement, approved by the Board of Directors, of the procedures for meeting the issue of censorship of materials, the acquisition of materials and library usage in school library media centers; and

6. Qualified personnel to serve teachers, students, and the community.

3. SELECTION POLICY

A. PHILOSOPHY OF SELECTION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS PROPOSED FOR PURCHASE

The success of the library program in the Lewiston School District in meeting the needs of pupils and teachers depends to a great extent upon the range and quality of the materials available for their use. Every effort shall be made to provide library books, periodicals, audiovisual materials and other resources essential to an effective instructional program. It is essential that the library materials support and enhance the philosophy, goals and objectives, and curriculum of the District.

Because of the rapid expansion of knowledge, it is essential that the school library reflect this expansion. Consequently, selection of appropriate instructional materials from the available materials is a continuous process.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 64 4000. PERSONNEL

4060. (Revised 8/8/11)

4060. SCHOOL LIBRARY PROCEDURES (Cont’d.)

3. SELECTION POLICY (Cont’d.)

B. CRITERIA FOR SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS

1. Library materials shall further the educational philosophy and learning goals of the school district.

2. Library materials selected shall be appropriate to the achievement level, maturity, and interest of students for whom they are intended.

3. The library collection, taken as a whole, should present fair treatment of gender, ethnic, religious, political and cultural groups and these materials should build on their contributions and concerns, current and historical.

C. PROCEDURE FOR SELECTING LIBRARY RESOURCE MATERIALS

The procedure for implementation of the selection policy is a process which is coordinated by the professional school librarian under the direction of the building principal. The process begins by seeking and accepting requests from teachers, students, parents, and District specialists. The librarian and/or library instructional assistant considers such requests in relationship to specified (1) relationship to curriculum, (2) criteria for selection, and (3) selection tools utilized. After considering the requests and the needs of the building, the Librarian, Library Instructional Assistant, or Library Technician prepares a list for purchase and submits it to the building principal. The building principal shall submit the necessary requisitions.

(1) Objective of Selection

The primary objective of a school library is to implement, enrich, and support the curriculum of the District by:

a. Providing resource materials for students and faculty.

b. Providing materials that meet the interest, vocabulary, maturity, and ability levels of all students.

c. Fostering reading as a lifelong learning and recreational activity through pleasurable exposure to printed materials.

d. Providing materials that fulfill the goals as outlined in the School Library Bill of Rights.

(2) Criteria for Selection of Library Materials

The basic factors influencing selection shall be based on:

a. The knowledge of curriculum needs of the individual school and individual students.

b. The requests from administrators, teachers, parents, and students.

c. The recreational and curricular reading interests, abilities, and backgrounds of the students using the library.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 65 4000. PERSONNEL

4060. (Revised 8/8/11)

4060. SCHOOL LIBRARY PROCEDURES (Cont’d.)

3. SELECTION POLICY (Cont’d.)

C. PROCEDURE FOR SELECTING LIBRARY RESOURCE MATERIALS (Cont’d.)

(2) Criteria for Selection of Library Materials (Cont’d.)

d. The librarian, library instructional assistant, or library technician will refer to reputable, professionally prepared selection aids such as H.W. Wilson standard catalogs and periodicals such as Booklist and School Library Journal for assistance in making selections for the library.

4. GENERAL LIBRARY PROCEDURES

A. LIBRARY HOURS

Library scheduling and service is designed to meet the needs of students and staff at each school.

B. STUDENT DISCIPLINE

Teachers will be the primary persons responsible for discipline while students are in the library or assigned to the library with library passes. Discipline measures instituted by the teacher shall be carried out by the teacher rather than delegated to the librarian, library instructional assistant, or library technician.

C. PUBLISHER REPRESENTATIVES

All book salespersons to elementary schools shall be referred to the Director of Curriculum.

D. OVERDUE BOOK POLICY

Due to entry into VALNet where patrons are considered “D” (delinquent) if charged with overdue resources, school libraries will follow this policy also and require “D” ’s to be cleared before further checkout.

E. BOOK REPLACEMENT/PURCHASES

Replacement costs of books lost and paid should include costs of processing; i.e., bar codes, tape, plastic book covers, security strips, and shipping as applicable. All new acquisitions will be charged at the District’s cost plus processing.

F. FINES

The secondary libraries will recognize and follow the established VALNet fine schedule. This schedule is posted in each library at the circulation desk.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 66 4000. PERSONNEL

4060. (Revised 8/8/11)

4060. SCHOOL LIBRARY PROCEDURES (Cont’d.)

4. GENERAL LIBRARY PROCEDURES (Cont’d.)

G. WEEDING OF LIBRARY COLLECTIONS

Library collections will be weeded on an on-going basis, based on guidelines published by the State Department of Education and available in the Library Services Manual, which is shelved in each school library. Weeding is a very significant process in maintaining an up-to-date, quality library. Any materials that are out-of-date, worn out, and otherwise unusable will be withdrawn from the collection.

H. INVENTORY

This process will be carried out on a daily or weekly basis as each library receives a printout of missing, lost, and long overdue items. The secondary schools will keep these records and reports on file to maintain compliance with state accreditation standards.

I. CHALLENGED MATERIALS

Information, guidelines, and forms for filing a challenge are available in the Rules and Regulations, Section 4070 and Appendix. Forms for a patron-initiated challenge are available from the Superintendent’s secretary. It is the desire of the school to immediately solve complaints professionally through a conference with the complainant, building principal, school library media specialist, library instructional assistant, library technician and any other involved staff member.

J. STANDARDIZED PROCESSING

In order to have resources available in a consistent format, each library will follow standardized processing guidelines when preparing new materials for circulation. Cataloging of new acquisitions for the elementary libraries will be processed from the District VALNet Technician’s office in order to have consistent information in the VALNet database. Cataloging for the secondary schools will continue to be done site-based using VALNet, LaserCat, and MitiNet cataloging standards.

K. GIFTS

The school libraries welcome books and other resources from individuals and organizations. However, gifts are subject to the same criteria as all other materials purchased for the library. If the library chooses to accept a gift for the collection, a book plate will be placed on the inside cover recognizing the donor’s contribution, unless otherwise instructed.

L. REQUESTS TO ESTABLISH SPECIAL COLLECTIONS

The school library media centers are designed to serve the needs of staff and students. Therefore, library space will not be provided for individuals or groups who want to house a special collection of resources for their own use and which are not intended for use by students or staff.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 67 4000. PERSONNEL

4063. (Adopted 8/12/13; Revised 8/24/15)

4063. TECHNOLOGY USE, ETHICS AND INTERNET SAFETY

The District recognizes that technologies and networks are important tools for student learning and conducting District business. The District provides these tools to staff as a means to plan and deliver more effective, personalized instruction and to facilitate immediate and efficient communication with parents, staff, and students. While technologies serve many important functions in school activities, the District also recognizes that the implementation of technologies must be conducted responsibly within an environment that conscientiously strives to ensure that technologies are used only for legal purposes and the advancement of the District mission. Moreover, the safety and privacy of District students and staff and their information shall be protected and maintained.

To these ends, Users will abide by all District Rules and Regulations, and local, state and federal laws. The District must cooperate fully with local, state or federal officials in any investigation concerning or relating to violations of the law.

1. DEFINITIONS

A. ACCOUNT

Account means the User ID and Password assigned to an individual for their personal access to District computers and Network resources.

All account holders on the Lewiston School District Network may be granted access to services the Network offers. The following people may hold accounts on the Lewiston School District Network:

(1) STUDENTS

Students who are currently enrolled in the Lewiston School District may be granted a Network account upon agreement to the terms stated in this policy.

(2) STAFF

Teachers, administrators, and educational support personnel of Lewiston School District may hold accounts on the Lewiston School District Network.

(3) OTHERS

Other school related individuals may request a special account on the Lewiston School District Network. These requests will be granted on a case-by-case basis, depending on need and resource availability.

B. BYOT

BYOT stands for Bring Your Own Technology.

C. CHILD PORNOGRAPHY

Child Pornography is given the meaning as defined in Idaho Code §33-2741(7)(a).

D. CONTENT

Content means the words, images, audio, and video that are transmitted, received, or stored on the Network and/or an ECCD.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 68 4000. PERSONNEL

4063. (Adopted 8/12/13; Revised 8/24/15)

4063. TECHNOLOGY USE, ETHICS AND INTERNET SAFETY (Cont’d.)

1. DEFINITIONS (Cont’d.)

E. DISTRICT NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR

District Network Administrator means the person(s) responsible for the management of the District’s computers and networks.

F. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION

Electronic Communication includes any communication facilitated by voice or text- based telecommunication or computing device. It also includes signs, images, texts or data in whole or part stored on or transferred through an electronic communication or computing device, including but not limited to Internet-based social networks, instant messaging, websites, video, text messages, emails and blogs.

G. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION AND COMPUTING DEVICES (ECCD)

Electronic Communication and Computing Devices (ECCD) shall include all devices that can take photographs; record, play or edit audio or video data; store, transmit or receive messages or images; or provide a wireless, unfiltered connection to the Internet. Examples of ECCDs include but are not limited to, radios, CD players, iPods, MP3 players, DVD players, handheld game consoles, Personal Digital Assistants (PDAs), cellular telephones, smart phones, laptop computer, tablets, as well as any new technology developed with similar capabilities, pagers and beepers.

H. FILTER

Filter means a specific technology that blocks or filters access to Internet content that is:

(1) Obscene, as the term is defined in Idaho Code §33-2741(7)(d); (2) Child Pornography, as defined in Idaho Code §33-2741(7)(a); (3) Harmful to Minors as defined in Idaho Code §33-2741(7)(b); or (4) Unrelated to the District’s educational mission.

I. HACKING

Hacking refers to breaking into computer systems or networks.

J. HARMFUL TO MINORS

Harmful to Minors means any words, visual depiction, or other Internet resource/s that:

(1) Taken as a whole and with respect to minors, appeals to a prurient interest in nudity, sex, or excretion; (2) Depicts, describes, or represents, in a patently offensive way with respect to what is suitable for minors, an actual or simulated sexual act or sexual contact, actual or simulated normal or perverted sexual acts, or a lewd exhibition of the genitals; (3) Depicts or describes violence, construction of weapons, or other activities that present a danger to self or others; or (4) Taken as a whole, lacks meaningful literary, artistic, political, educational or scientific value as to minors.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 69 4000. PERSONNEL

4063. (Adopted 8/12/13; Revised 8/24/15)

4063. TECHNOLOGY USE, ETHICS AND INTERNET SAFETY (Cont’d.)

1. DEFINITIONS (Cont’d.)

K. IMPROPER OR INAPPROPRIATE COMMUNICATIONS

Improper and Inappropriate Communications are any communication, regardless of who initiates, between a user and another party (student, parent, employee, other) that may be viewed as offensive, derogatory, sexual, threatening, harassing, discriminatory, simple fraternization, or suggestive in nature.

L. NETWORK

Network means the Lewiston School District Network, including, but not limited to, the hardware, software, and the infrastructure, wired or wireless, and protocols that connect all of the above for the purpose of communication and data sharing and storage. The Network serves as the connection to the Internet.

M. PARENT

Parent means a parent, guardian, or person having legal custody of a child. If the student is eighteen (18) years of age or older the procedures for the parent in this regulation may be exercised by the student.

N. PROXY

Proxy means any resource that can be accessed to bypass the District's Internet filters.

O. SOCIAL NETWORKS

Social Networks are platforms that facilitate the building of social relations among people who, for example, share interests, activities, backgrounds, or real-life connections.

P. TECHNOLOGY

Technology means tools utilized as a means for teaching, learning, and communication.

Q. USER

User means any individual who uses, logs in, attempts to use, or attempts to log into the Network (by direct connection or across one or more wired or wireless networks) or who attempts to connect to or traverse the Network or who uses District hardware or software.

2. SUPERVISION

It shall be the responsibility of all staff members when working with students on computing devices to educate, supervise and monitor appropriate usage of the online computer network and access to the Internet in accordance with Rules and Regulations and CIPA (Children’s Internet Protection Act).

The District will educate minors about digital citizenship concepts including: appropriate online behavior, including interacting with other individuals on social networking websites and in chat rooms, and cyberbullying awareness and response to meet the requirements of Idaho Code §33-131.d and CIPA.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 70 4000. PERSONNEL

4063. (Adopted 8/12/13; Revised 8/24/15)

4063. TECHNOLOGY USE, ETHICS AND INTERNET SAFETY (Cont’d.)

3. PRIVILEGES, RIGHTS, AND RESPONSIBILITIES

A. PERSONAL PRIVACY AND INFORMATION SECURITY

(1) All members of the Lewiston School District Network have the right to privacy in their email and files saved within their account. However, if a User is believed to be in violation of the guidelines stated in this policy or there is a legal request made, an administrator or teacher may gain access to account content. Teachers and administrators may periodically make requests to study or view content, but confidentiality is ensured in such circumstances. When content is viewed, the User will be notified of the access.

(2) Any network or Internet communication must adhere to FERPA requirements and Rules and Regulations.

(3) Teacher and other staff names may be posted on all school or District rosters and may include at-work contact information as well as links to that instructor’s published web content.

(4) A student shall immediately report to school authorities any invitation for personal contact or any message that the student feels is inappropriate or makes him/her feel uncomfortable.

(5) To the greatest extent possible, Users of the Lewiston School District Network will be protected from harassment or unwanted or unsolicited contact. Any User who receives threatening or unwelcome communications should bring them to the attention of an administrator or teacher. Users must, however, be aware that there are many services available on the Internet that could potentially be offensive to certain groups of users. The designers of the Lewiston School District Network cannot eliminate access to all such services, nor could they even begin to identify them. Thus, individual Users must take responsibility for their own actions in navigating the Network.

B. FILTERING, INAPPROPRIATE CONTENT AND INAPPROPRIATE USAGE

(1) The Lewiston School District shall maintain a filter system and other technology measures that attempt to block a User’s access to Internet material that is obscene, pornographic, inappropriate (including non-age appropriate), or potentially harmful to minors, is not related to District business, or otherwise violates any District regulations.

(2) Users shall not make any attempt to bypass the District’s content filters for any reason even if the intended use is not against District regulations.

(3) Users shall not intentionally access any website or other resource that depicts content that is meant to be filtered in 4063.3.B.1. If a User mistakenly accesses inappropriate content, he/she should immediately tell a teacher, an administrator, or contact the Network Office. This will protect the User against a claim of intentional violation of this regulation and allow the District to add filtering for the inappropriate content.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 71 4000. PERSONNEL

4063. (Adopted 8/12/13; Revised 8/24/15)

4063. TECHNOLOGY USE, ETHICS AND INTERNET SAFETY (Cont’d.)

3. PRIVILEGES, RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont’d.)

B. FILTERING, INAPPROPRIATE CONTENT AND INAPPROPRIATE USAGE (Cont’d.)

(4) Users shall not use the Network to engage in any conduct that violates District Rules and Regulations or the law. Examples of prohibited activities include, but are not limited to, soliciting or arranging for sale or the purchase of drugs, alcohol, or weapons, engaging in criminal gang activity, threatening the safety of a person, cyber bullying, sexting or harassing another person.

(5) Users shall not transmit or receive any content that is in violation of any federal or state law. This includes, but is not limited to, student or other confidential information, copyrighted materials, threatening or obscene content and computer viruses. Use of school computers and other school-owned technology related services for sending, receiving, viewing or downloading content that are deemed to be harmful to minors, as defined by Idaho Code §18-1514, is prohibited. Users should not make any statements or forward information that could be perceived to be disruptive to the educational process, harmful to a student, or in violation of FERPA or other confidentiality requirements.

(6) Users shall not use the Network for personal commercial purposes to offer, provide, or purchase products or services or otherwise conduct a business enterprise.

(7) Users shall not use the Network for political activity, to assist candidates for election, or to support or oppose any ballot measure.

(8) Users shall not use the Network to promote or be hostile toward religious beliefs or non-beliefs.

(9) Users are prohibited from accessing an unauthorized account.

(10) Staff in receipt of District issued ECCD are responsible for the safekeeping of the equipment and for responsible use. District issued devices are intended for District related use and are to be used in a manner that does not disrupt the workplace, instruction, school sponsored programs, meetings or other events.

(11) Staff may carry and utilize personally owned communication devices ECCD. These devices should not be used during normal duty times to send/receive messages of a personal nature. They may be used during normal break times, lunch times, and preparation times. Personal communication devices should not create a disruption to the workspace, instruction, school sponsored programs, meetings or other events.

C. NETWORK SECURITY

Any use of the Network that adversely affects its operation in pursuit of teaching and learning or jeopardizes its use or performance for other Lewiston School District Network Users is prohibited, and may result in the loss of Network privileges.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 72 4000. PERSONNEL

4063. (Adopted 8/12/13; Revised 8/24/15)

4063. TECHNOLOGY USE, ETHICS AND INTERNET SAFETY (Cont’d.)

3. PRIVILEGES, RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont’d.)

C. NETWORK SECURITY (Cont’d.)

(1) Lewiston School District Network Users may be provided individual password protected accounts to provide an additional layer of personal security. Account holders are responsible for their own individual account and must take all reasonable precautions to prevent others from being able to use their account.

(2) Users shall not attempt to gain unauthorized access to the Network, or any other computer system, or go beyond their authorized access by entering another person’s account password, accessing another person’s files, or hacking into any account. Any attempt to alter data, the configuration of a computer or the files of another User without appropriate authorization will be considered an act of vandalism.

(3) Users shall not disrupt or attempt to disrupt the Network or any other computer system or destroy data by spreading computer viruses or by any other means.

(4) Users shall not take actions that place an excessive load on the system as to restrict or inhibit other Users from using the Network or impacting the efficiency of the Network.

(5) Users are responsible for securing technology resources when not in use to ensure privacy, compliance with CIPA, and restrict unauthorized access.

(6) Users shall not disable or otherwise interfere with or modify the virus scanning, security or Network settings of any District equipment.

(7) Network Users shall immediately notify a teacher, administrator, building lab technician or the Network Office upon discovery of a possible security problem. Users are not authorized to look for security problems without specific direction from the Network Office, as this may be construed as an illegal attempt to gain access.

(8) Software loaded on District hardware must be appropriately licensed, aligned with curriculum and instruction, and compatible with the District Network. All software is to be installed and configured by building designees or District Network Administrators. Student Users shall not attempt to install any software regardless of the applicability of the software’s license terms.

D. PRESERVING RESOURCE LIMITS

The Lewiston School District intends to maintain adequate file system and bandwidth capacity to conduct legitimate educational activities as well as all appropriate District business. In order to protect the availability of this capacity:

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 73 4000. PERSONNEL

4063. (Adopted 8/12/13; Revised 8/24/15)

4063. TECHNOLOGY USE, ETHICS AND INTERNET SAFETY (Cont’d.)

3. PRIVILEGES, RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont’d.)

D. PRESERVING RESOURCE LIMITS (Cont’d.)

(1) Users should not download or store content on any District workstation or server that is not directly related to educational or other District business.

(2) Users should not store any other content in their personal or shared folders that is not related to school business.

(3) Users should archive or delete content from their personal or shared storage space that is not currently necessary or actively being utilized.

(4) Users shall not send chain letters or unnecessary messages to a large number of people.

(5) Users should check e-mail frequently and delete unwanted messages promptly.

E. INTERNET ACCESS AND PUBLISHING

Technology used appropriately, can benefit society in many ways, including in education. However, such tools must be used responsibly and appropriately within the educational context and setting so as to not distract from learning and to protect students from inappropriate content. In recognition of both the powerful educational purpose that social media can serve, and the necessity of certain restrictions, this section is designed to foster the responsible and appropriate use of technologies in the Lewiston School District.

All Users of the Lewiston School District Network will be granted free access to their approved level of Network services. Exploration of the Internet is encouraged relative to the purposes of the Lewiston School District.

The Network must be a free and open forum for expression, including all viewpoints within the roll and mission of the Lewiston School District. It is not the responsibility of the Network Administrators to place official sanctions upon the expression of personal opinion on the Network.

(1) Staff Users may link to appropriate external educational or pertinent resources of any kind. It is the responsibility of all staff posting web content to verify that all linked content is appropriate.

(2) Staff Users may be provided access to and use social networking services if the purpose of such activity is to enhance instruction. School offices and District departments may use external social media sites to improve community outreach and accessibility. Supervisors will be advised of such use.

(3) Staff Users are prohibited from discussing student information protected by FERPA on any social networking site.

(4) Users who choose to use non-District resources are responsible for the upkeep and maintenance of such resources.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 74 4000. PERSONNEL

4063. (Adopted 8/12/13; Revised 8/24/15)

4063. TECHNOLOGY USE, ETHICS AND INTERNET SAFETY (Cont’d.)

3. PRIVILEGES, RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont’d.)

E. INTERNET ACCESS AND PUBLISHING (Cont’d.)

(5) Student Users may be provided access to and use social networking services if the purpose of such activity is to enhance instruction and learning. Students under the age of 13 must have parent or guardian permission.

(6) Users are personally responsible for any content that they publish online, whether in a blog, a posted picture or video, or any other form of posting or publishing. Pictures of individuals must not include information sufficient for personal contact by electronic means, mail, telephone, or in person. While the Lewiston School District reserves the right to edit such material to an age appropriate level, the Lewiston School District is not responsible for the content of any post or publication.

(7) Students may use ECCDs and the Network only for prescribed instructional functions.

(8) Users may subscribe only to discussion groups or mail lists that are relevant to their job, education or career development. For students, these will be determined by teacher(s), counselor(s), and/or school administrator(s).

F. CONSEQUENCES

(1) Conduct that is in conflict with the responsibilities outlined in this policy will be subject to loss of Network privileges and/or result in disciplinary action. The Network System Administrator or designee will report inappropriate Network usage behaviors to the supervisor if the employee does not work in a school building; otherwise the report shall be made to the building principal or designee who will take appropriate disciplinary action. Violations may result in a loss of access to the Network and/or disciplinary action.

(2) The User in whose name a system account or technology resource is issued is responsible at all times for its appropriate use. Noncompliance with the guidelines published may result in suspension or termination of technology privileges and other disciplinary action. Violation of applicable state and federal law may result in criminal prosecution or disciplinary action by the District.

(3) A Lewiston School District administrator may request the Network System Administrator to temporarily deny, revoke, or suspend specific User accounts for actions that, in his/her opinion, fall outside the tenets of this policy, and/or have potential to disrupt the ongoing operation of his/her, or another, school. Said privileges may be restored at such time that the administrator or Superintendent (or designee) removes the hold on the account.

Cont’d next page

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 75 4000. PERSONNEL

4063. (Adopted 8/12/13; Revised 8/24/15)

4063. TECHNOLOGY USE, ETHICS AND INTERNET SAFETY (Cont’d.)

4. DISCLAIMERS

The District makes no guarantee that the functions or the services provided by or through the Network will be error-free or without defect. The District is not responsible for any damage a User may suffer including, but not limited to, loss of data or interruptions of service. The District is not responsible for the accuracy or quality the information attained through or stored on the Network. The District is not responsible for financial obligations arising from unauthorized use of the Network.

The District does not provide technical support for personally owned devices.

The District is required to log and monitor all Internet access and Network activity for E-rate funding. Electronic mail, Network usage, and all files stored on District owned electronic resources may be subject to a records request.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 76 4000. PERSONNEL

4067. (Adopted 5/8/00)

4067. STUDENT WEB PAGE

1. DISTRICT E-MAIL ACCOUNT REQUIRED

Students must have a district e-mail account.

2. POLICY GUIDELINES

Web pages must be in accordance with the Lewiston School District Network Use Policy.

A. Inappropriate pages will be refused.

B. The requirements (Section IV) must be met or the page will be refused.

C. Links to other sites must not be blocked by SurfWatch.

3. SUBMISSIONS, REVISIONS, AND REMOVAL

A. Web pages will be submitted via e-mail to the System Administrator prior to posting.

B. The pages will be reviewed for approval. If approved the pages will be placed on the server and linked off the student web page directory. At that time the user will be informed via e-mail.

C. Revisions may be made once a month in the same manner as submissions.

D. All web pages will be removed at the end of the school year.

4. WEB PAGE/SITE REQUIREMENTS

A. SIZE LIMITATIONS

Limited to 5 MB.

B. REQUIRED HOMEPAGE DATA

1. A "mailto" link back to the user.

2. A clear statement about the purpose of your page.

3. The creation/last revision date.

C. REQUIRED AUXILIARY PAGE DATA

1. An "http" link to your home page.

2. A clear statement about the purpose of your page.

3. The creation/last revision date.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 77 4000. PERSONNEL

4067. (Adopted 5/8/00)

4067. STUDENT WEB PAGE (Cont’d.)

4. WEB PAGE/SITE REQUIREMENTS (Cont’d.)

D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. Your homepage must be named "welcome.html."

2. Make your text and background colors contrast so that the text is easily read.

3. Be considerate of those with smaller bandwidth, (i.e. heavy graphics).

4. Get permission to use resources that you do not own.

5. Page will not include personal postal addresses or personal phone numbers.

6. Pictures of individuals are included only with the permission of the person(s) pictured.

7. Pictures of individuals must not include information sufficient for personal contact by mail, telephone, or in person.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 78 4000. PERSONNEL

4070. (Revised 7/8/96)

4070. CENSORSHIP

1. ACADEMIC FREEDOM POLICY

A. STATEMENT OF POLICY

(1) It is the policy of the Board of Directors of the Lewiston School District to educate young people in the democratic tradition, to foster a recognition of individual freedom and social responsibility, and to inspire meaningful awareness of and respect for the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. It is recognized that these democratic values can best be transmitted in an atmosphere which is free from unqualified censorship and artificial restraints upon free inquiry and learning and in which academic freedom for the student and the teacher is encouraged within a uniform curriculum adopted by the Board of Directors of the District.

(2) Academic freedom is essential to the fulfillment of the educational purposes of the District. Therefore, the District has the right to protection from any unqualified censorship or undue restraint that might interfere with its obligation to pursue truth and educational excellence.

(3) It is mutually recognized that freedom carries with it responsibility; academic freedom carries with it academic responsibility which is determined by the basic ideals, goals, and institutions of the local community as determined by the Board of Directors of the District. Discussion and analysis of controversial issues should be conducted within the framework of the fundamental values of the community as they are expressed in the educational philosophy and objectives of the Board.

(4) Freedom of individual expression shall be encouraged and guaranteed by the Board to all whom it serves.

(5) The provisions of this policy are in force except where they conflict with provisions of the Charter of the District or with the Idaho State Statutes.

B. GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR RECONSIDERATION OF MATERIALS

(1) All disputed materials will remain in use in the school system until a final resolution is reached either at the Building Review Committee level, the District Review Committee level, or, if necessary, when the Board takes formal action. Except as provided below, educators having objection to any instructional or library materials must follow the same process as any other patron of the Lewiston School District in requesting items be removed. Educators who in any way alter or edit copyrighted materials, without written permission from the publisher, will be in violation of Federal Copyright Laws. Any letter from a publisher granting such permission will be held in the building principal's office. This policy is not intended to be used by an Educator as a means of questioning the use of a textbook which has been adopted for use by the District under Section 4050 of these Rules and Regulations.

(2) The process of reconsideration of instructional materials may be terminated at any level of review if agreement is reached between a parent/guardian or other person making the Request for Reconsideration of Instructional Materials.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 79 4000. PERSONNEL

4070. (Revised 7/8/96)

4070. CENSORSHIP (Cont’d.)

1. ACADEMIC FREEDOM POLICY (Cont’d.)

B. GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR RECONSIDERATION OF MATERIALS (Cont’d.)

(3) The committee review process set forth in this policy is intended to be a non- adversarial, information gathering and evaluative process. The parent/guardian or other person making the Request for Reconsideration of Instructional Materials (the “Objector”) and the teacher/librarian who prepares the “Teacher/Librarian’s Rationale for Instructional Material” (the “Proponent”) shall each be given an opportunity to make an oral presentation to the Building Review Committee, the District Review Committee and to the Board which reviews the Request. These Committees and the Board shall also consider such other information as those bodies determine to be relevant and shall determine the manner in which they will conduct their investigations. Meetings of a Building Review Committee are not public meetings. Except for the right of Objector and Proponent to appear for the purpose of making an oral presentation, no person who is not a member of the Committee has a right to attend a meeting of a Committee unless he or she is invited by the Committee to attend.

C. PROCEDURES FOR RECONSIDERATION OF MATERIALS

Any parent/guardian of a student or other person residing within the boundaries of the District may request that the use of library materials, basic textbooks, and other instructional materials be reconsidered according to the following procedures:

(1) STEP I

a. The parent/guardian of a student having concerns about the continued use of library material, basic textbooks, and other instructional materials will first discuss his/her concerns with the classroom teacher/librarian of the course and/or class in which the student is enrolled and in which the material is being used.

b. Other persons in the District who have a concern about the use of library materials, basic textbooks, and other instructional materials will discuss their concerns with a building principal of the level at which the material is being used.

(2) STEP II

If the parent/guardian or other person is not satisfied after talking with the classroom teacher/librarian or building principal, he/she may request that the continued use of the library material, basic textbook, or other instructional material be reconsidered in accordance with the following procedures:

a. To initiate such a request for reconsideration, the objecting person (“Objector”) must complete the form entitled “Request for Reconsideration of Instructional Materials.”

b. Upon notification of the objection, the teacher/librarian who is using the material (“Proponent”) will fill out the “Librarian’s Rationale for Instructional Material” form stating the purpose for the use of the instructional material in question.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 80 4000. PERSONNEL

4070. (Revised 7/8/96)

4070. CENSORSHIP (Cont’d.)

1. ACADEMIC FREEDOM POLICY (Cont’d.)

C. PROCEDURES FOR RECONSIDERATION OF MATERIALS (Cont’d.)

(2) STEP II (Cont’d.)

c. Upon completion, the forms will be submitted to the principal at the school where the material is being questioned.

d. Upon receipt of the Request for Reconsideration, the principal will call a meeting of the Building Review Committee. (See Section D., Paragraph 1)

Once the Committee has been notified that a Request for Reconsideration has been filed, the Building Review Committee shall complete its reconsideration review and make a written recommendation to the Objector and Proponent and to the Director of Curriculum and Instruction within thirty (30) calendar days of the time it is notified of the Request for Reconsideration.

e. If either the Objector or the Proponent of those materials is dissatisfied with the decision of the Building Review Committee, he/she may request a review by the District Review Committee as follows:

i. Any person seeking a further review by the District Review Committee must deliver a written request for such further review to the building principal within ten (10) calendar days of receiving the Building Review Committee’s recommendation. If no request for further review is received within such ten-(10) calendar day period, the decision of the Building Review Committee shall be final.

ii. The building principal shall immediately notify the Director of Curriculum and Instruction of the request for review of the recommendation of the Building Review Committee.

(3) STEP III

If a review of the Building Review Committee recommendation is requested, as provided above, that recommendation will be reviewed by the District Review Committee as follows:

a. Upon notification of the written request for review of the Building Review Committee recommendation, the Director of Curriculum and Instruction will call a meeting of the District Review Committee and will notify the Superintendent that the request for review has been made. (See Section D., Paragraph 2)

b. The District Review Committee will then consider the report of the Building Review Committee, the reports and oral statements of the Objector and Proponent and such other information as the Committee deems relevant. The District Review Committee will make its written recommendation to the Objector and Proponent and to the

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 81 4000. PERSONNEL

4070. (Revised 7/8/96)

4070. CENSORSHIP (Cont’d.)

1. ACADEMIC FREEDOM POLICY (Cont’d.)

C. PROCEDURES FOR RECONSIDERATION OF MATERIALS (Cont’d.)

(3) STEP III (Cont’d.)

b. Superintendent. The District Review Committee shall complete its review and submit its written recommendation within thirty (30) calendar days after having been notified by the Director of Curriculum that a review of the decision of a Building Review Committee has been requested.

c. If either the Objector or the Proponent is dissatisfied with the recommendation of the District Review Committee, he/she may request review and a final decision by the District Board of Trustees as follows:

i. The person seeking a Board review of the recommendation of the District Review Committee shall deliver a written request for such review to the Superintendent within ten (10) calendar days after receiving the decision of the District Review Committee. If neither the Objector nor the Proponent makes a written request for Board review within said ten (10) calendar day period, the decision of the District Review Committee shall be final.

ii. The Director of Curriculum and Instruction shall immediately notify the Superintendent of the request for Board review of the District Review Committee’s recommendation.

4. STEP IV

If the Proponent or Opponent has made a written request which meets established time frames for review of the recommendation of the District Review Committee, the following procedures will apply:

a. The Superintendent shall promptly fix the Board meeting date at which the request for review will be considered and give written notice of such date to the Objector and the Proponent.

b. In advance of the designated meeting date, the Board of Directors shall be provided with the minutes of the Building Review Committee, the District Review Committee, the reports of the Objector and Proponent and such other information which may have been developed by the Building Review Committee and the District Review Committee. The Board may also make such further investigation as it deems relevant.

c. The Board will make the final decision concerning the Request for Reconsideration of Instructional Materials according to the policies and procedures established for decisions by the Board.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 82 4000. PERSONNEL

4070. (Revised 7/8/96)

4070. CENSORSHIP (Cont’d.)

1. ACADEMIC FREEDOM POLICY (Cont’d.)

D. REVIEW COMMITTEE MAKE-UP AND OPERATION

(1) BUILDING REVIEW COMMITTEE

The Building Review Committee, which will be selected by the building principal at the beginning of each school year, will be composed of two (2) teachers/librarians, one (1) classified employee, one (1) parent/guardian, and the building principal. The principal will serve as chairperson of the Committee. The Committee will select a person to act as secretary, and this person will keep accurate written records of each meeting.

Once the Committee has been notified that a Request for Reconsideration of Instructional Material has been filed, the Building Review Committee shall complete its review and make a written recommendation to the Objector and the Director of Curriculum and Instruction within thirty (30) calendar days. The District Superintendent may, at his/her discretion, grant a brief (5-10 calendar day) extension to the established time lines.

(2) DISTRICT REVIEW COMMITTEE

The District Review Committee will consist of seven (7) members. There will be two (2) parents/guardian, three (3) teachers/ librarians, with one from each level of instruction (elementary, junior high and high school), and two (2) administrators.

The members of the District Review Committee will be selected by the Director of Curriculum and Instruction at the beginning of the school year from the various Building Review Committee memberships. If a regular member of the District Review Committee has served as a member of the Building Review Committee which considered the matter under review, that person shall not serve and the Director of Curriculum shall appoint an alternate member of the same class from the Committees of the other buildings. The Director will call the membership together when necessary and will act as the chairperson and function as a member of the Committee, but will not have voting privileges. He/she will distribute necessary information to the committee members prior to Committee meetings.

The District Review Committee will complete its review and recommendation within thirty (30) calendar days after the Director of Curriculum and Instruction is notified of the request for review. The Superintendent may, at his/her discretion, grant a brief (5-10 calendar day) extension to the established time lines.

E. FORMS FOR RECONSIDERATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS

See appendix of Rules and Regulations for appropriate forms to be used.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 83 4000. PERSONNEL

4075. (Adopted 8/14/06; Revised 8/11/14)

4075. WELLNESS

1. INTRODUCTION

The Board of Directors recognizes that childhood obesity has reached epidemic levels in Idaho and throughout the country. Overweight children are at a higher risk for developing severe long- term health problems, and overweight children are affected by discrimination, psychological stress, and low self-esteem. However, research indicates that obesity and subsequent diseases are largely preventable through diet and regular physical activity. Research also indicates that becoming physically active and maintaining a regular physical activity program significantly reduces the risk of some obesity and some cancers, diabetes and other chronic diseases.

Children who eat well-balanced meals and are healthy are more likely to learn in the classroom. Therefore, the wellness policies of the District will encourage students to adopt life-long healthy lifestyles through education and modeling good eating and exercise habits.

The Board of Directors supports increased emphasis on wellness at all grade levels to enhance the wellbeing of our District’s youth. The District will adopt procedures, processes and curriculums that enable students to develop good eating and exercise habits by offering choices in food, beverage and exercise on campus that meet dietary and exercise guidelines set forth by state and federal agencies.

Therefore, it is the policy of the Board to:

A. Provide each student access to nutritious food;

B. Provide opportunities for physical activity and developmentally appropriate exercise; and

C. Provide students, staff and parents accurate information related to these topics.

The Superintendent or designee(s) shall develop and implement a comprehensive District-wide nutrition program consistent with state and federal requirements for districts sponsoring the National School Lunch Program and the School Breakfast Program.

In addition to the nutrition program, the Superintendent or designee(s) shall adopt and implement a curriculum on health and fitness. The curriculum will provide opportunities for developmentally appropriate instruction for grades K-12. The input of staff, students, parents and public health professionals in the development of the curriculum is encouraged. The health and fitness curriculums updates will be in place for the start of the 2009-2010 school year.

The District shall encourage students to make nutritious food choices. The Superintendent or designee(s) shall ensure that:

A. A variety of healthy food choices are available whenever food is sold or served on District property or at District-sponsored events; and

B. Schools shall regulate the sale or serving of foods or snacks high in fat, sodium or added sugars; and

C. Nutritious meals served by the school food service program comply with state and federal regulations.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 84 4000. PERSONNEL

4075. (Adopted 8/14/06; Revised 8/11/14)

4075. WELLNESS (Cont’d.)

2. NUTRITION STANDARDS FOR BREAKFAST AND LUNCH PROGRAMS

The District supports the philosophy of the National School Lunch, School Breakfast and Summer Food Service programs. The District shall operate these programs providing wholesome meals which conform to the nutritional standards as required by USDA Child Nutrition Programs.

3. NUTRITION STANDARDS FOR OTHER FOODS AND BEVERAGES SOLD IN SCHOOLS

The District supports USDA “Smart Snacks in Schools” initiative. Smart Snacks in Schools nutrition standards apply to foods and beverages sold in schools during the school day, outside of the School Breakfast Program and National School Lunch Program, and includes à la carte lines, vending machines, and other food and beverage sales not otherwise exempted.

4. CONCESSIONS AND CLASSROOM PARTIES

After-school concessions and occasional classroom parties and celebrations are exempt from the above guidelines.

5. FUNDRAISERS

Fundraisers held in schools during the school day will comply with USDA Smart Snacks in Schools standards with the following exceptions:

A. School sites will be allowed up to ten (10) exempted fundraisers per year. Each exempt fundraiser is limited to four (4) consecutive days of duration.

B. Smart Snacks in Schools standards would not apply to fundraisers occurring during non-school hours, weekends, off-campus fundraising events, or foods intended to be consumed outside of school (cookie dough, raw pizza kits, etc.)

No exempt fundraiser foods or beverages will be sold in competition with school meals in the food service area during the meal service.

6. STUDENT STORES

School stores will work toward modifying products for sale to meet the Smart Snacks in Schools standards. Annually they will be evaluated to ensure there is progress in meeting these standards.

7. FOOD USED AS A REWARD

Educators are discouraged from using foods and beverages with low nutritional value as rewards.

8. PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Health and Fitness Curriculum:

A. The Superintendent or designee shall adopt and implement a comprehensive health and fitness curriculum. The curriculum will provide opportunities for developmentally appropriate instruction for grades K-12.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 85 4000. PERSONNEL

4075. (Adopted 8/14/06; Revised 8/11/14)

4075. WELLNESS (Cont’d.)

8. PHYSICAL EDUCATION (Cont’d.)

B. All students in grades one through six are required to complete an average of sixty instructional minutes per week of physical education. This includes instruction and practice in basic movement and fine motor skills, progressive physical fitness, and wellness activities through age-appropriate activities. All secondary school students are required to complete three credits of physical education and one credit of health to meet District graduation requirements. The District encourages the secondary schools to offer a variety of elective health and fitness classes.

9. EMPLOYEE HEALTH AND WELLNESS PROGRAM

The District recognizes that wellness and prevention are important health considerations and improve employee productivity. Therefore, the District supports an employee health and wellness program that encourages its employees to become more involved in managing their health and to be healthy role models.

10. ASSESSMENT TO INCLUDE POLICY EFFECTIVENESS

The District recognizes that growth or improvement must be tied to some form of assessment that is dynamic enough for analysis and decision-making. Toward achievement of this end, the Board of Directors directs the Superintendent or designee to create and administer assessment tools which provide data that can be used for decision-making and planning. The assessment process should provide school, group and individual assessment data. The assessment process should incorporate aspects identified in the body of this policy and be available for ongoing implementation.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 86 4000. PERSONNEL

4080. (Adopted 10/10/94; Revised 7/14/08)

4080. CLASS LOADS

1. SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL

Teachers of academic subjects at the senior high school will be assigned a class load of about 90 students daily for a total of 180 students in an A/B schedule.

Class loads in physical education, music, keyboarding, and certain fields may be higher, depending upon the facilities available and instructional requirements.

2. JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS

Teachers of academic subjects in the junior high schools will be assigned a daily class load of about 150 students.

Class loads in physical education, music, and certain fields may be higher, depending upon the facilities available and instructional requirements.

3. ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS

The goal for student/teacher ratio in elementary schools shall be about 25:1.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 87 4000. PERSONNEL

4090. (Adopted 8/21/90, Revised 1/24/96)

4090. COPYRIGHTS

1. TELEVISION/VIDEO PROGRAMS

Video programs from commercial TV, cable TV, public TV, video stores, etc., carry special, individual restrictions. Many absolutely prohibit recording and use, even in schools.

FAIR USE GUIDELINES have been written into the Congressional Record and will provide support in cases of lawsuit for misuse. These guidelines apply to all televised programs.

In order to adhere to copyright laws, it is deemed essential that employees of the District abide by the following guidelines:

A. A television program may not be recorded at home from either a broadcast or cable transmission and used at school unless it is a channel received at school.

B. A videotape rented from a video store and marked "For Home Use Only" may not be shown at school without specific principal authorization as appropriate for instructional use.

C. A purchased videotape may be used in the school only for face-to-face instruction by an individual teacher, not for entertainment, unless a public performance license has been obtained.

D. Off-air recordings within schools are permissible only at the written request of an individual teacher for classroom instructional purposes. This applies only to those programs that are provided to the general public at no charge.

E. Under FAIR USE GUIDELINES, the off-air recording may be shown to students according to the guidelines listed in the magazine Cable in the Classroom. After the allowable use, the tape must be erased.

F. Students are not allowed to bring purchased or recorded programs from home to school for viewing in the classroom.

2. COMPUTER SOFTWARE

A. District equipment must not be used for making illegal copies of software. All copying, except public domain, will be done at the District Curriculum Resource Center.

B. The use of illegally copied software in the District is prohibited.

C. Software licensing agreements must be observed.

D. Multiple loading of software is prohibited unless written permission has been obtained.

E. Use of computer software on a networked computer system is prohibited unless written permission has been obtained.

F. All software obtained for District site licensing is for classroom/office use only. All licensing will be negotiated and contracts held at the District Curriculum Resource Center. Copies of the license will be on file at each building.

G. Students are not allowed to bring software from home for use in the classroom.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 88 4000. PERSONNEL

4090. (Adopted 8/21/90, Revised 1/24/96)

4090. COPYRIGHTS (Cont’d.)

3. PRINT/GRAPHICS

A. The reproduction of copyrighted, consumable materials such as workbooks and activity sheets, is specifically prohibited by the copyright law. Employees may copy only resource materials purchased or created by the District.

B. One copy only may be made for a transparency for classroom instructional use.

C. Teachers or students may not make multiple copies of copyrighted materials from a library or other reference including out-of-print text.

D. Copying from printed publications, such as a poem or a chapter from a book or an article from a periodical, is limited to a single copy for research use.

E. Any copyrighted, syndicated comic strip or cartoon characters may not be reproduced or altered for student use without written permission.

4. MUSIC

A. Music recordings may not be reproduced from album to cassette.

B. Music for use as background music of a slide presentation is permitted only if the presentation is required for instructional purposes and not for entertainment.

C. Sheet music may not be copied unless the music is on order and has not yet been received. A purchase order must have been issued. Any copies must be destroyed once the purchased materials are received.

D. Recordings of music may not be transferred from a radio broadcast to tape.

5. DATA NETWORKS

A. Programs and other forms of information or data found on the Data Network may carry special restrictions. A person cannot assume everything on the Data Network is public domain. District Data Network users must be prudent in downloading and subsequent use of materials. If there is a question, check with the building administrator and/or network manager.

The attitude of District employees toward the copyright law is crucial toward compliance with the copyright guidelines as outlined by the District.

All District employees should:

a. Be knowledgeable of the law.

b. Set a good example of compliance and insist that others do likewise.

c. Keep current on copyright issues.

d. Keep accurate records regarding permission responses to requests for permission and license agreements.

e. Encourage others to obtain permission for use of copyrighted materials.

f. Purchase materials in sufficient quantities to preclude the temptation of illegal copies.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 89 4000. PERSONNEL

4095. (Revised 10/10/94)

4095. DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE

1. The District recognizes its responsibility to maintain a drug-free workplace. In recognition of that responsibility and in order to be in compliance with the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988, District employees are prohibited from performing any function as an agent of the District while under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs.

The unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance and/or alcohol is prohibited in the District or while the employee is acting as an agent of the District. All unlawful substance-related acts of which the District is aware will be reported to the appropriate law enforcement agency.

2. As a condition of employment, each employee shall abide by the terms of the District's policy respecting a drug-free workplace.

A. While the District recognizes drug dependency as an illness and a major health problem, any employee who violates the terms of this policy may be reprimanded, suspended, discharged, or non-renewed in accordance with the provisions of Rules and Regulations and state law.

B. All employees will be notified by written statement of the District's policy regarding a drug-free workplace.

3. The District will provide a drug-free awareness program for employees.

A. Such a program will inform employees about the dangers of drug and alcohol abuse, the District's drug-free workplace policy, available counseling, and the penalties for drug violation convictions.

B. Such information will be distributed at least annually.

C. As a condition of eligibility for reinstatement, an employee may be required to satisfactorily complete a drug rehabilitation or treatment program approved by the Board.

4. An employee shall notify his/her supervisor of his/her conviction under any criminal drug or alcohol statute for a violation occurring while serving as an agent of the District.

A. Such notification shall be provided no later than five (5) days after such conviction.

B. Any employee who violates the terms of this policy may be suspended, discharged, or non-renewed in accordance with the provisions of Rules and Regulations and state law.

C. Convictions of any criminal drug or alcohol statute while not serving as an agent of the District may fall under this policy.

5. The District will impose sanctions on employees convicted for drug or alcohol activities while serving as an agent of the District.

A. Such sanctions will occur within thirty (30) days of receiving notice.

B. Such sanctions will include appropriate personnel action up to and including discharge or requiring the employee to satisfactorily participate in an approved drug abuse rehabilitation program.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 90 4000. PERSONNEL

4098. (Adopted 10/10/94, Revised 9/8/14)

4098. SEXUAL HARASSMENT

The District is committed to a work environment in which all individuals are treated with respect and dignity and promotes harmonious, productive working relationships. The District believes that discrimination, harassment, and/or retaliation in any form constitute misconduct and undermines the integrity of the employment relationship. For the purposes of this policy, sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical harassment of a sexual nature. It is the policy of the District that there is no discrimination against any employee or applicant on the basis of gender.

Sexual harassment is a violation of the Rules and Regulations, as well as federal law. Unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature constitute sexual harassment when:

A. Submission to the conduct is made either an explicit or implicit condition of employment, promotion, or status as an employee;

B. Submission to or rejection of the conduct is used as the basis for an employment decision affecting the harassed employee; or

C. The conduct unreasonably interferes with an employee's work performance or creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment.

An employee or applicant for employment is deemed to be a victim of sexual harassment if he/she is denied employment, promotion, or other employee benefit, for which he or she is fully qualified, because someone else received preferential treatment in return for sexual favors.

Any employee or applicant who feels he/she has been harassed or discriminated against due to his/her sex should report such incidents to his/her supervisor or principal, Human Resources, Assistant Superintendent, or Superintendent or any member of the administration without fear of reprisal. Every effort will be made to maintain confidentiality. These policies apply to all applicants and employees, whether related to conduct engaged in by fellow employees or by someone not directly connected to the District (e.g., an outside vendor; consultant or customer).

Conduct prohibited by this policy is unacceptable in the workplace and in any work-related setting outside the workplace including business trips, business meetings and business-related social events.

If the complainant is not satisfied with the District's decision, the following agencies are available for filing potential sexual harassment complaints.

Idaho Human Rights Commission 1109 Main Street, Suite 400 P.O. Box 83720 Boise, ID 83720-0040 Phone: (208) 334-2873

The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission 909 First Avenue, Suite 400 Seattle, WA 98104-1061 Phone: 1-800-669-4000

Any supervisor or employee of the District who has been found by the District, after appropriate investigation, to have sexually harassed another employee will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.

In determining whether alleged conduct constitutes sexual harassment, the totality of the circumstances, the nature of the harassment, and the context in which the alleged incidents occurred will be investigated. The Assistant Superintendent and/or designee has the responsibility of investigating and resolving complaints of sexual harassment.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 91 4000. PERSONNEL

4098. (Adopted 10/10/94, Revised 9/8/14)

4098. SEXUAL HARASSMENT (Cont’d.)

The District considers sexual harassment to be a major offense that can result in the suspension or discharge of the offender. The District recognizes that the question of whether or not a particular action or incident is the result of a personal or social relationship and not one involving discriminatory employment requires a factual and thorough investigation. The District further recognizes that false accusations of sexual harassment can have serious effects on men and women; therefore, false accusations of sexual harassment will be considered serious acts of misconduct and subject to disciplinary action up to an including discharge. All investigations regarding sexual harassment will be conducted with as much discretion as possible and still allow all the facts to be obtained.

The District prohibits retaliation of any kind against an individual who, in good faith, reports harassment and/or discrimination or assists in investigating such complaints. Retaliation is a serious violation of this policy and will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge. If an employee feels he/she has been subjected to any form of retaliation, the employee should report that conduct to his/her immediate supervisor or principal, Human Resources, Assistant Superintendent, Superintendent or any member of the administration without fear of reprisal. Every effort will be made to maintain confidentiality.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 92 4000. PERSONNEL

4100. (Revised 8/14/06)

4100. CODE OF ETHICS FOR IDAHO PROFESSIONAL EDUCATORS (IDAHO ADMINISTRATIVE CODE, STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION, IDAPA 08.02.02)

1. RULES GOVERNING UNIFORMITY

Believing in the worth and dignity of each human being, the professional educator recognizes the supreme importance of pursuing truth, striving toward excellence, nurturing democratic citizenship and safeguarding the freedom to learn and to teach while guaranteeing equal educational opportunity for all. The professional educator accepts the responsibility to practice the profession according to the highest ethical principles. The Code of Ethics for Idaho Professional Educators symbolizes the commitment of all Idaho educators and provides principles by which to judge conduct.

2. ASPIRATIONS AND COMMITMENTS

A. The professional educator aspires to stimulate the spirit of inquiry in students and to provide opportunities in the school setting that will help them acquire viable knowledge, skills and understanding that will meet their needs now and in the future.

B. The professional educator provides an environment that is safe to the cognitive, physical and psychological well-being of students and provides opportunities for each student to move toward the realization of his/her goals and potential as an effective citizen.

C. The professional educator, recognizing that students need role models, will act, speak and teach in such a manner as to exemplify nondiscriminatory behavior, and encourage respect for other’s cultures and beliefs.

D. The professional educator is committed to the public good and will help preserve and promote the principles of democracy. He/she will provide input to the local school board to assist in the board’s mission of developing and implementing sound educational policy while promoting a climate in which the exercise of professional judgment is encouraged.

E. The professional educator believes the quality of services rendered by the education profession directly influences the nation and its citizens. He/she strives, therefore, to establish and maintain the highest set of professional principles of behavior, to improve educational practice, and to achieve conditions that attract highly qualified persons to the profession.

F. The professional educator regards the employment agreement as a pledge to be executed in a manner consistent with the highest ideals of professional service. He/she believes that sound professional personal relationships with colleagues, governing boards, and community members are built upon integrity, dignity, and mutual respect. The professional educator encourages the practice of the profession only by qualified persons.

3. PRINCIPLES

A. Principle 1 – A professional educator abides by all federal, state, and local laws and statutes. Unethical conduct may include the conviction of any felony or misdemeanor offense as defined by Idaho Code §18-110 and §18-111. All infractions (traffic) as defined by Idaho Code §18-113A are excluded.

B. Principle II – A professional educator maintains a professional relationship with all students, both inside and outside the classroom. Unethical conduct includes but is not limited to:

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 93 4000. PERSONNEL

4100. (Revised 8/14/06)

4100. CODE OF ETHICS FOR IDAHO PROFESSIONAL EDUCATORS (Cont’d.)

3. PRINCIPLES (Cont’d.)

B. Principle II (Cont’d.)

(1) Committing any act of child abuse, including physical and/or emotional abuse;

(2) Committing any act of cruelty to children or any act of child endangerment;

(3) Committing or soliciting any sexual act from any minor or any student regardless of age;

(4) Committing any act of harassment as defined by district policy;

(5) Soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic or inappropriate relationship (whether written, verbal, or physical) with a student, regardless of age;

(6) Using inappropriate language including, but not limited to, swearing and improper sexual comments;

(7) Taking inappropriate pictures (digital, photographic or video) of students;

(8) Inappropriate contact with any minor or any student regardless of age using electronic media;

(9) Furnishing alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs to any student or allowing or encouraging a student to consume alcohol or unauthorized drugs except in a medical emergency; and

(10) Conduct that is detrimental to the health and welfare of students.

C. Principle III – A professional educator refrains from the abuse of alcohol or drugs during the course of professional practice. Unethical conduct includes but is not limited to:

(1) Being on school premises or at any school-sponsored activity, home or away, involving students while possessing, using or consuming illegal or unauthorized drugs;

(2) Being on school premises or at any school-sponsored activity, home or away, involving students while possessing, using, or consuming alcohol;

(3) Inappropriate or illegal use of prescription medications on school premises or at any school-sponsored events, home or away;

(4) Inappropriate or illegal use of drugs or alcohol that impairs the individual’s ability to function; and

(5) Possession of an illegal drug as defined in Idaho Code Chapter 27 Uniform Controlled Substances.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 94 4000. PERSONNEL

4100. (Revised 8/14/06)

4100. CODE OF ETHICS FOR IDAHO PROFESSIONAL EDUCATORS (Cont’d.)

3. PRINCIPLES (Cont’d.)

D. Principle IV – A professional educator exemplifies honesty and integrity in the course of professional practice. Unethical conduct includes but is not limited to:

(1) Fraudulently altering or preparing materials for licensure or employment;

(2) Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting professional qualifications, degrees, academic awards, and related employment history when applying for employment and/or licensure;

(3) Failure to notify the state at the time of application for licensure of past revocations or suspensions of a certificate/license from another state;

(4) Failure to notify the state of past criminal convictions at the time of application for licensure;

(5) Falsifying, deliberately misrepresenting, or deliberately omitting information regarding the evaluation of students or personnel, including improper administration of any standardized tests (changing test answers, copying, or teaching identified test items, unauthorized reading of the test to students, etc.);

(6) Falsifying, deliberately misrepresenting, or deliberately omitting reasons for absences or leaves;

(7) Falsifying, deliberately misrepresenting, or deliberately omitting information submitted in the course of an official inquiry and/or investigation; and,

(8) Falsifying, deliberately misrepresenting, or deliberately omitting material information on an official evaluation of colleagues.

E. Principle V – A professional educator entrusted with public funds and property honors that trust with a high level of honesty, accuracy, and responsibility. Unethical conduct includes but is not limited to:

(1) Misusing, or unauthorized use, of public or school-related funds or property;

(2) Failing to account for funds collected from students or parents;

(3) Submitting fraudulent requests for reimbursement of expenses or for pay;

(4) Co-mingling of public or school-related funds in personal bank account(s);

(5) Using school computers for use in a private business;

(6) Using school computers to deliberately view or print pornography; and,

(7) Deliberate use of poor budgeting/accounting practices.

F. Principle VI – A professional educator maintains integrity with students, colleagues, parents, patrons, or business personnel when accepting gifts, gratuities, favors, and additional compensation. Unethical conduct includes but is not limited to:

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 95 4000. PERSONNEL

4100. (Revised 8/14/06)

4100. CODE OF ETHICS FOR IDAHO PROFESSIONAL EDUCATORS (Cont’d.)

3. PRINCIPLES (Cont’d.)

F. Principle VI (Cont’d.)

(1) Unauthorized soliciting of students and/or parents of students to purchase equipment or supplies from the educator who will directly benefit;

(2) Accepting gifts from vendors or potential vendors for personal use or gain where there may be the appearance of a conflict of interest;

(3) Tutoring students assigned to the educator for remuneration unless approved by the local board of education; and,

(4) Soliciting, accepting or receiving a pecuniary benefit greater than fifty ($50.00) dollars as defined in Idaho Code §18-1359(b).

G. Principle VII – A professional educator complies with state and federal laws and local school board policies relating to the confidentiality of student and employee records, unless disclosure is required or permitted by law. Unethical conduct includes but is not limited to:

(1) Sharing of confidential information concerning student academic and disciplinary records, personal confidences, health and medical information, family status and/or income, and assessment/testing results with inappropriate individuals or entities; and

(2) Sharing of confidential information about colleagues obtained through employment practices with inappropriate individuals or entities.

H. Principle VIII – A professional educator fulfills all terms and obligations detailed in the contract with the local board of education or education agency for the duration of the contract. Unethical conduct includes but is not limited to:

(1) Abandoning any contract for professional services without the prior written release from the contract by the employing school district or agency;

(2) Willfully refusing to perform the services required by a contract; and,

(3) Abandonment of classroom or failure to provide appropriate supervision of students at school or school-sponsored activities to ensure the safety and well being of students.

I. Principle IX – A professional educator reports breaches of the Code of Ethics for Idaho Professional Educators, and submits reports as required by Idaho Code. Unethical conduct includes but is not limited to:

(1) Failure to comply with Idaho Code §33-1208A (reporting requirements and immunity)

(2) Failure to comply with Idaho Code §16-1605 (reporting of child abuse, abandonment or neglect);

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 96 4000. PERSONNEL

4100. (Revised 8/14/06)

4100. CODE OF ETHICS FOR IDAHO PROFESSIONAL EDUCATORS (Cont’d.)

3. PRINCIPLES (Cont’d.)

I. Principle IX (Cont’d.)

(3) Failure to comply with Idaho Code §33-512B (Suicidal tendencies and duty to warn); and

(4) Having knowledge of a violation of the Code of Ethics for Idaho Professional Educators and failing to report the violation to an appropriate education official.

J. Principle X – A professional educator ensures just and equitable treatment for all members of the profession in the exercise of academic freedom, professional rights and responsibilities while following generally recognized professional principles. Unethical conduct includes but is not limited to:

(1) Any conduct that seriously impairs the Certificate holder’s ability to teach or perform his or her professional duties;

(2) Committing any act of harassment toward a colleague;

(3) Conduct that is offensive to the ordinary dignity, decency, and morality of others;

(4) Failure to cooperate with the Professional Standards Commission in inquiries and/or investigations or hearings;

(5) Using institutional privileges for the promotion of political candidates or for political activities, except for local, state or national education association elections;

(6) Deliberately falsifying information presented to students;

(7) Willfully interfering with the free participation of colleagues in professional associations; and

(8) Taking inappropriate pictures (digital, photographic or video) of colleagues.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 97 4000. PERSONNEL

4130. (Revised 7/11/16)

4130. CONTRACTS, PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL

1. SUPERINTENDENT AND CENTRAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATORS

A. The contract period for the Superintendent shall be twelve (12) months.

B. The contract period for the Assistant Superintendent, Director of Personnel, Director of Support Services, Director of Special Services, and Director of Curriculum and Instruction shall be twelve (12) months with twenty (20) days' vacation.

C. The Director of Business Services shall serve as a 12-month employee with twenty (20) days of vacation.

2. ANCILLARY PERSONNEL AND SUPERVISORS

The contract period for Ancillary Personnel and Supervisors shall be determined by the Board upon the recommendation of the Superintendent.

3. PRINCIPALS

A. The contract period for the elementary principals shall be from two (2) weeks prior to the first orientation day until two (2) weeks after school closes unless modified by the Board of Directors.

B. The contract period for junior high principals, junior high assistant principals, and senior high assistant principals shall be from three (3) weeks prior to the first orientation day until three (3) weeks after school closes unless modified by the Board of Directors.

C. The contract period for the senior high principal shall be 231.5 days unless modified by the Board of Directors.

D. Extended contracts of an additional ten (10) days for junior high and elementary principals may be allowed by the Superintendent.

4. CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEES

The contract period for certificated employees shall be one hundred eighty-eight and one-half (188.5) days unless modified by the Board of Directors. It will include days for teaching, parent- teacher conferences, professional development and paid holidays to be assigned during the school year by the administration. The length of the certificated employee’s contract may be altered as found in Idaho Code 33-514, Idaho Code 33-515.

A. CONTRACT DEFINITIONS

(1) CATEGORY 1 CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEE

A certificated employee hired on a limited, one-year contract after August 1, will be placed in category 1.

(2) CATEGORY 2 CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEE

A certificated employee in the first or second year of continuous employment within the same school district.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 98 4000. PERSONNEL

4130. (Revised 7/11/16)

4130. CONTRACTS, PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

4. CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEES (Cont’d.)

A. CONTRACT DEFINITIONS (Cont’d.)

(3) CATEGORY 3 CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEE

A certificated employee in the third year of continuous employment by the same school district.

(4) RENEWABLE CONTRACT CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEE

A certificated employee who may automatically renew his/her employment with the District for the next school year by a timely return of a signed contract.

A certificated teacher is eligible for a renewable contract based on three (3) consecutive years of employment when offered a contract for the fourth year of continuous employment provided that the instructional staff has obtained a professional endorsement under section 33-1020A Idaho Code.

5. CONTRACTS

A. NOTICE OF NON-RENEWAL

(1) A category 1 certificated employee’s contract is specifically offered for the limited duration of the ensuing school year, and no further notice is required by the District to terminate the contract at the conclusion of the contract year.

(2) The category 2 certificated employee shall be provided a written statement of reasons for non-reemployment by no later than the first day of July. No property rights shall attach to a category 2 contract, and, therefore, the employee shall not be entitled to a review of the reasons or decision not to reemploy by the Board of Directors.

(3) The category 3 certificated employee shall be provided a written statement of reasons for non-reemployment by the first day of July for, and upon request, be provided an informal review of, such decision by the Board of Directors. Before the Board of Directors determines not to renew the contract for the unsatisfactory performance of a category 3 certificated employee, such employee shall be entitled to a defined period of probation established by the Board of Directors, following at least one (1) evaluation. In no case shall the probation be less than eight (8) weeks. The probation shall be preceded by written notice from the Board of Directors, with the reasons for the probationary period and the areas of work that are deficient and with provisions for adequate supervision and evaluation of the performance of the employee during the probationary period.

(4) A certificated employee on a renewable contract is entitled to a period of probation lasting at least eight (8) weeks before a determination not to renew for unsatisfactory performance can be made. This period of probation shall be preceded by a written notice with reasons for such probationary period and with provisions for adequate supervision and evaluation of the employee’s performance during the probationary period.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 99 4000. PERSONNEL

4130. (Revised 7/11/16)

4130. CONTRACTS, PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

5. CONTRACTS (Cont’d.)

A. NOTICE OF NON-RENEWAL (Cont’d.)

If a certificated employee on a renewable contract is not to be reemployed for the ensuing year, the Board of Directors shall give such a certificated employee written notice, pursuant to Idaho Code 33-515, of possible non-renewal including documentation of the allegations and the schedule for a hearing to be held before the Board. The hearing shall be conducted before a final disposition is made.

B. NOTICE OF REEMPLOYMENT

Each certificated employee on a category 3 contract shall be given notice, in writing, whether he or she will be reemployed for the next ensuing year no later than the first day of July of each such year.

Each certified employee on a renewable contract, eligible for reemployment, will be issued a contract on or before the first day of July each year. The District may issue letters of intent for employment for the ensuing school year to renewable contract status employees during May of each school year. Such letter of intent shall not state a specific duration of the contract or salary/benefits term for the ensuing school year.

C. PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE

The District shall have the option to grant renewable contract status when it hires a certificated employee who has been on a renewable contract with another Idaho school district or who has out-of-state experience which would otherwise qualify the certificated employee for renewable contract status in Idaho. Alternatively, the District can place the certificated employee on a category 3 contract. Such employment on a category 3 contract may be for one (1), two (2), or three (3) years.

D. DELIVERY OF CONTRACT

Delivery of a contract may be made in person, by certified mail, return receipt requested, or electronically, return receipt requested. If delivery is made in person, the delivery must be acknowledged by employee signature.

In the event that the District delivers a contract via electronic means, with return electronic receipt, and the District does not receive a returned, signed contract and has not received an electronic-read receipt from the employee, the District shall then resend the original electronically delivered contract to the employee via certified mail, return receipt requested, and provide such employee with a new date for contract return.

E. RELEASE FROM CONTRACT

Release from contract without prejudice will be granted if the request is received by the Board of Directors before June 1 or ten (10) days after the contracts are distributed, whichever is later. After this date, a release will be granted only when a suitable replacement can be secured.

F. In the event of a Reduction in Force, procedures found in Rules and Regulations 4740 will prevail over any contract rights outlined above.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 100 4000. PERSONNEL

4130. (Revised 7/11/16)

4130. CONTRACTS, PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

5. CONTRACTS (Cont’d.)

G. PART-TIME ASSIGNMENTS

Certificated employees may be assigned to less than full-time positions when it appears to be in the best interest of the District. No vested interest will accrue to such part-time assignments, and certificated employees so assigned may be required to accept additional assignments to meet the needs of class schedules.

H. PART-TIME CERTIFICATED STAFF

(1) Pay for part-time assignments in Grades K-6 will be prorated in the ratio of class time spent as compared to class time during the school day. Preparation time may be available by scheduling physical education, music, and library in an equitable manner if permitted by the building’s instructional schedule.

Pay for part-time assignments in Grades 7-12 will be prorated by minute using the divisor of 1/280 in order to allow for paid preparation time.

(2) Part-time employees will be required to arrive one-half hour prior to the beginning of their assignment and to work fifteen minutes following their assignment in addition to paid preparation time.

(3) Part-time employees will be expected to carry out the same general duties as full-time staff. This includes attendance at scheduled building meetings that are contiguous to their work day.

(4) Part-time employees are expected to participate in School Improvement Days and teacher work days in the same ratio as the portion of the regular day worked. Additional hours when assigned by the building principal or other District administrator on School Improvement Days and teacher work days will be paid at the extra work assignment rate.

(5) When part-time employees are asked to substitute, the portion of the day spent as a substitute will be paid at the substitute pay rate.

6. EXTRA DUTY ASSIGNMENTS

The Board of Directors may enter into a supplemental extra duty contract with a certificated employee to provide for an extra duty assignment. An extra duty assignment is defined as any assignment that is not part of a certificated employee’s regular teaching duties. A supplemental contract for an extra duty assignment shall be separate and apart from the certified employee’s underlying contract, and no property rights shall attach to a supplemental extra duty contract.

A certificated employee shall have no property rights in an extra duty assignment regardless of the period of employment or the descriptions and terms set forth therein and such extra duty assignment shall be considered in all respects “employment at will” subject to termination by the Board of Directors at any time with or without cause.

If the Board of Directors determines to terminate the certificated employee’s extra duty contract during the contract period, or not to reissue a supplemental extra duty contract for the ensuing school year, the Board or its designee shall provide the certificated employee with written notice describing reasons for the decision not to terminate or reissue.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 101 4000. PERSONNEL

4130. (Revised 7/11/16)

4130. CONTRACTS, PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

6. EXTRA DUTY ASSIGNMENTS (Cont’d.)

The certificated employee may, within five (5) days of receipt of said Notice, request in writing an informal review before the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall hold the informal review no more than thirty (30) days after receipt of such request and shall inform the certificated employee of the date, time and location of the informal review.

The informal review shall be conducted as per policy.

For the purpose of this section, “underlying contract” means either a category 1, 2, 3 or renewable contract.

7. EXTRA DAY ASSIGNMENTS

The Board of Directors may enter into a supplemental extra day contract with a certificated employee. An extra day assignment is an assignment of days of service, in addition to the standard contract length, used for the majority of certificated employees of the District. Such additional days may be in service of the same activities as the certificated employee’s regular teaching duties.

Any such extra day contracts shall provide the same daily rate of pay and rights to due process and procedures provided by the certified employee’s underlying contract.

For the purpose of this section, “underlying contract” means either a category 1, 2, 3 or renewable contract.

8. REASSIGNMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE CERTIFICATED PROFESSIONAL EMPLOYEES

The Board of Directors may reassign an administrative employee to a non-administrative position with or without an appropriate reduction in salary. Should the Board of Directors determine to reassign an administrative employee who prior to being employed as an administrative employee was employed pursuant to a renewable contract, a renewable contract may be offered at the sole discretion of the Board.

If the Board of Directors determines to so reassign an administrative employee, the Board shall provide the employee with a written notice of the reassignment containing a statement of the reasons for such action not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of the reassignment.

The administrative employee may, within ten (10) days after receipt of the notice, request, in writing, an informal review before the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall hold the informal review no more than fifteen (15) days after receipt of such request and shall inform the administrative employee, in writing, of the date, time and place of the informal review.

The informal review shall be conducted as per policy.

9. EARLY RETIREMENT INCENTIVE PLAN (ERIP)

A. This plan gives certificated employees in good standing the opportunity to retire early as an option to continued employment in the District. Please refer to the plan for details. A copy of the plan may be attained by contacting the benefits specialist at the Central Services business office.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 102 4000. PERSONNEL

4130. (Revised 7/11/16)

4130. CONTRACTS, PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

9+. EARLY RETIREMENT INCENTIVE PLAN (Cont’d.)

B. Administrative personnel may take this same opportunity. Grants will be determined by the individual's appropriate place on the certificated salary schedule in effect during his/her last year of employment.

10. LEADERSHIP AWARDS

Idaho Code §33-1004J provides funding for Leadership Premiums to compensate certified instructional and pupil service staff for leadership activities performed in addition to the regular contract. Duties which are eligible for leadership premiums include, but are not limited to:

 Providing instruction in a subject in which the individual holds a content area Master’s Degree.  Teaching a dual credit course.  Teaching a course to middle school students in which the student earns both middle and high school credit.  Holding and providing service in multiple non-administrative certificate or subject endorsement areas.  Serving in an instructional position designated by the Board of Directors as hard to fill.  Providing mentoring, peer assistance or professional development pursuant to Idaho Code §33-512(17).  Having received professional development in career and academic counseling, and then providing career or academic counseling for students, with such services incorporated within, or provided in addition to, the teacher’s regular classroom instructional duties.  Other leadership duties designated by the Board of Directors, excluding duties related to student activities or athletics. Such duties shall require that the employee work additional time as a condition of the receipt of a leadership premium.

The Board of Directors has final decision-making authority with respect to which employees receive leadership premiums and the dollar amounts thereof. Pursuant to Idaho Code, the payment of leadership premiums is not subject to collective bargaining and no property right is attached to leadership premiums. Leadership premium funding is not restricted to new compensation for leadership roles and may supplant other local funding sources to provide compensation for leadership duties addressed in existing supplemental contracts. Leadership premiums are not available to administrative staff.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 103 4000. PERSONNEL

4140. (Adopted 4/9/01; Revised 10/14/13)

4140. INFORMAL REVIEW

The District will use the following procedure when a certificated employee is entitled to an Informal Review, including, but not limited to, reassignment of an administrative employee to a non-administrative position, failure to rehire a Category 3 employee, and failure to reissue an extra day contract for a Category 3 employee.

1. The certificated employee must request an Informal Review within ten (10) days of the date of notice. The certificated employee will be given an opportunity to meet with the Board of Directors within fifteen (15) days of the date the request for Informal Review is filed.

2. The Informal Review shall be held in executive session.

3. The Board, or its appointed hearing officer, shall preside over the Informal Review.

4. The Informal Review shall be orderly.

5. The purposes of the Informal Review are to provide the certificated employee an opportunity to address the Board informally and to present to the Board the reasons why the specific personnel action should be reconsidered and for the Board to deliberate and reevaluate its previous decision.

6. The certificated employee does not have the right to be represented by an attorney or a representative of the state teachers association, present evidence and cross-examine witnesses unless specifically agreed to by the Board. The Board may elect to ask questions of the employee, but this does not confer upon the employee the right to ask questions of the Board.

7. The certificated employee may have other persons address the Board on the employee’s behalf and/or submit documentation for the Board’s review.

8. The administrative staff may, but is not required to, present witnesses, submit documentation and/or make rebuttal statements during the Informal Review.

9. The Board may question the certificated employee about matters related to the personnel decision or reassignment.

10. Within fifteen (15) days following the Informal Review, the Board shall notify the certificated employee of its final decision in the matter.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 104 4000. PERSONNEL

4170. (Revised 9/8/14)

4170. NONDISCRIMINATION

1. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY POLICY STATEMENT

The Independent School District is an equal opportunity employer. In accordance with anti- discrimination laws, the District prohibits discrimination and harassment of any type and affords equal employment opportunities to employees and applicants without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, disability or genetic information. Additionally, the District will take action to employ, advance in employment and treat qualified Vietnam-era veterans and disabled veterans without discrimination in all employment practices.

The policy of equal employment and anti-discrimination applies to all aspects of the relationship between the District and its employee, including:

 Recruitment  Employment  Promotion  Transfer  Training  Working conditions  Wages and salary administration  Employee benefits and application of policies

Any employee or applicant who feels he/she has been discriminated against or harassed should report such incidents to his/her supervisor or principal, Human Resources, Assistant Superintendent, or Superintendent or any member of the administration without fear of reprisal. Every effort will be made to maintain confidentiality. These policies apply to all applicants and employees, whether related to conduct engaged in by fellow employees or by someone not directly connected to the District (e.g., an outside vendor, consultant or customer).

The District forbids retaliation against any individual who files a charge of discrimination, opposes a practice believed to be unlawful discrimination, reports harassment, or assists, testifies or participates in an Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) agency proceeding.

2. HARASSMENT POLICY

The District prohibits harassment, including sexual harassment, of any kind, and will take appropriate and immediate action in response to complaints or knowledge of violations of this policy. For purposes of this policy, harassment is any verbal or physical conduct designed to threaten, intimidate or coerce an employee, co-worker or any person working for or on behalf of the School District. Verbal taunting (including racial and ethnic slurs) that, in the employee’s opinion, impairs his/her ability to perform his/her job is included in the definition of harassment.

The following examples of harassment are intended to be guidelines and are not exclusive when determining whether there has been a violation of this policy:

 Verbal harassment includes comments that are offensive or unwelcome regarding a person’s nationality, origin, race, color, religion, gender, sexual orientation, age, body, disability or appearance, including epithets, slurs and negative stereotyping.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 105 4000. PERSONNEL

4170. (Revised 9/8/14)

4170. NONDISCRIMINATION (Cont’d.)

2. HARASSMENT POLICY (Cont’d.)

 Nonverbal harassment includes distribution, display or discussion of any written or graphic material that ridicules, denigrates, insults, belittles or shows hostility, aversion or disrespect toward an individual or group because of national origin, race, color, religion, age, gender, sexual orientation, pregnancy, appearance, disability, sexual identity, marital or other protected status.

3. COMPLAINT PROCEDURE

Complaints by employees, students or other persons alleging illegal discrimination or harassment by this District, its employees, or third parties in any of the District’s public facilities, programs or activities based on race, color, sex, national origin, religion, age, disability or genetic information may be filed as follows:

A. FILING A CIVIL RIGHTS COMPLAINT

A complaint should be filed in writing by the complainant, by the complaint’s representative, parent or guardian or both. Any complaint received by this District by telephone or verbally will be recorded by the District in written form. The complaint must be filed with the Office of the Superintendent within one hundred eighty (180) days of the alleged discriminatory action. The complaint should set forth the date, place, and nature of the discriminatory action and specify the remedy sought by the complaint.

B. INVESTIGATION AND REPORT

The School District will contact the complainant in writing within ten (10) working days of receipt of the complaint to let him or her know the complaint was received and what action the District has taken or will take in an attempt to resolve the complaint.

Within ninety (90) calendar days after receiving the complaint, the Superintendent or designee must investigate the incident and issue a written finding of whether or not discrimination was found. The investigation will include, but not be limited to, interviews with the complainant and School District personnel. The investigator will allow both parties an opportunity to present written statements of witnesses and/or other evidence.

If the complainant does not agree with the findings of the Superintendent or designee, he or she will have thirty (30) days to provide additional information to the designee of the Superintendent to facilitate further review of the complaint.

The complainant will be notified of his or her right to appeal the findings of the District to the proper state or federal agencies listed below.

The Office of Civil Rights Health and Human Services 2901 Third Avenue, Mail Drop 510 Seattle, WA 98121 Phone: (206) 442-0473

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 106 4000. PERSONNEL

4170. (Revised 9/8/14)

4170. NONDISCRIMINATION (Cont’d.)

3. COMPLAINT PROCEDURE (Cont’d.)

B. INVESTIGATION AND REPORT (Cont’d.)

USDA, Director, Office of Adjudication 1400 Independence Avenue, SW Washington, DC 20250-9410 or call toll free (866) 632-9992 (Voice) Individuals who are hearing impaired or have speech disabilities may contact USDA through the Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8339; or (800) 845-6136 (Spanish)

The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission 2815 2nd Avenue, Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98121 Phone: (206) 553-0968

Idaho Human Rights Commission 506 North Fifth Street Boise, ID 83702 Phone: (208) 334-2873

Employment Standards Administration Wage and Hour Division Department of Labor 550 West Fort Street Boise, ID 83702 Phone: (208) 334-1029

A complainant may at any time file a complaint directly with other agencies listed above.

C. REMEDY IF DISCRIMINATION IS FOUND

If the Superintendent or designee finds that the alleged discrimination occurred, the Superintendent will take immediate steps to remedy such discrimination and to prevent the recurrence of discrimination. The Superintendent will provide the complainant with a written report of the findings and proposed remedy, if any. The Superintendent will report the investigation findings and proposed remedy, if any, to the Board of Directors at the next special or regular meeting.

4. REASONABLE ACCOMMODATIONS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES

The District does not discriminate against applicants and individuals with disabilities and complies with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Americans with Disabilities Amendments Act (ADAAA). When needed, the District will provide reasonable accommodations to applicants and employees who are qualified for a job so that they may perform the essential functions of the position.

It is the policy of the District to comply with all federal and state laws concerning the employment of persons with disabilities and to act in accordance with regulations and guidance issued by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC). Furthermore, it is District policy not to discriminate against individuals with disabilities in regard to application procedures, hiring, advancement, discharge, compensation, training or other terms, conditions and privileges of employment.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 107 4000. PERSONNEL

4200. (Revised 7/11/16)

4200. EVALUATIONS

Evaluations may be used for the purpose of providing pertinent data for decision-making related to the reappointment, reassignment, promotion, or termination of professional staff.

All supervision and evaluation procedures are to be carried out in accordance with District guidelines approved by the Board of Directors and as required by Idaho Code §33-514 and §33-515. The supervision and evaluation guidelines, including descriptions and forms, are available from the District’s Human Resources office.

1. CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEES (INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF AND PUPIL SERVICE STAFF)

Each certificated employee shall receive a minimum of one (1) written evaluation completed annually no later than June 1. The evaluation shall include a minimum of two (2) documented observations, one (1) of which shall be completed prior to January 1 of each year.

A. PART I REQUIREMENTS – PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

All certified instructional employees must receive an evaluation in which at least sixty- seven percent (67%) of the evaluation results are based on Professional Practice. All measures included with the Professional Practice portion of the evaluation come from the Charlotte Danielson Framework of Teaching, Second Edition. The measures within the Professional Practice portion of the evaluation shall include a minimum of two (2) documented observations annually with at least one (1) observation being completed prior to January 1 of each year.

B. PART II REQUIREMENTS – STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT

The second portion of the evaluation(s) for all certified instructional employees shall comprise at least thirty-three percent (33%) of the total written evaluation and shall be based on multiple objective measures of growth in student achievement. Growth in student achievement, as measured by Idaho’s statewide assessment, will be included. This part of the evaluation may be calculated using current and/or past year’s data and use one (1) or multiple years of data.

Measures of growth in student achievement are not required of pupil service staff.

C. COMMUNICATION OF RESULTS

Certified staff shall meet with his/her designated evaluator to discuss the written evaluation. A copy of the written evaluation shall be given to the staff member and a copy of the written evaluation will be placed in the employee’s official personnel file.

The above minimum requirements and additional evaluations shall be made when warranted.

2. ADMINISTRATIVE EMPLOYEES

The Superintendent or designee is responsible for the general supervision and evaluation of administrative employees.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 108 4000. PERSONNEL

4200. (Revised 7/11/16)

4200. EVALUATIONS (Cont’d.)

2. ADMINISTRATIVE EMPLOYEES (Cont’d.)

A. PRINCIPALS

Each principal shall receive at least one (1) written evaluation for each annual contract year of employment no later than June 1 of each year.

(1) PART I REQUIREMENTS – PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

Sixty-seven percent (67%) of each evaluation shall be based on Professional Practice. All measures included with the Professional Practice portion of the evaluation must be aligned to the state minimum standards based on the Interstate School Leaders Licensure Consortium (ISLLC) standards. These standards shall address the following Domains and components:

a. SCHOOL CLIMATE (i) School Culture (ii) Communication (iii) Advocacy

b. COLLABORATIVE CULTURE (i) Shared Leadership (ii) Priority Management (iii) Transparency (iv) Leadership Renewal (v) Accountability

c. INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP (i) Innovation (ii) Instructional Vision (iii) High Expectations (iv) Continuous Improvement of Instruction (v) Evaluation (vi) Recruitment

Input from parents/guardians, teachers, students and/or portfolios will be considered as a factor in each certificated employee’s evaluation.

(2) PART II REQUIREMENTS – STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT

The second portion of the evaluation(s) for all principals shall comprise at least thirty-three percent (33%) of the total written evaluation and shall be based on multiple objective measures of growth in student achievement as determined by the Board of Directors and based upon research. Growth in student achievement, as measured by Idaho’s statewide assessment, will be included. This part of the evaluation may be calculated using current and/or past year’s data and may use one (1) of multiple years of data.

(3) COMMUNICATION OF RESULTS

Principals shall meet with their designated evaluator to discuss the written evaluation. A copy of the written evaluation shall be given to the principal and a copy of the written evaluation will be placed in the employee’s official personnel file.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 109 4000. PERSONNEL

4200. (Revised 7/11/16)

4200. EVALUATIONS (Cont’d.)

2. ADMINISTRATIVE EMPLOYEES (Cont’d.)

A. PRINCIPALS (Cont’d.)

(3) COMMUNICATION OF RESULTS (Cont’d.)

The above minimum requirements and additional evaluations shall be made as warranted.

B. DISTRICT ADMINISTRATORS

Each district administrator will be evaluated annually. Evaluations will be based on professional practice and may include measures of growth in student achievement.

3. SUPERINTENDENT OF SCHOOLS

The Board of Directors shall conduct an annual, written evaluation of the work of the superintendent. The evaluation shall indicate the strengths and weaknesses of the superintendent’s job performance in the year immediately preceding the evaluation. The Board shall include in the evaluation progress towards the targets for student outcomes found in the Annual Strategic Plan by using relevant data to measure growth. At least thirty-three percent (33%) of the evaluation must be based on objective measures of growth in student achievement.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 110 4000. PERSONNEL

4260. (Revised 1/24/96)

4260. FILES FOR PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEES

1. CENTRAL SERVICES FILES

A. The employment file shall contain the employee's letter of application, actual teacher application, resume, transcripts, references, credentials, certificate, contract, and official correspondence.

B. Any and all material relevant to the evaluation of the employee shall be placed in a separate personnel file (evaluation).

C. The employment records shall contain directory information, educational training, prior experience, certificates held, recent training, salary, and extra assignments.

D. The payroll file shall contain records such as payroll information, accumulated sick leave, and withholding data such as social security, federal and state income tax, retirement contributions, credit union deductions, professional dues, United Way, life insurance, Lewiston Independent Foundation for Education, Inc. contributions, and annuities.

E. The I-9 Immigration Form (those employed after November, 1986) shall be placed in a separate file.

2. RIGHT TO REVIEW FILES, EMPLOYEES'

A. Employees may review their files in the Central Services Office by arranging to do so with the administration. Employee review of files shall be supervised by an administrator. Only the following information is to be shared:

1. Letter of application 2. Actual applications (information may be updated) 3. Resume 4. Transcripts 5. Teacher certificates 6. Contract 7. Official correspondence 8. Evaluation Reports 9. I-9 Immigration Form 10. Payroll Records 11. Other related information which the employees have voluntarily placed in their applications. Confidential information such as personal references, credentials from closed placement files, and screening results may not be reviewed.

B. Employees have the right to request that information or materials which are considered to be outdated or no longer relevant be removed from their employment files, provided that the information or materials were placed in the files voluntarily by the employees. Any other information may be removed only at the discretion of the District.

C. Employees have the right to request copies of non-confidential information in their files. The District reserves the right to comply with the requests or to allow employees to make handwritten copies of desired information.

D. Employees have the right to attach written rejoinders to any information contained in personnel (evaluation) files.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 111 4000. PERSONNEL

4260. (Revised 1/24/96)

4260. Files for Professional Certificated Employees (Cont’d.)

2. RIGHT TO REVIEW FILES, EMPLOYEES' (Cont’d.)

E. All employment records of current or former employees are exempt from public disclosure other than the employee's public service or employment history, classification, pay grade and step, longevity, gross salary and salary history, status, work place, and employment agency. All other personnel information relating to a public employee or applicant, including, but not limited to, information regarding gender, race, marital status, birth date, home address and telephone number, applications, testing and scoring materials, grievances, correspondence and performance evaluations, shall not be disclosed to the public without the employee's or applicant's written consent. A public official or designated representative may inspect and copy his/her employment records, except for material used to screen and test for employment. See Idaho Code 9-340, RECORDS EXEMPT FROM DISCLOSURE.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 112 4000. PERSONNEL

4270. (Revised 1/24/96)

4270. FILES FOR EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL

1. CENTRAL SERVICES FILES

A. The employment file shall contain the application, references, resume, and official correspondence.

B. Any and all material relevant to the evaluation of the employee shall be placed in a separate personnel file (evaluation).

C. The employment records shall contain directory information, vacation times, salary, dates of employment, and related data.

D. The payroll file shall contain records such as payroll information, accumulated sick leave, and withholding data such as social security, federal and state income tax, retirement contributions, credit union deductions, United Way, life insurance, Lewiston Independent Foundation for Education, Inc. contributions, and annuities.

E. The I-9 Immigration Form (those employed after November, 1986) shall be placed in a separate file.

2. RIGHT TO REVIEW FILES, EMPLOYEES'

1. Application 2. Resume 3. Official Correspondence 4. Commendations 5. Employment Condition 6. Payroll Records 7. I-9 Immigration Form 8. Other related information which the employees have voluntarily placed in their applications. Confidential information such as personal references may not be reviewed.

B. Employees have the right to request that information or materials which are considered to be outdated or no longer relevant be removed from their employment files provided that the information or materials were placed in the files voluntarily by the employees. Any other information may be removed at the discretion of the District.

D. Employees have the right to attach written rejoinders to any information contained in personnel (evaluation) files.

E. All employment records of current or former employees are exempt from public disclosure other than the employee's public service or employment history, classification, pay grade and step, longevity, gross salary and salary history, status, work place, and employment agency. All other personnel information relating to a public employee or applicant, including, but not limited to, birth date, home address and telephone number, applications, testing and scoring materials, grievances, correspondence, and performance evaluations, shall not be disclosed to the public without the employee's or applicant's written consent. A public official or

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 113 4000. PERSONNEL

4270. (Revised 1/24/96)

4270. Files for Educational Support Personnel (Cont’d.)

2. RIGHT TO REVIEW FILES, EMPLOYEES' (Cont’d.)

E. (Cont’d.)

designated representative may inspect and copy his/her personnel records, except for material used to screen and test for employment. See Idaho Code 9-340, RECORD EXEMPT FROM DISCLOSURE.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 114 4000. PERSONNEL

4275. (Revised 8/24/15)

4275. GRIEVANCE POLICY, NON-CERTIFICATED STAFF (IDAHO CODE 33-517)

1. DEFINITIONS

A grievance shall be defined as a written allegation of:

(i) A violation of current written Board-approved school district policy; (ii) A violation of current written school procedures; (iii) A violation of the current written Board-approved employee handbook; (iv) A condition or conditions that jeopardize the health or safety of the employee or another; or (v) Tasks assigned outside of the employee’s essential job functions and for which the employee has no specialized training.

2. DUE PROCESS RIGHTS

A. STEP ONE – FILING OF GRIEVANCE

A noncertificated employee of the District may file a grievance about any matter related to his or her employment, only if it directly relates to any of the grounds for a grievance provided for in paragraph (1)(i) through (v) of this subsection. However, neither the rate of salary or wage of the employee nor the decision to terminate an employee for cause during the initial one hundred eighty (180) days of employment shall be a proper subject for consideration under the grievance procedure provided in this section. For the purposes of this section, “current” means as of the date of the incident giving rise to the grievance.

B. STEP TWO – INFORMAL GRIEVANCE MEETING

If a noncertificated employee files a grievance, the employee shall submit the grievance in writing to the District’s human resources administrator within six (6) working days of the incident giving rise to the grievance. The grievance shall state the nature of the grievance and the remedy sought. Within six (6) working days of receipt of the grievance, the District’s human resources administrator shall schedule an informal grievance meeting with the grievant, the employee against whom the grievance is filed, respective advocates, as well as a District administrator who will not be involved in the statutory grievance process. The purpose of the meeting shall be to attempt to find a resolution to the employee grievance.

C. STEP THREE – APPEAL OF GRIEVANCE

If a resolution is not reached during the informal grievance meeting, the individual against whom a grievance is filed shall file a written response to the employee grievance within six (6) working days after the conclusion of the informal grievance meeting. Thereafter the employee may appeal the grievance to the superintendent of the District or the superintendent's designee within six (6) working days of the receipt of the written response or within six (6) working days from the date the written response was due if the noncertificated employee received no written response. Within six (6) working days of an appeal, the superintendent or designee shall provide a written response to the noncertificated employee.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 115 4000. PERSONNEL

4275. (Revised 8/24/15)

4275. GRIEVANCE POLICY, NON-CERTIFICATED STAFF (Cont’d.)

2. DUE PROCESS RIGHTS (Cont’d.)

D. STEP FOUR – HEARING PANEL REVIEW

If the noncertificated employee is not satisfied with the response of the superintendent or the designee, or if there is no response by the superintendent or the designee within the timeframe provided in section (2)(C) above, the noncertificated employee may request a review of the grievance by a hearing panel within six (6) working days from receipt of the response provided in section (2)(C) of this section if the employee received a written response, or six (6) working days from the date the superintendent or designee last had to respond if the noncertificated employee received no written response. Within ten (10) working days of receipt of an appeal, a panel consisting of three (3) persons, one (1) designated by the superintendent, one (1) designated by the employee, and one (1) agreed upon by the two (2) appointed members for the purpose of reviewing the appeal.

Within ten (10) working days following completion of the review, the panel shall submit its decision in writing to the noncertificated employee, the superintendent, and the Board of Directors.

E. STEP FIVE – APPEAL TO COUNTY DISTRICT COURT

The panel's decision shall be the final and conclusive resolution of the grievance unless the Board of Directors overturns the panel's decision by resolution at the Board of Directors' next regularly scheduled public meeting or unless, within forty-two (42) calendar days of the filing of the Board's decision, either party appeals to the district court in the county where the school district is located. Upon appeal of a decision of the Board of Directors, the district court may affirm or set aside and remand the matter to the Board of Directors upon the following grounds, and shall not set the same aside on any other grounds:

(i) That the findings of fact are not based on any substantial, competent evidence;

(ii) That the Board of Directors has acted without jurisdiction or in excess of its powers;

(iii) That the findings by the Board of Directors as a matter of law do not support the decision.

3. RIGHT OF REPRESENTATION

A noncertificated employee filing a grievance pursuant to this section shall be entitled to a representative of the employee's choice at each step of the grievance procedure provided in this section. The person against whom the grievance is filed, the superintendent or the superintendent's designee shall be entitled to a representative at each step of the grievance procedure. None of these individuals will be qualified to sit on the advisory grievance panel.

4. TIMELINE WAIVERS

The timelines of the grievance procedure established in this section may be waived or modified by mutual agreement.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 116 4000. PERSONNEL

4275. (Revised 8/24/15)

4275. GRIEVANCE POLICY, NON-CERTIFICATED STAFF (Cont’d.)

5. NON-RETALIATION/REPRISAL POLICY STATEMENT

Utilization of the grievance procedure established pursuant to this section shall not constitute a waiver of any right of appeal available pursuant to law or regulation.

(i) Neither the Board of Directors nor any member of the administration shall take reprisals affecting the employment status of any party in interest. The employee filing a grievance shall not take any reprisals regarding the course of the outcome of the grievance nor take any reprisals against any party or witness participating in the grievance.

(ii) A noncertificated employee of a school district shall be provided a personnel file consistent with the provisions of section 33-518, Idaho Code.

6. EMPLOYEE PERSONNEL FILE – NOTIFICATION AND RIGHT OF REVIEW

A noncertificated employee of the District shall be notified when any entry is made or any documents are placed in his or her personnel file. At reasonable times and places, in the presence of an appropriate District official, a non-certificated employee may inspect documents contained in his or her official personnel file. Employees have the right to attach written rejoinders to any information contained in personnel files to which they have access or to place other relevant materials in their files.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 117 4000. PERSONNEL

4290. (Revised 8/22/16)

4290. HOLIDAYS, PAYMENT FOR EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL

1. To be eligible for the holiday provisions of this section, employees must work in their regular assignment on the scheduled workday immediately prior to and immediately following the holiday or be eligible to use approved leave for those days. Exceptions may be made by the Superintendent or designee when the absence is for approved vacation leave or other approved leave as provided for in Rules and Regulations No. 4350.2.A and C or an unusual emergency. Anyone requesting the use of unusual emergency leave must provide appropriate documentation of why they were gone with a written request to the Superintendent or designee within three (3) work days of the absence.

An employee who is able to use a day of Personal Business Leave cannot use this leave by attaching it to deduct day(s) for the purpose of extending his/her active status on the day before or the day following a holiday as required for consideration of holiday pay.

2. Educational support personnel shall be paid for the following:

A. One day's holiday pay for New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, and Labor Day.

B. Two days' holiday pay for Thanksgiving and two days' holiday pay for Christmas.

C. Pay for any other national or state holiday observed by the school calendar and approved by the Superintendent.

For specific paid holidays refer to the current school calendar.

If employees work any one of the paid holidays, they will receive additional pay for the time worked at one and one-half (1 1/2) times their regular rate.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 118 4000. PERSONNEL

4320. (Revised 6/22/15 and 8/24/15)

4320. INSURANCE

1. ADMINISTRATORS' AND SUPERVISORS' INSURANCE

A. All insurance provisions applicable by agreement with other certificated employees are allowed for administrators and supervisors.

B. An additional $10,000 term life insurance will be provided, for a total of $20,000.

C. Administrators and supervisors who are responsible for the employment and termination of any employees will be covered under the School Board Liability Insurance in addition to the standard liability policy of the District.

2. EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL INSURANCE

A. WORKERS' COMPENSATION

1. All educational support personnel are covered by Workers' Compensation Insurance for bodily injury, disease, or death caused by accident arising out of and in the course of their employment.

2. Any work-related injury or illness must be immediately reported to the employee’s supervisor.

3. Notice of injury shall be reported to the Assistant Superintendent or designee as soon as possible.

4. A claim for compensation will be prepared and submitted to the State Insurance Fund and to the Industrial Commission for approval.

5. An employee drawing Workers' Compensation for time lost will not receive District pay or be eligible to receive sick leave pay for those days compensated by this insurance.

6. A Workers’ Compensation absence may run concurrently with leave granted for eligible employees under the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA).

B. MEDICAL INSURANCE

1. The District shall provide the same group health insurance benefits to all educational support personnel who work twenty (20) hours or more per week and/or who qualify for coverage under the Affordable Care Act. The insurance will be the same as provided to certificated employees. Insurance premiums will be prorated based on the portion of the day worked by the employee. A full-time employee is defined as working forty (40) hours per week.

2. Employees working forty (40) hours or more per week, nine or more months per year, shall be considered full-time.

3. Employees working twenty (20), but less than forty (40), hours per week, nine or more months per year, shall be considered part-time employees:

4. Employees working less than twenty (20) hours per week are not eligible for group insurance benefits.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 119 4000. PERSONNEL

4320. (Revised 6/22/15 and 8/24/15)

4320. INSURANCE (Cont’d.)

2. EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL INSURANCE (Cont’d.)

C. SALARY PROTECTION INSURANCE

The District will pay for a salary protection plan for all educational support personnel working forty (40) hours per week, nine or more months per year.

D. TERM INSURANCE

The District will pay for term life insurance for all educational support personnel working forty (40) hours per week, nine or more months per year.

3. REGULATIONS, GENERAL INSURANCE

A. Eligible employees must complete and submit the appropriate forms for insurance, or they will not be eligible for the benefits.

B. Eligible employees will receive appropriate insurance coverage beginning on the first (1st) of the month following eligibility. If enrollment is not completed within thirty (30) days of eligibility, proof of insurability will be required.

C. Temporary employees will receive benefits after working five (5) consecutive months and having met hourly requirements for full- or part-time employment.

D. If an employee continues to be disabled for work after the employee has exhausted his/her sick leave, the District will continue to pay the District's portion of the disabled employee's health insurance premium for a period of up to one year following the exhaustion of sick leave or when the employee leaves the employment of the District and enters into a retirement program, or permanent disability, or PERSI Disability Retirement, whichever comes first. The employee shall furnish such proof of continued disability as the District may reasonably require, including certification from the employee's physician.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 120 4000. PERSONNEL

4340. (Adopted 3/8/99; Revised 8/22/16)

4340. COMPENSATORY TIME IN LIEU OF OVERTIME COMPENSATION FOR FULLTIME, EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL EMPLOYEES

1. Full-time, non-exempt Educational Support Personnel employees, may earn compensatory time in lieu of overtime compensation. If an employee elects to earn compensatory time, the employee will sign a consent form acknowledging s/he agrees to substitute time off for all overtime pay. The employee may change his/her election to earn compensatory time once in a fiscal year. Compensatory time will be earned at a rate of one and one-half hours for each hour of work in excess of forty (40) hours per week. Overtime hours worked must be at the request of the supervisor and have prior approval by the supervisor.

2. The workweek is defined as beginning at 12:01 a.m. Sunday and ending at 12:00 midnight on Saturday. Work schedules may be changed by supervisors for the convenience of the District.

3. Compensatory time may accrue to a maximum of 240 hours, representing 160 hours of overtime actually worked at one-half premium rate. Supervisors are encouraged to schedule compensatory time off within a reasonable time of when it is earned. Employees who have accrued compensatory time off must be allowed to use some or all of the time within a reasonable period unless doing so would disrupt District activities.

4. Compensatory time in excess of 240-hour limit will be paid. All compensatory time not used by June 30 of each fiscal year will be paid at the regular pay rate existing at that time.

5. An employee may not request overtime pay or compensatory time for time worked during a workweek, which included time off for earned leave or holiday unless time actually worked exceeded 40 hours.

6. Upon termination of employment, unused compensatory time will be paid at the employee's final regular pay rate.

7. Emergency Mandated Time may be charged if an employee is mandated to work by the Superintendent or Assistant Superintendent for a mandated emergency, even if the employee did not actually work 40 hours due to being off on paid holiday or covered leave.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 121 4000. PERSONNEL

4350. (Revised 8/22/16)

4350. LEAVES

1. ADMINISTRATORS' AND SUPERVISORS' LEAVES

A. SICK LEAVE

(1) Administrative and supervisory employees must work, on average, at least .5 FTE in their regular assignment/s to qualify for sick leave. If the employee qualifies for sick leave, but works less than full-time (1.0 FTE – 40 hours per week), the sick leave will be prorated by the FTE worked (Idaho Code 33.1216).

(2) Sick leave will be allowed at the rate of twelve (12) days per year and may accumulate to an unlimited number of sick leave days. An employee is not entitled to payment for unused sick leave if that employee's employment terminates.

(3) Sick leave for the Superintendent will be determined by contract with the Board of Directors.

B. PERSONAL LEAVE

Personal leave may be allowed as needed when approved by the Superintendent or designee. It is to be used when other provisions are not applicable. It may not be used to fill the needs of other employment.

C. OTHER LEAVE

All other leave provisions applicable by agreement with other professional personnel are allowed for administrators and supervisors with the exception of personal leave.

2. CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEES – LEAVE OF ABSENCE (LOA)

Leaves of absence are granted at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors for certificated employees.

A. A certificated employee on a Category 3 or Renewable contract may be granted a leave of absence for one (1) year for any purpose (except as noted in item “B” below), providing that application for such leave is made on or before March 1. Parent leave may be granted for two (2) years.

B. When a leave of absence is granted to a certificated employee, the employee’s position is temporarily filled for the period of the leave with the expectation that the certificated employee will return to his/her employment with the District for the school year following the leave period. A leave of absence may not be used for the purpose of employment with another district, or for the purpose of seeking employment with another district. If during the leave period, the employee engages in any full-time, part-time or substitute teaching activity without first obtaining the express permission for that activity from the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may terminate the employment relationship with the employee, declare employee’s position with the District to be vacant and permanently fill that position.

C. A certificated employee on leave must indicate his/her intention to return by March 1 of the current year in order to hold a position for which he/she is highly qualified.

D. The Board of Directors may waive the notification date requirement.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 122 4000. PERSONNEL

4350. (Revised 8/22/16)

4350. LEAVES (Cont’d.)

3. EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL LEAVES

The District provides its educational support personnel with a variety of leave allowances.

All leave allowance will be determined in proportion to the FTE worked.

A. SICK LEAVE

(1) Educational Support Personnel employees must work, on average, at least 20 hours per week in their regular assignment/s to qualify for sick leave. If the employee qualifies for sick leave, but works less than full-time (40 hours per week), the sick leave will be prorated by the FTE worked (Idaho Code 33.1216).

(2) Each employee earns one (1) day of sick leave for each month in which he/she is employed for a majority of the workdays within such month. Full-time employees shall earn full-time days of sick leave, while part-time employees shall earn part-time days of sick leave. An employee may accumulate an unlimited number of sick leave days, but is not entitled to payment for unused sick leave if that employee's employment terminates.

(3) An employee may use accumulated sick leave when that employee becomes unable to work by reason of sickness, accident, or disability (including pregnancy). It may also be used for illness in the family. Any claim for sick leave shall be submitted in writing and shall require such reasonable substantiation as the District may require, including a doctor's certification that the employee is unable to work by reason of accident, illness, or disability. When used for illness in the family, the District may also require a doctor's certification. Absences prior to or following vacation must be fully explained and substantiated before sick leave will be allowed. Use of sick leave must be approved by the employee's building principal or other supervisor. If an employee's accumulated sick leave is exhausted, and the employee's medical condition continues, the employee may apply to the Superintendent for a leave of absence without pay.

(4) Up to ten (10) weeks of accumulated sick leave may be used from the date of birth of a child for the recovery of the mother. Sick leave in excess of ten (10) weeks will require a doctor’s medical certification.

(5) Up to ten (10) weeks of accumulated sick leave may be used for the adoption of a child. The ten (10) weeks must be taken within twelve (12) consecutive weeks from the first day of granted leave.

(6) An employee shall be entitled to a total of twelve (12) weeks unpaid leave because of the birth of a child of the employee in order to care for the child, or because of the placement of a child for adoption or foster care.

B. LEAVE OF ABSENCE

(1) An Educational Support Personnel employee must work an average of at least 20 hours per week in his/her regular assignment to be considered for a leave of absence for up to one year for study, travel, or for a serious medical condition. A request for a leave of absence, along with any relevant documentation, must be submitted to the Superintendent at least one month in advance of

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 123 4000. PERSONNEL

4350. (Revised 8/22/16)

4350. LEAVES (Cont’d.)

3. EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL LEAVES (Cont’d.)

B. LEAVE OF ABSENCE

(1) (Cont’d.)

the date upon which the leave is to begin unless circumstances do not allow for this length of notice. The granting of leave shall be discretionary with the Superintendent and shall be for a specified period of time. Such leave shall be without pay and credit shall not be accrued for advancement on the wage scale or vacation time.

An employee who returns at the time specified by the Superintendent shall be guaranteed employment but not necessarily in the same position or at the same rate of pay.

(2) When a leave of absence is approved for a serious and documented medical condition, the District will continue to pay the health insurance premium for up to one (1) year after an employee has exhausted his/her sick leave, unless the employee enters into a retirement or permanent disability program, such as Social Security Disability or PERSI Disability Retirement.

C. OTHER LEAVE ALLOWANCES

Educational support personnel will be provided other leave allowances (starting July 1 of each year) in proportion to their FTE worked for the following reasons:

(1) BEREAVEMENT LEAVE

Up to five (5) days' leave per occurrence with full pay will be allowed when there is a death in the family.

One (1) day’s leave with full pay per year will be allowed for an employee to attend a memorial service in case of the death of a close friend.

Bereavement leave must be used within ten (10) consecutive days of a death within the family, except in special circumstances with prior written authorization by the Superintendent or his/her designee.

(2) PARENT LEAVE

The parent of a newborn or adopted child may take three (3) days' leave within ten (10) days of the birth or reception of the adopted child. Parent leave applies only to Educational Support Personnel who have accumulated less than forty- eight (48) days of sick leave as of the first day of their current work year.

(3) CIVIC DUTY

Personnel called for jury duty will be paid full salary minus the compensation paid jurors.

When subpoenaed as a witness, prior written authorization from the Superintendent or his/her designee will be required. Full salary will be paid minus compensation paid for witnesses.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 124 4000. PERSONNEL

4350. (Revised 8/22/16)

4350. LEAVES (Cont’d.)

3. EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL LEAVES (Cont’d.)

C. OTHER LEAVE ALLOWANCES (Cont’d.)

(4) CATASTROPHIC LEAVE

If an educational support employee has the misfortune of a sudden or dramatic family catastrophe which necessitates absence from work, he/she may request one (1) day of catastrophic leave with pay. Approval of this leave shall be at the discretion of the Superintendent or designee and shall be non-grievable. The maximum number of catastrophic leave days allowable for the educational support employee group during any one (1) fiscal year (July 1 – June 30) shall be limited to twenty (20) days.

(5) PERSONAL BUSINESS LEAVE

Educational Support Personnel who are in continuous employment status, that work 20 or more hours per week and that do not earn vacation leave in their job assignment will be allowed one (1) day personal business leave per school year. If the leave is not used during the work or school year, the unused leave is allowed to carryover to a maximum of three (3) days. Requests for personal business leave shall be subject to the approval of the building administrator or the immediate supervisor. Personal business leave may not be taken if a substitute cannot be found. No more than ten percent or no more than three (3), whichever is greater, of the education support staff in any one building may be absent at any one time for this purpose. The building administrator or immediate supervisor must be notified at least two (2) working days in advance of the day to be taken as a personal business leave, except in emergency situations.

(6) DEDUCT DAYS

Deduct days are day/s requested by an employee and should be:

(a) Requested only after all other applicable leave/s have been exhausted. For example: Deduct day/s for illness only if all other sick leave days have been exhausted, deduct day/s for vacation only after all other vacation days have been exhausted, deduct for personal business day/s only after all personal business day/s have been exhausted and so forth for all other leaves.

(b) Requested at least 24 hours in advance and be approved in advance by the immediate supervisor prior to the employee taking the leave.

Deduct days are without pay. An employee must request at least a minimum increment of one-half of the FTE worked. The decision of the immediate supervisor is final. The use of a substitute to fill your position is determined by the supervisor.

D. VACATION LEAVE

(1) Vacation leave will be earned by employees working in their regular assignment twelve (12) months of the year.

(2) Vacation leave will not be earned except at the anniversary date of any one year of employment.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 125 4000. PERSONNEL

4350. (Revised 8/22/16)

4350. LEAVES (Cont’d.)

3. EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL LEAVES (Cont’d.)

D. VACATION LEAVE

(2) (Cont’d.)

The Superintendent or designee may allow vacation leave to be prorated for the convenience of the District. However, if employment is terminated prior to the employee earning prorated expended vacation leave, the final wage payment will be reduced accordingly.

(3) After the second year of employment, an employee may carry over up to 50% of his/her available vacation leave from one year to the next.

(4) All twelve-month Educational Support Personnel shall be allowed ten (10) equivalent days paid vacation per year.

(5) After five (5) years of consecutive uninterrupted employment, they shall be allowed fifteen (15) equivalent days paid vacation per year.

(6) After ten (10) years of consecutive uninterrupted employment, they shall be allowed twenty (20) days paid vacation per year.

(7) After twenty (20) years of consecutive uninterrupted employment, they shall be allowed twenty-five (25) equivalent days paid vacation per year.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 126 4000. PERSONNEL

4360. (Adopted 9/13/93; Revised 8/22/16)

4360. FAMILY MEDICAL LEAVE ACT

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to define how the District administers the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (“FMLA”) as amended. The Act is designed to provide reasonable, job protected leaves of absence to employees for family and medical events that qualify under the Act, which may occur during the time of employment. The District will comply with all requirements of FMLA.

2. JOB-PROTECTED FML

Twelve (12) workweeks of job-protected family medical leave (FML) is provided to eligible employees for certain family and medical reasons during any twelve-month period. Twenty-six (26) workweeks of job-protected family medical leave is provided to care for a covered servicemember during a single 12-month period. Employees are eligible if they have been employed with the District for at least one year and have worked for at least 1,250 hours over the previous twelve months.

3. LEAVE-YEAR CALCULATION

The District uses the “rolling” 12-month period method to calculate the employee’s leave year. That means that the first time the employee takes FML, the employee’s leave year begins. Thereafter, each time the employee requests additional FML, the District will look backward 12 months and determine how much FML has been used during that time and how much FML remains.

4. PAID FML CONGRUENT WITH OTHER LEAVES/ABSENCES

During family medical leave, employees are required to use accrued paid vacation and eligible sick leave first. If the absence is due to a workers’ compensation claim, FML will run concurrently with the workers’ compensation absence. Because the workers’ compensation absence is not unpaid, the provision for substitution of the employee’s accrued paid leave does not apply. An employee receiving payments under workers’ compensation while simultaneously on FML must make arrangements with the District for payment of group health benefits.

5. UNPAID FML AND EMPLOYER-PROVIDED BENEFITS

If an employee has less than twelve weeks of accrued eligible sick, vacation, and personal leave, the employee may be able to take the time remaining, up to twelve weeks, as unpaid family medical leave. Time spent on temporary disability under the District Long-Term Disability or Short-Term Disability Plan will count against family medical leave. Employees will continue to accrue vacation and sick leave while using their vacation and eligible sick leave. However, they will cease to accrue vacation and sick leave during the unpaid portion of their leave. Intermittent or reduced-schedule FMLA may be permitted by the District under some circumstances.

The employee's health benefits will be maintained as if the employee were working, and the employee's share of the cost of the benefits will remain the employee's responsibility. The District may recover premiums paid on behalf of an employee who does not return to work.

6. TWELVE-MONTH CALCULATIONS/PROVISIONS

Employees are entitled to twelve (12) workweeks of leave in a “rolling” 12-month period for the following:

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 127 4000. PERSONNEL

4360. (Adopted 9/13/93; Revised 8/22/16)

4360. FAMILY MEDICAL LEAVE ACT (Cont’d.)

6. TWELVE-MONTH CALCULATIONS/PROVISIONS (Cont’d.)

 to care for a child following a birth or for placement of a child with the employee for adoption or foster care;  to care for the employee's spouse, child, or parent who has a serious health condition;  or if the employee is unable to perform the essential functions of his/her own job because of the employee's own serious health condition;  for any qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that the employee’s spouse, son, daughter, or parent is a covered military member on “covered active duty.”

Employees are entitled to twenty-six (26) workweeks of leave during a single 12-month period for the following:

 to care for a covered servicemember with a serious injury or illness if the eligible employee is the servicemember’s spouse, son, daughter, or next of kin (military caregiver leave).

7. NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS (EMPLOYEE)

Employees are required to give written notice thirty (30) days in advance when the leave is foreseeable or with as much notice as is practical. Employees must make a reasonable effort to schedule foreseeable planned medical treatment so as not to unduly disrupt the operations of the District, subject to the approval of the health care provider. The District reserves the right to request medical certification supporting the leave, and may require second or third opinions (at the District's expense) and a fitness for duty report to return to work. Leave may be denied if these requirements are not met. If the leave is sought on an intermittent or reduced-schedule basis, it must have prior approval from the Superintendent or designee. The medical certification must contain additional declarations stating that intermittent or reduced-schedule leave is medically necessary and the amount of time that the intermittent or reduced-schedule leave will be needed.

8. RETURN TO WORK PROVISIONS

Upon return from family medical leave, employees will be assigned to their same or similar position with equivalent pay and status with or without reasonable accommodation, as appropriate, in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act as Amended. Any reasonable accommodation, including job reassignment must be coordinated with Human Resources.

Additional requirements may apply to employees who are employed principally in an instructional capacity. If FMLA leave is taken close to the end of the academic term (within a few weeks), the employee may be required to continue taking the leave until the end of the term.

To protect employees' privacy rights, medical certifications will be treated as confidential medical records, and information will be disclosed only on a strictly need-to-know basis.

Most employees returning from FMLA leave will be restored to their original or equivalent positions with equivalent pay, benefits, and other employment terms. Some exceptions may apply for highly compensated employees, employees among the highest paid ten percent (10%) of the District.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 128 4000. PERSONNEL

4380.

4380. MEETINGS

1. STAFF MEETINGS

Staff meetings shall be held periodically for in-service training or general staff information.

2. LEWISTON EDUCATION ASSOCIATION MEETINGS

Lewiston Education Association meetings will be held outside of regular school hours.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 129 4000. PERSONNEL

4410. (Revised 1/14/13)

4410. RECRUITING AND EMPLOYMENT

1. CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEES

A. As vacancies occur, they will be advertised widely through college and university placement centers and posted District-wide. Positions will be advertised in the local paper when appropriate.

B. Each applicant must provide the District with:

1. A letter of application 2. A resume 3. An official transcript 4. A current reference file from a placement center or names of at least three (3) direct references

C. Letters of application will be kept in the active file through the end of the calendar year. After this time, the applicant must reapply.

D. Screening will be done by school administrators for all applicants furnishing a resume, official transcript, and a reference file or direct references.

E. Administrators will conduct a limited number of interviews when vacancies occur.

F. Applicants may be recommended for employment at any time during the year based upon results of screening, interviews, and according to needs of the District.

G. All persons hired for the first time by the District shall undergo a criminal history check as provided in Idaho Code, 33-130.

2. EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL

A. Applications will be accepted as vacancies occur and when positions are advertised.

B. A uniform application form will be provided each applicant.

C. Appropriate screening tests will be required when applicable.

D. Applications will be kept in the active file for one (1) year.

E. Applications will be screened by an appropriate administrator or designee.

F. Personal interviews will be conducted by the appropriate administrator and/or an interview committee.

G. Applicants may be recommended for employment at any time during the year based upon results of screening, interviews, and according to needs of the District.

H. Educational support personnel are not contracted or given implied assurance of continued employment for any set period of time.

I. All persons hired for the first time by the District shall undergo a criminal history check as provided in Idaho Code, 33-130.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 130 4000. PERSONNEL

4410. (Revised 1/14/13)

4410. RECRUITING AND EMPLOYMENT (Cont’d.)

3. COMMUNITY COACHES

A. Community coaches are part-time employees who are employed by the District as coaches or assistant coaches of one or more interscholastic sport/s. A community coach, within the meaning of this role, is not employed in any other capacity by the District.

B. Community coaches are at-will employees who may terminate their employment with the District or whose employment with the District may be terminated by the District, with or without cause and without prior written notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the District may not terminate the employment of a community coach in violation of a constitutionally or statutorily protected right of the community coach.

C. Community coaches will be employed under a letter of engagement issued by the Superintendent or his/her designee. The letter of engagement shall set out the sport or activity for which the community coach is employed, the compensation to be paid, and the anticipated length of the season. Such letter of engagement shall describe the at- will nature of the community coach’s employment and shall specifically state that issuance of the letter of engagement does not give the community coach an expectation of continued employment during the season for which he/she is hired or the expectation that the community coach will be employed in that same sport or activity for the next season. The District’s offer of employment will remain in effect only if the letter of engagement is signed and returned to the District by the community coach within ten (10) days after it is personally delivered to the community coach or is mailed to him/her by first class mail. If a community coach is employed to coach in more than one sport or activity, a separate letter of engagement shall be issued for each sport or activity. Each employment under a separate letter of engagement shall constitute a separate employment with the District.

D. Community coaches shall be entitled to use the Grievance Policy, Non-Certificated Staff (Idaho Code §33-517) contained in Rules and Regulations Section 4275 for the purposes and to the extent provided therein.

4. REGULATIONS, GENERAL EMPLOYMENT

A. EMPLOYMENT OF CLOSE RELATIVES

The Superintendent or designee, upon recommending a close relative (as defined by the Federal Income Tax Regulations) of a present employee of the District, will notify the Board of the relationship. Such employees must have Board approval.

B. MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS

Social Security and Public Employees Retirement System membership is mandatory for all eligible District personnel.

Any person who regularly works twenty (20) hours or more per week is required to participate in the Public Employees Retirement System.

C. HEALTH REQUIREMENTS

1. The Superintendent or designee may require an employee to submit satisfactory evidence of freedom from infectious or contagious disease if conditions so warrant.

2. All Transportation Department applicants to whom the District intends to offer employment will be required to submit to a drug test as part of the application process prior to being offered employment.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 131 4000. PERSONNEL

4420. (Adopted 7/28/08)

4420. IDAHO STATE VETERAN EMPLOYMENT PREFERENCE

1. DEFINITIONS

“Active duty” means, for purposes of veterans’ preference, full-time duty in the Armed Forces, other than active duty for training, to include:

 service on active duty at any time from December 7, 1941, and ending July 1, 1955.

 service on active duty for 180 consecutive days, any part of which of occurred after January 31, 1955, and before October 15, 1976.

 service on active duty at any time from August 2, 1990, and ending on January 2, 1992.

 service on active duty for a period of more than 180 consecutive days, any part of which occurred during the period beginning on September 11, 2001, and ending when prescribed by Presidential proclamation or by law as the last date of Operation Iraqi Freedom.

 award of an Armed Forces Expeditionary Medal (AFEM). All AFEM’s whether listed here or not, are qualifying for veterans’ preference and as shown on the veteran’s DD Form 214. Examples of some of the most common campaign medals are: Vietnam (Service Medal), El Salvador, Lebanon, Granada, Panama, Bosnia, Kosovo, Afghanistan, Southwest Asia (Persian Gulf), Somalia, and Haiti. (Award of the National Defense Service medal alone does NOT qualify).

For a listing of Wars, Campaigns, and Expeditions of the Armed Forces that qualify for veterans’ preference, go to http://www.opm.gov/veterans/html/vgmedal2.htm.

“Disabled veteran” means those honorably discharged veterans who a) have served on active duty in the Armed Forces and have a current service-connected disability of ten percent (10%) or more or are receiving compensation related to a service-connected disability including retirement benefits or pension from the military or the department of veteran affairs; or b) are purple heart recipients.

“Initial hire” means the first time an eligible veteran is hired by the District; provided however, subsequent separation from the District for any reason will not result in the award of new preference with the District. Temporary or casual employment does not qualify as an “initial hire.”

“Key employee” means an individual specifically hired for an “at-will” or nonclassified position for which there is no selection process, such as a position as a private secretary or deputy of an official or department who holds a confidential relationship to the appointing or employing officer or body.

“Service-connected disability” means that the veteran is disabled due to injury or illness that was incurred in or aggravated by military service as certified by the federal Veterans Administration or an agency of the Department of Defense.

“Veterans’ preference” shall apply to veterans, or their spouse, widow, or widower, who has been:

 In active service in the Armed Forces of the United States during one or more of the time periods described therein or have been awarded an AFEM, or

 Are disabled veterans who served on active duty in the Armed Forces at any time, or

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 132 4000. PERSONNEL

4420. (Adopted 7/28/08)

4420. IDAHO STATE VETERAN EMPLOYMENT PREFERENCE (Cont’d.)

1. DEFINITIONS (Cont’d.)

 Are Purple Heart recipients, or

 Are the widow or widower of such individuals and who have not remarried, or

 Are the qualifying spouses or eligible disabled veterans who cannot qualify for any public employment because of a service-connected disability.

2. NOTICE OF PREFERENCE

The District’s employment application forms, announcements, and postings for positions will state that preference will be given to eligible veterans. The application form will inquire as to whether the applicant is claiming eligibility for such preference and state that the applicant is required to provide proof of such eligibility. The applicant is responsible for providing all necessary documentation of his/her eligibility as a veteran at the time of making application.

3. APPLICANTS ELIGIBLE FOR VETERANS’ PREFERENCE

In all employment of any kind (excluding “key employees”), this District shall give preference to eligible veterans as follows:

A. PREFERENCE OVER NON-VETERANS. An applicant who qualifies for a veterans’ preference is entitled to a preference in initial application for hiring with the District over other applicants for the same position who are not more qualified.

B. COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS. If applicants are required to take competitive examinations, five (5) percentage points shall be added to the earned rating of any applicant who is eligible for veterans’ preference points. The enhanced score shall be used in establishing a rating.

C. COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS—DISABLED VETERANS. If applicants are required to take competitive examinations, ten (10) percentage points shall be added to the earned rating of any applicant who is eligible for veterans’ preference points as a disabled veteran.

D. INTERVIEW REQUIREMENTS. Disabled veterans who have a current service- connected disability of thirty percent (30%) or more must be offered an interview if they are one of the top ten (10) qualified applicants. If applicants are not ranked, the district must offer to interview such veterans who fully meet all qualifications for the position. Notwithstanding this subsection, the district is not be required to interview more than a total of ten (10) applicants regardless of the number of such qualified veteran applicants.

4. EMERGENCY HIRING

In the event of an emergency which may endanger the health, safety, and public welfare, these provisions may be dispensed with temporarily, but persons so employed may not be allowed to work for a time period of more than ninety (90) days, except as employees who meet all the requirements of the veterans’ preference provisions stated above.

5. PROMOTION, TRANSFER, OR REASSIGNMENT

This policy applies only for the purpose of an initial hire by the District. Veterans’ preference and any benefits set forth in this policy for eligible veterans is not relevant to and will not be considered whenever personnel decisions are made relative to an employee’s promotion, transfer, or reassignment within the District.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 133 4000. PERSONNEL

4440. (Revised 8/22/16)

4440. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES – DISTRICT PERSONNEL

1. CENTRAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATOR APPOINTMENTS

Central Services Administrators shall be appointed by the Board upon the recommendation of the Superintendent. These shall include:

A. Assistant Superintendent

B. Director of Business Services

C. Director of Support Services

D. Director of Special Services

E. Director of Curriculum and Instruction

F. Director of Personnel

G. Director of Community Relations

H. Director of Student Services

2. ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT

The Assistant Superintendent is responsible for coordinating and implementing a comprehensive District technology plan, assisting in the management of the District, and serving as acting superintendent in the absence of the Superintendent.

3. DIRECTOR OF BUSINESS SERVICES

The Director of Business Services is to administer the areas of responsibility in a manner to assure that all transactions are conducted and reported within the scope of generally accepted business and accounting practices for the purpose of assuring that all of the District's physical resources are obtained, safeguarded, and used to the maximum benefit of each student enrolled in the District.

4. DIRECTOR OF SUPPORT SERVICES

The Director of Support Services is responsible for providing leadership, management, and direction in the maintenance, custodial, transportation, and food service areas of the District.

5. DIRECTOR OF SPECIAL SERVICES

The Director of Special Services is to administer and supervise special services programs as designated by the Superintendent. The Director of Special Services is responsible for the development, assessment, and modification of programs; compliance with federal and state rules and regulations; and management and supervision of special services programs.

6. DIRECTOR OF CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION

The Director of Curriculum and Instruction is responsible for the development of curriculum, application of instructional programs, implementation of staff development, and assessment of District programs.

7. DIRECTOR OF PERSONNEL

The Director of Personnel is responsible for providing leadership and direction in the planning and implementation of a total District personnel management system.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 134 4000. PERSONNEL

4440. (Revised 8/22/16)

4440. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES – DISTRICT PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

8. DIRECTOR OF COMMUNITY RELATIONS

The Director of Community Relations is responsible for providing leadership in the promotion of the Lewiston Independent Foundation for Education, keeping the public informed of the District's efforts to provide a quality education to each student, and generating public support for the District.

9. DIRECTOR OF STUDENT SERVICES

The Director of Student Services is responsible for the planning, development, organization, management and implementation of student services programs of the District.

10. ACTIVITY TRIP SUPERVISORS

It is the duty of any person riding a bus as a supervisor to assist the driver in maintaining discipline and control during activity or field trips. Coaches or activity directors are required to ride with students on assigned buses.

11. INSTRUCTIONAL ASSISTANTS (AIDES)

Instructional assistants may be employed for various assignments as the needs exist.

A. Instructional assistants are governed by regulations for educational support personnel.

B. The following requirements apply to all instructional assistants who provide direct instruction to students as part of their duties:

a. Completed 2 years of college (32 academic credits w/official transcripts); OR

b. Obtained an associate’s or higher degree (academic w/official transcripts); OR

c. Met a rigorous standard of quality and can demonstrate skills on formal state academic assessment (pass the ETS ParaPro Assessment).

d. In Idaho, the passing score for the ETS Para Pro assessment is 460.

C. Instructional assistants may be required to work with students during the school day when the certificated employee is not present in a room.

D. Training Requirements for Special Education Instructional Assistants

All paraprofessional staff employed to provide services to students with disabilities under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) must complete a comprehensive in-service training program. The paraprofessional employee must complete the training during the first semester of their employment working with students with disabilities in the Lewiston School District. The paraprofessional may delay enrollment in the training to the next semester if the training has begun for the semester in which they are hired. The training program will be determined by the Director of Special Services, and will be communicated in writing to appropriate staff. Successful completion of the training program is required for continued employment working with students with disabilities in the Lewiston School District.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 135 4000. PERSONNEL

4440. (Revised 8/22/16)

4440. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES – DISTRICT PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

12. LIBRARY INSTRUCTIONAL ASSISTANTS

Library scheduling and service is designed to meet the needs of students and staff at each school. School Library Assistants' schedules will be planned with respect to their work day and break times to meet the individual needs of students before/after school, and at recesses/lunch.

A. Library Instructional Assistants (LIA's) shall follow the District job description, performing duties related to library services as determined by the building principal.

B. The following requirements apply to all LIA’s who provide direct instruction to students as part of their duties:

a. Completed 2 years of college (32 academic and/or technology-related credits w/official transcripts); OR

b. Obtained an associate’s or higher degree (academic w/official transcripts;) OR

c. Met a rigorous standard of quality and can demonstrate skills on formal state academic assessment (pass the ETS ParaPro Assessment).

d. In Idaho, the passing score for the ETS Para Pro assessment is 460.

13. ANCILLARY PERSONNEL

A. Supervisors, directors, consultants, and administrative assistants shall be appointed; and their compensation and terms of office shall be determined by the Board upon the recommendation of the Superintendent.

B. The duties of the supervisory staff, directors, and administrative assistants are primarily in the field of curriculum, teaching techniques, and procedures. They shall not interfere in the administration of a school, as this is the function of the principal.

14. COMPUTER TECHNOLOGIST

Computer technologists are employed for various assignments and services designed to meet the needs of students and staff at each school.

A. Computer Technologists are governed by regulations for educational support personnel.

B. Computer Technologists shall follow the District job description, performing duties related to District technology and computer services including troubleshooting, student and staff training, student testing and other needed support, as determined by the District, while under the general supervision of the building principal.

C. The following requirements apply to all computer technologists who provide direct instruction to students as part of their duties:

a. Completed 2 years of college (32 academic or computer-related credits with official transcripts); OR

b. Obtained an associate’s or higher degree (academic w/transcripts); OR

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 136 4000. PERSONNEL

4440. (Revised 8/22/16)

4440. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES – DISTRICT PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

14. COMPUTER TECHNOLOGIST (Cont’d.)

C. (REQUIREMENTS – Cont’d.)

c. Met a rigorous standard of quality and can demonstrate skills on formal state academic assessment (pass the ETS ParaPro Assessment).

d. In Idaho, the passing score for the ETS Para Pro assessment is 460.

15. BUS DRIVERS

A. All drivers must have a valid Class B Commercial Driver's License without air brake restriction and with passenger endorsement. B. Bus drivers shall pass a Department of Transportation physical examination.

C. Bus drivers must operate under the regulations of the School Transportation Act and the traffic laws of the State of Idaho.

D. Bus drivers have the full responsibility for the operation of their buses and care of their passengers.

E. Bus drivers shall meet their schedules on time.

F. Bus drivers shall not make unauthorized stops along their routes.

G. Bus drivers shall maintain order and control on their buses at all times.

H. Bus drivers shall not smoke or permit smoking on their buses at any time.

I. Bus drivers shall take pride in their equipment and see that it is clean and operational.

J. Drivers of all District vehicles shall report any defective equipment to the Transportation Supervisor.

K. Drivers shall not transport unauthorized passengers.

L. As a condition of employment, all transportation department applicants and employees are required to submit to drug and alcohol testing as outlined in the School Bus Driver Handbook.

M. Drivers shall not drink beverages while driving.

16. CAFETERIA PERSONNEL

Cooks and cafeteria workers are subject to all regulations affecting food handlers.

17. CLERICAL PERSONNEL

A. Supervision of clerical employees shall be delegated according to their assignments. time required.

(3) Elementary secretaries may work an eight (8) hour day, exclusive of lunch time required.

(4) Assistant secondary secretaries may work an eight (8) hour day, exclusive of lunch time required.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 137 4000. PERSONNEL

4440. (Revised 8/22/16)

4440. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES – DISTRICT PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

17. CLERICAL PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

B. Work Schedule

(1) Clerical employees in the Central Services Office may work an eight (8) hour day, exclusive of lunch time required.

(2) Head secondary secretaries may work an eight (8) hour day, exclusive of lunch.

18. CUSTODIANS

A. Custodians are under the immediate supervision and direction of the principal for the ordinary duties which affect the physical comfort of the employees and students.

B. In extreme weather or in other emergencies which require considerable overtime, assistance will be provided for the relief of custodians.

C. Custodians will be expected to make minor repairs in their buildings. Any repairs that cannot be accomplished by the custodian shall be forwarded to the Maintenance Department.

D. Custodians shall care for lawns, trees, and shrubbery.

E. Custodians shall keep the buildings and grounds clean and sanitary. They are expected to take pride in the appearance of their buildings and grounds.

F. Custodians are to guard against fire hazards. Rubbish must not be allowed to collect anywhere.

G. Custodians must exercise care in their personal appearance.

H. Custodians should not assert authority over students except by the direction of the principal, but they are required to report disorder when it comes to their attention.

19. HEAD TEACHERS

The head teacher shall assist in the operation of the school and act in the absence of the principal.

20. CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEES

Each certificated employee shall be under the general direction of the Superintendent and immediately responsible to the principal for carrying out the policies of the Board as they relate to the functions of the school and to the immediate contact with students and parents/guardians. The certificated employees’ specific responsibilities shall include:

A. Certificated employees are responsible for providing the Superintendent's office with evidence of a valid appropriate certificate in force for the year. The certificate must be registered by the Superintendent's office. Salary warrants may be withheld until the evidence of the certification is completed.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 138 4000. PERSONNEL

4440. (Revised 8/22/16)

4440. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES – DISTRICT PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

20. CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEES (Cont’d.)

B. Certificated employees must notify the principal in all instances at least an hour prior to scheduled arrival time when they are to be absent. Certificated employees should notify the principal prior to departure time of their intentions to return the subsequent day. If the principal is not so informed of the intent to return, a substitute will be employed and the certificated employee will lose one day's sick leave or pay dependent upon the nature of the leave.

C. Certificated employees shall not detain students more than thirty (30) minutes at the elementary level or sixty (60) minutes at the secondary level after the regular hour of dismissal. No student shall be detained and caused to miss a bus unless other transportation is provided. Exceptions may be made when mutually agreed to by teacher and parent/guardian. D. As one of the major goals of education, certificated staff shall encourage students to develop qualities of truth, honor, justice, honesty, humanity, courage, politeness, temperance, patriotism, and responsibility.

E. Certificated employees are to exhibit civility and politeness toward the students. No employee should wound the feelings of any student by the distortion of names, by slighting or disparaging allusions to parents/guardians or friends, or by the use of irony or sarcasm.

F. Certificated employees shall keep the discussion of controversial issues on an informative and nonpartisan level. They should take care not to bias the minds of students with their own personal preferences.

G. Certificated employees shall obtain the knowledge and consent of the principal before excusing students from school or giving earlier dismissals.

H. Certificated employees may send students on errands only for urgent school business; to do so, they must have the consent of the principal.

I. Certificated employees shall see that students are not tempted by having articles of value accessible about the desk. Money or other valuables should not be left in the classroom overnight.

J. Certificated employees are not to sell to students or their parents/guardians any services or merchandise to be used in connection with activities or studies unless specific approval is given by the Board.

K. Certificated employees may engage in tutoring with the approval of the Superintendent or designee.

L. Certificated employees should make a reasonable effort to secure the cooperation of the parents/guardians in the governance of their children at school.

M. Certificated employees shall not maltreat or abuse any student. Certificated employees shall not administer corporal punishment.

N. Certificated employees should refer communications of official character to the principal for approval before they are sent to parents/guardians. Any written personal communications to parents/guardians will be sent in sealed envelopes. Whenever possible, a personal interview is preferred to a written communication.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 139 4000. PERSONNEL

4440. (Revised 8/22/16)

4440. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES – DISTRICT PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

20. CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEES (Cont’d.)

O. Certificated employees must exercise care to protect students from strangers who may wish to see or meet them. If the situation appears suspicious, notify the principal immediately.

P. Length of School Day as a Minimum

Certificated employees are required to be at their respective daily stations as per the following building schedules: Camelot 8:05 a.m. to 3:35 p.m. Centennial 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. McGhee 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. McSorley 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Orchards 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Webster 8:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. Whitman 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Junior High 8:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. Senior High 7:30 a.m. to 3:00 p.m.

Certificated employees may be asked to be present at official or specified school events in addition to the hours above.

Q. Elementary teachers shall be granted preparation time when physical education and/or music certificated personnel are instructing a teacher's entire class and during one regularly scheduled thirty-minute library period.

R. Teachers shall be allowed released conference time at the conclusion of the first quarter as follows:  Teachers in Grades 7-12 shall have one (1) day;  Teachers in Grades 1-6 shall have two (2) days, and  Kindergarten teachers shall have four (4) days.

Teachers shall be allowed released conference time at the conclusion of the third quarter as follows:  Kindergarten teachers shall be allowed a half-day released conference time at the conclusion of the third quarter.

Teachers in Grades 7-9 shall be allowed released conference time at the beginning of the fourth quarter to conduct Student Led Conferences. Conference time for teachers will be prorated according to the portion of the day worked.

S. Certificated employees shall utilize the District student information management system for inputting attendance and keeping student academic performance data. Student academic performance data shall be input in a timely fashion and utilizing best practice for reporting of student progress.

21. MAINTENANCE EMPLOYEES

A. Maintenance employees are under the direct supervision of the Maintenance Supervisor.

B. Maintenance employees are to clean the premises following a job and must never leave hazardous debris.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 140 4000. PERSONNEL

4440. (Revised 8/22/16)

4440. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES – DISTRICT PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

22. PRINCIPALS

Principals are the administrative heads of the respective buildings. They are responsible for the enforcement of all Rules and Regulations adopted by the Board and for carrying out the directions of the Superintendent, Assistant Superintendent, Director of Personnel, Director of Special Services, Director of Support Services, Director of Curriculum and Instruction, and the Director of Business Services.

Teachers and custodians will follow the directions of their principals.

Principals shall be charged with the following specific responsibilities:

A. Principals are required to maintain a record of designated employees' attendance in their respective buildings.

B. Principals shall take a personal interest in the care, protection, upkeep, and order of their respective buildings and grounds and preserve all District property under their jurisdiction. They shall make frequent inspections, giving special attention to conditions contributing to fire or accident hazards and factors that affect the health and comfort of students and employees.

C. The principal is responsible for all keys or electronic key cards issued to personnel in the building.

D. The principal or designee shall prepare an annual inventory of all tagged property and submit it to the Director of Business Services when requested.

E. Principals are required to maintain a record of student attendance in their respective buildings. The state attendance report is submitted to the Superintendent or designee as required by law.

F. Principals are responsible for the general discipline of students in the buildings and on the grounds. A duty schedule outlining supervisory assignments should be posted periodically. Due process procedures will be followed in all disciplinary matters.

G. Subject to District policy, principals shall decide all matters pertaining to grading and classification of their students.

H. Principals may suspend students for flagrant misconduct. Due process procedures will be followed in all suspensions. Written notice of such suspension stating the cause must be sent to the parents/guardians and to the Assistant Superintendent's office.

I. The principal shall periodically review student attendance information for compliance with policy and statute. When the principal finds that a student has repeatedly violated the attendance regulations established by the Board of Directors, a Truancy Petition may be filed with the Nez Perce County Prosecuting Attorney’s Office. A record of all cases must be kept by the principal.

J. Principals, in cooperation with other District administrators, shall approve or disapprove all requisitions impinging upon individual building budget accounts before submitting them to the Superintendent's office.

K. Principals may allow certificated employees to dismiss their classrooms before the regular hour for sufficient cause. School shall not be dismissed before the regular hour unless authorized by the Superintendent or designee.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 141 4000. PERSONNEL

4440. (Revised 8/22/16)

4440. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES – DISTRICT PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

22. PRINCIPALS (Cont’d.)

L. Principals must not allow certificated employees to demand that each student bring money for a certain purpose or that students purchase certain equipment or supplies. Pencils, tablets, or other supplies regularly furnished by the students are excluded from this directive.

M. Principals shall not permit the solicitation of funds for any purpose without authority from the Superintendent or designee.

N. Principals shall oversee all fundraising activities to assure compliance with policy and student safety.

O. Principals and/or other supervisors shall not permit agents to solicit or interview District employees on District grounds or property during school hours without written authorization from the Superintendent or designee.

P. Principals shall not permit agents to distribute materials to certificated employees, educational support personnel, or students without written authorization from the Superintendent or designee.

Q. Principals will exercise caution to see that advertising materials are not read or circulated through the buildings. Pencils, rulers, book covers, calendars, etc., which have direct educational use may be permitted.

R. Principals must exercise care to protect students from strangers who may wish to see or meet them. If the situation appears suspicious, notify the police and the Superintendent at once.

S. Principals will follow the regulations of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) in releasing any school records or statistical data.

T. Principals must see that student records are completed accurately.

U. Principals shall see that first aid is administered to injured students and that the parents/guardians are contacted in all serious cases. A report of an accident requiring medical attention must be filed with the Superintendent's or designee's office on the same day that the accident occurs.

V. Principals shall be responsible for readmitting students who have been out of school because of contagious or infectious disease.

W. Principals must arrive at their buildings at least thirty (30) minutes before the start of the school day and remain until thirty (30) minutes after the close of the school day.

X. Principals should not leave their buildings during school hours except to contact parents/guardians, attend staff meetings, enforce health or attendance rules, and carry out reasonable public relations activities.

23. ASSISTANT PRINCIPALS

Assistant principals may be appointed by the Board for the larger schools as may appear advisable. An assistant principal shall assist in the operation of the school and act in the absence of the principal.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 142 4000. PERSONNEL

4450. (Adopted 8/24/15)

4450. EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES REGARDING STUDENT HARASSMENT, INTIMIDATION, AND BULLYING

The personal safety and welfare of each child is of paramount concern to the Board of Directors, employees, and patrons of the District. It is of particular importance that employees within the District become knowledgeable and thoroughly educated as to their legal and ethical responsibilities regarding intervention and reporting of student harassment, intimidation, and bullying.

1. INTERVENTION

District employees are authorized and expected to intervene or facilitate intervention on behalf of students facing harassment, intimidation, and bullying.

2. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

The District shall provide ongoing professional development to assist school employees in preventing, identifying, intervening, and responding to harassment, intimidation, and bullying.

3. REPORTING

Any District employee who has witnessed, or has reliable information, that a student has been subject to harassment, intimidation or bullying, must report the incident to the designated school official.

The Superintendent, building principal, and/or their designee shall be responsible for receiving complaints alleging student harassment, intimidation, and bullying and will ensure that documented complaints will be reported as required by the State Department of Education.

4. POLICY DISTRIBUTION

The Superintendent or designee shall annually distribute and review with employees the requirements, policies, and procedures to be followed concerning the handling of student harassment, intimidation, and bullying and shall include this information in employee handbooks. All new employees will be given these policies and procedures as part of their orientation program.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 143 4000. PERSONNEL

4470. (Revised 7/23/12)

4470. SALARY

1. ADMINISTRATORS' AND SUPERVISORS' SALARY

A. The Superintendent's annual salary, term of service and leave provisions shall be as determined by the Board of Directors.

B. The annual salaries for the Assistant Superintendent and directors shall be determined by appropriate placement on the approved administrator salary schedule. The term of service shall be twelve (12) months with twenty (20) days' vacation granted on September 1. An administrator may carry over up to 50% of his/her vacation leave earned the prior year.

C. Salaries for principals shall be determined by their appropriate places on the approved administrator salary schedule. Principals may be allowed extended contracts within budgetary limitations.

D. Supervisors' annual salaries shall be determined by their approved places on the approved Administrative/Exempt Personnel Salary Schedule. The term of service shall be determined by the Superintendent or designee.

2. EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL WAGE SCALE

A. Educational support personnel shall be paid on an hourly rate as per the approved wage scale.

B. The Superintendent shall secure and determine the wages of educational support personnel within budgetary limits.

3. CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEE SALARY

Salaries of certificated employees are determined by a salary schedule adopted by the Board. The following regulations establish the beginning position of certificated employees on the approved salary schedule.

A. PRIOR SERVICE CREDIT

When a certificated employee is employed by the District, the Superintendent or designee shall determine the amount of credit granted for previous experience.

1. Certificated employees having one or two years of experience will be placed at the appropriate amount on the approved salary schedule shown on Step 2.

2. Certificated employees having three to five years of experience will be placed at the appropriate amount on the approved salary schedule shown on Step 3.

3. Certificated employees having six to ten years of experience will be placed at the appropriate amount on the approved salary schedule shown on Step 4.

4. The maximum beginning rate, if granted, will place the certificated employee at the appropriate amount on the approved salary schedule shown on Step 5.

5. Prior service credit will also include a calculation that assures that a certificated employee new to the District will not be granted a higher placement on the salary schedule than a certificated employee that has been continuously employed by the District and whose years of experience have been frozen on the approved salary schedule.

Exceptions to these regulations shall be made only with the approval of the Board.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 144 4000. PERSONNEL

4470. (Revised 7/23/12)

4470. SALARY (Cont’d.)

3. CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEE SALARY (Cont’d.)

B. EDUCATIONAL TRAINING CATEGORY CHANGES

Certificated employees may not accumulate more service credit than is allowed in the training category in which they are qualified.

A change to a new training category shall advance a certificated employee a maximum of one step in service credit.

C. RECOGNITION FOR ADDITIONAL PREPARATION

1. To qualify for an advancement to a specific level, the fifteen (15) semester hours must be earned within a five (5) year period, and the thirty (30) semester hours within a ten (10) year period.

2. Three (3) District in-service credits authorized by the Superintendent or designee for approved courses, projects, or travel apply toward recertification.

3. Credit for campus and correspondence program courses pertinent to teaching earned from accredited colleges and universities, a fifth-year program, or an advanced degree program will be applicable for advancement on the approved salary schedule. Non-traditional or extension courses require prior approval of the Superintendent or designee.

4. Only credit earned prior to the beginning of the school year may be used to determine education category on the approved salary schedule.

5. Certificated employees intending to advance on the approved salary schedule because of additional education credits must submit a statement of intent by May 1 to the Superintendent or designee.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 145 4000. PERSONNEL

4500. (Revised 2/13/12)

4500. SUBSTITUTES

1. INSTRUCTIONAL ASSISTANT, SUBSTITUTE

When a regular instructional assistant is absent, a substitute will be provided if available and adequately trained.

2. TEACHERS, SUBSTITUTE

A. Substitute teachers shall be employed and paid by the District. They shall be required to assume the daily work schedule and the normal duties of the regular certificated employees. They will be expected to correct papers and to report to the certificated employee on the work covered while they are employed.

B. Substitute teachers shall be paid at a rate to be determined by the Board. This rate per day will be paid until one has taught for ten (10) consecutive days as a replacement for the same certificated employee. At that time, the pay will increase $3.00 per day.

C. Substitute teachers employed for the same certificated employee for more than thirty (30) consecutive teaching days will be paid at the daily rate of their appropriate placement on the approved salary schedule as determined by the Human Resources Department. This rate will be paid beginning the first day of the assignment if it is known that the substitute will be employed more than thirty (30) consecutive days in the same assignment. This rate will be paid retroactively if an assignment exceeds thirty (30) consecutive days.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 146 4000. PERSONNEL

4530. (Revised 8/24/15)

4530. SUSPENSION AND DISCHARGE

1. CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEES

A. SUSPENSION / INVOLUNTARY LEAVE OF ABSENCE

Recognizing the need for administrators to make personnel management decisions in a timely manner and to provide for the efficient operation of this District; the Board of Directors delegates to the Superintendent the authority to temporarily place an employee on a period of suspension or involuntary leave of absence.

The delegation of such authority is limited to circumstances when the Superintendent determines that the employee has or is alleged to have:

(a) Violated the Idaho Code of Ethics;

(b) Created an immediate or imminent threat to the safety and well being of a student or other District employee;

(d) When such leave is necessary to conduct an investigation involving alleged misconduct by the employee.

The Board of Directors shall ratify or nullify the action of placing an employee on a period of suspension or involuntary leave of absence at the next regularly scheduled board meeting or at a special meeting should the next regularly scheduled Board meeting not be within a period of twenty-one (21) calendar days.

Should an employee of the District be in a position where there is a criminal court order preventing the employee from being in the presence of minors or students, preventing the employee from being in the presence of any other adult individual employed at the school, or the employee being detained in prison or jail, the employee’s involuntary Leave of Absence shall be without pay due to the employee’s inability to perform the essential functions of the employee’s position.

The policy is not intended to limit the Superintendent’s authority to terminate classified employees.

B. DISCHARGE/NON-RENEWAL

The Superintendent, Assistant Superintendent, principals, or other administrators, acting as the authorized representatives of the Board, may recommend the discharge/non-renewal of certificated employees as afforded for Category 2, Category 3 and Renewable contract status.

Procedures to be followed in the discharge/non-renewal of such employees during a contract term shall be in accordance with Idaho Code, Sections 33-514 and 33-515.

2. EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL

NON-VOLUNTARY TERMINATION

During the initial one hundred eighty (180) calendar days of an educational support employee's employment with the District, the employment of the employee may be terminated at any time upon written notice from the employee's immediate supervisor. Such an employee who is

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 147 4000. PERSONNEL

4530. (Revised 8/24/15)

4530. SUSPENSION AND DISCHARGE/NON-RENEWAL (Cont’d.)

2. EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL (Cont’d.)

terminated for cause shall not have the right to grieve the termination decision under the District's Grievance Policy for Non-certificated Staff.

After completion of the initial one hundred eighty (180) calendar days of an educational support employee's employment with the District, the employment of the employee may be terminated at any time, with or without cause. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the District may not terminate an employee in violation of a constitutionally or statutorily protected right of the employee.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 148 4000. PERSONNEL

4540. (Revised 9/12/94)

4540. VOLUNTARY TERMINATION

Educational Support Personnel

Educational support employees who resign are asked to give two weeks' notice prior to the anticipated last day of employment with the District. Notice of resignation shall be submitted in writing to the immediate supervisor.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 149 4000. PERSONNEL

4570. (Adopted 8/21/95)

4570. DISTRIBUTION OF MATERIALS BY NON-SCHOOL ORGANIZATIONS

All materials proposed by non-school organizations for distribution to students or to parents through the student through the school or to District staff must be approved by the Superintendent or designee. A copy of the proposed material may be sent or brought to the Central Services Office, located at 3317 12th Street, in sufficient time for approval. All materials must include the name of the sponsoring organization and the telephone number of a responsible representative. Upon approval by the Superintendent or designee, the materials may be distributed by the building principals according to the printed instructions on the distribution form. The fact that printed materials are distributed through the Lewiston School District does not mean or imply sponsorship of, or support for the activity. To help determine the number of pieces to prepare for each school, enrollment counts may be requested by calling 748-3000.

The following materials will not be approved for distribution:

1. Political campaign materials regarding a specific candidate for office.

2. Materials that advocate or promote the violation of existing statutes or ordinances, established laws or official school policy, rules or regulations.

3. Materials that are obscene, lewd or vulgar.

4. Materials that have a primary effect that advance or inhibit religion.

5. Materials that are libelous.

6. Materials that contain a derogatory statement which is racial, sexual, or ethnic in nature.

The Board of Directors reserves the use of school time, personnel and resources for the conduct of the District's curricular and activity program. Any non-school organization whose primary function is educational in scope, which offers a service to students or employees not otherwise provided by the District, even though that service may involve payment of a fee, may be authorized by the Superintendent or designee to distribute materials through the school. They may not, however, conduct business by soliciting participation, campaigning for membership, or registering participants during school time.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 150 4000. PERSONNEL

4590. (Revised 7/14/14) 4590. TRAVEL

1. ALLOWANCE

A. Travel allowance will not be granted for delegates to the Delegate Assembly of the Idaho Education Association.

B. Prior approval of the Superintendent or designee must be given for travel and/or reimbursement of expenses. A Request to Attend Professional or Educational Meeting form is available in all buildings and online via the Business Office webpage.

C. District vehicles and buses may be used by employees to attend area educational meetings. The Transportation Supervisor is responsible for coordinating the use of District vehicles.

D. Authorized travel out of the District will be allowed at the regular tourist rate by common carrier or by private vehicle to be reimbursed at the IRS Standard Rate on the day of travel per mile. Current rates are published on the Business Office webpage.

E. Reimbursement for meals and lodging will be allowed for travel outside the District which requires an employee to be away from home overnight or long enough to require the employee to get substantial sleep or rest to properly perform his/her duties. Reimbursement shall be subject to the limitations set by the District. The District is exempt from tax at all Idaho hotels and a purchase order is required.

F. An itemized account of expenditures will be required for reimbursement for employee meals within the limitations set by the District. Original itemized receipts are required. Failure to submit itemized receipts shall result in denial of reimbursement request. The District shall not reimburse for meals of family members, or other traveling companions, and shall not reimburse for alcoholic beverages.

G. Official travel by personal vehicle within the District shall be reimbursed at the IRS Standard Rate on the day of travel per mile. An itemized account of daily mileage will be required for reimbursement.

H. Requests for travel reimbursement must be submitted to the employee’s immediate supervisor within three (3) months of date(s) of travel, or by June 30 (fiscal year end), whichever is sooner. Supervisors are responsible for screening reimbursement requests for adherence to policy prior to submitting a request to the District office for payment.

2. MEETINGS AND CONVENTIONS

It shall be the policy of the District to approve attendance and allow necessary travel and/or living expenses for the following meetings and conventions for the employees involved:

A. Meetings called by the State Superintendent.

B. Meetings of the Trustees Association.

C. Northwest Association of Secondary Schools Convention.

D. Meetings of state and area business managers.

E. State and District administrative meetings and conventions.

F. State or area curriculum association and subject matter or specialty group meetings approved by the Superintendent or designee.

4590.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 151 4000. PERSONNEL

(Revised 7/14/14) 4590. TRAVEL (Cont’d.)

3. REGULATIONS, GENERAL

A. Attendance at national or regional meetings or conventions may be approved by the Superintendent or designee; the Board shall be apprised.

B. Employees who hold office in professional organizations may be granted a limited amount of leave as approved by the Superintendent or designee.

C. All employees shall be prepared to share information obtained while attending a professional meeting as appropriate.

D. Substitutes shall be provided for delegates to the Delegate Assembly of the Idaho Education Association.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 152 4000. PERSONNEL

4600. (Adopted 10/13/97)

4600. EMPLOYER PROVIDED MEALS

Employer provided meals are allowed if the meals are furnished on District property, on work days, and during working hours for the convenience of the District.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 153 4000. PERSONNEL

4610. (Adopted 12/8/97)

4610. CONSULTING

The Superintendent may approve requests for out-of-district consulting by staff during District time. As a general rule, the Board of Directors supports the sharing of expertise by its staff as long as it does not conflict with responsibilities to the District.

Any compensation for out-of-district consulting during District time will be remitted to the District unless the staff member chooses to take a per diem reduction, personal leave or is eligible to use vacation time.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 154 4000. PERSONNEL

4615. (Adopted 3/18/94; Revised 1/8/96)

4615. SMOKE FREE SCHOOLS

The State Board of Education, exercising its constitutional authority to supervise public institutions of education of the State of Idaho, hereby prohibits smoking in all buildings and on all property owned or leased by public school districts in Idaho (March, 1994).

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 155 4000. PERSONNEL

4620. (Adopted 1/8/96)

4620. CRISIS MANAGEMENT

1. The District recognizes the need for careful planning before a crisis occurs, utilizing available resources, and efficiently working with community agencies in a preplanned procedure to resolve or intervene in a crisis situation.

A goal of the District is to protect the safety and well-being of students, faculty, and community in any crisis which might occur in the District.

2. The term crisis means a situation which is unusual or abnormal, and in which circumstances are such that the individual(s) involved is/are highly stressed and in need of assistance. A crisis may consist of elements of surprise, insufficient information, escalating flow of events, loss of control, intense scrutiny by the news media and the public, a siege mentality, and/or a short- term focus. Generally, there is no time to plan how to respond.

Crises may include, but not be limited to: natural disasters, hazardous material spills, national or regional emergencies, bomb threats, fires, kidnapping, threats of violence against student(s) or employee(s), and death or injury of a student or employee by accident, illness, or suicide.

3. Crisis Management Plan for Schools, J. Berra Engineering, Inc., 1995, shall be used as a reference when dealing with a crisis. Each building administrator is responsible for keeping the site information current and staff members as well as students trained in crisis management.

4. A District-wide team may provide assistance to building administration, faculty, and students in the event of a crisis situation. The declaration of a crisis situation and request for team assistance will be determined by the building principal or designee. The team will be trained and will follow a planned procedure in dealing with other agencies, the news media, emergency services, and community members.

The team will be comprised of members specifically trained in crisis response. Other trained members of the community may also be included as determined by the team leader. These other members may include a parent(s), family services worker/mental health professional, physician, or private practitioner. Members will be chosen by the team leader on the basis of their training and ability to respond effectively in a crisis situation.

The team will develop, and periodically review and revise, a crisis intervention framework for responding to a variety of crisis situations.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 156 4000. PERSONNEL

4622. (Adopted 8/12/13)

4622. SCHOOL SAFETY

The Lewiston School District’s Safe and Secure Schools Protocol upholds the position that no form of threats or violent behavior is acceptable and shall be prohibited on school property or during school- sponsored or related activities. Consistent with the adoption of The Safe and Secure Schools Protocol, the Superintendent or designee shall ensure that the District's procedures include strategies and actions for prevention/mitigation, preparedness, response, and recovery; including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Regular inspection of school facilities and identification of risks.

3. Specific determination of roles and responsibilities of staff during an emergency.

2. Instruct and practice all procedures for emergency response including regularly scheduling emergency evacuation exercises and lockdown drills for students and staff.

4. Personal safety and security, including:

A. Identification of areas of responsibility for supervision of students.

B. Procedures for lock-down and securing school plant facilities.

C. Procedures for evacuation of students and staff, including posting of evacuation routes.

D. Procedures for release of students.

E. Identification of transportation needs.

F. Arrangements for students and staff with special needs.

5. Communication among staff, parents/guardians, central office administration, other governmental agencies, and the media during an emergency.

6. Cooperation with other governmental agencies.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 157 4000. PERSONNEL

4625. (Adopted 12/14/92, Revised 1/24/96)

4625. GUEST SPEAKERS

The selection of speakers and topics must be appropriate to the age and grade level of the students and must align with the District's curriculum. A balance of viewpoints is necessary when dealing with controversial issues or candidates running for public office. When a guest speaker is presenting to a classroom, primary responsibility for instruction and supervision is retained by the classroom teacher. Students may be excused from participating when parental/guardian request is made.

Prior approval of guest speakers must be obtained from the building principal.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 158 4000. PERSONNEL

4635. (Adopted 1/8/96; Revised 5/12/03)

4635. MEMORIALS

Lewiston School District recognizes the need for people to mourn and grieve the deaths of friends, family members and colleagues. While individuals utilize a variety of methods to grieve and mourn, some of the strategies that people employ during their grief are engaging in rituals and developing ways to memorialize the deceased.

In order to honor these practices, and to assist and facilitate the grieving process, the Board of Directors has adopted the following guidelines.

1. GUIDELINES

A. MEMORIALS

1. One time or perpetual scholarships or endowments listing the name of the deceased, established and maintained by non-district persons, may be instituted.

2. Contributions to the Lewiston Independent Foundation for Education (L.I.F.E.) may be given in the name of the deceased.

3. Furniture, equipment (athletic or other), books or other instructional materials may be donated to the district or a particular building or District program. The donated item should remain unlabeled or have a nameplate attached simply containing the name of the family making the donation.

4. Contributions by students and staff to a memorial designated by the family of the deceased and in compliance with this policy are encouraged.

5. Letters of remembrance may be sent to the family of the deceased.

6. With permission from the family during the academic year in which a student or staff member dies, a picture of the deceased may be included in the school’s annual, in the alphabetical order in which it would normally appear, along with their name and years of their birth and death.

7. The Crisis Assistance Team will, upon request, be available to work with students, staff and family members, to suggest other possible rituals and memorials that may be helpful and can be administered within the community.

B. SPONTANEOUS MEMORIALS

Spontaneous memorials will be considered by the Administration and the Crisis Team under the following conditions.

1. Location designated by building principal in consultation with the Crisis Team.

2. The memorial must be clearly temporary.

3. Removal will take place in a timely manner or after a memorial service.

4. Students, staff and family will be notified in advance when the removal will take place.

5. Remnants of the memorial shall be offered to the family of the deceased; otherwise, discreet, proper disposal shall take place.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 159 4000. PERSONNEL

4635. (Adopted 1/8/96; Revised 5/12/03)

4635. MEMORIALS (Cont’d.)

1. GUIDELINES (Cont’d.)

C. PERMANENT MEMORIALS

Appropriate permanent memorials will be permitted. The following items are permissible with the approval of the principal.

1. Donations of books and other materials, only containing the family name, to the school media centers.

2. Donations of athletic or other equipment.

D. MEMORIALS MAY NOT

1. Alter the conducting of a regular school instructional day or school sanctioned activity.

2. Require the retirement, discontinued use, or altering of school property.

3. Require the use of public funds to purchase, develop or maintain the memorial.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 160 4000. PERSONNEL

4640. (Adopted 8/11/03; Revised 8/24/15)

4640. HOMELESSNESS

1. INTRODUCTION

Homelessness exists in Independent School District No. 1. A combination of high housing costs and poverty causes some families to lose their housing. Some young people leave their homes due to abuse, neglect, and family conflict. Children and youth who have lost their housing live in a variety of places including motels, shelters, shared residences, transitional housing programs, cars, campgrounds, and others. A lack of permanent housing can lead to potentially serious physical, emotional, and mental consequences. Independent School District No. 1 will ensure that all children and youth receive a free, appropriate public education and are given meaningful opportunities to succeed in the district’s schools.

It is the policy of Independent School District No. 1 to view children as individuals. Homeless children and youth must have access to appropriate public education and be given a full opportunity to meet state and local academic content standards. They must be included in state- and district-wide assessments and accountability systems. District schools will ensure that homeless children and youth are free from discrimination, segregation, and harassment.

The Director of Special Services will serve as the District’s Homeless Liaison and will develop, maintain and disseminate procedures for implementing protections for the District’s homeless children and youth. Such dissemination will include training of staff in every school in the district, as well as to collaborate with other places where homeless children, youth, and families receive services, including family and youth shelters, soup kitchens, motels, campgrounds, drop-in centers, welfare departments, health departments, and other social service agencies.

2. DEFINITIONS

Homeless children and youth means children and youth who are otherwise legally entitled to or eligible for a free public education, including preschool, and who lack a fixed, regular and adequate nighttime residence including:

a. Children and youth who are sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason; are living in motels, hotels, campgrounds, or trailer parks due to lack of alternative adequate accommodations; are living in emergency or transitional shelters; are abandoned in hospitals; or are awaiting foster care placement.

b. Children and youth who have a primary nighttime residence that is a private or public place not designed for or ordinarily used as a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings.

c. Children and youth who are living in a car, park, public space, abandoned building, substandard housing, bus or train station, or similar setting.

d. Migratory children and youth who are living in a situation described above.

e. A child or youth shall be considered homeless for as long as he or she is in a living situation described above.

f. Unaccompanied youth means a youth not in the physical custody of a parent or guardian, who is homeless as defined above. The more general term youth also includes unaccompanied youth.

g. Enroll and enrollment mean attending school and participating fully in school activities.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 161 4000. PERSONNEL

4640. (Adopted 8/11/03; Revised 8/24/15)

4640. HOMELESSNESS (Cont’d.)

2. DEFINITIONS (Cont’d.)

h. Immediate means without delay.

i. Parent means a person having legal or physical custody of a child or youth.

j. School of origin means the school the child or youth attended when permanently housed or the school in which the child or youth was last enrolled.

k. The Homeless Liaison is the staff person designated by Independent School District No. 1 responsible for carrying out the duties assigned to the liaison by the McKinney-Vento Act.

3. SERVICES

Homeless students shall have access to services comparable to services offered to other students, including but not limited to:

a. Transportation services;

b. Educational services for which the student meets eligibility criteria (e.g., Title I);

c. Educational programs for children with disabilities and limited English proficiency;

d. Programs in vocational and technical education, as well as programs for gifted and talented students; and

e. School nutrition program.

4. DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS

In compliance with the federal McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act, Title VII, Subtitle B, as amended by the No Child Left Behind Act, and Section 33-1404, Idaho Code, the District will follow procedures established to promptly resolve disputes regarding the educational placement of students experiencing homelessness. The decision of the State Department of Education shall constitute final resolution of any unresolved disputes.

Legal Reference: The McKinney Vento Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. §11431, et seq. McKinney Vento Homeless Assistance Act. Idaho Code §33-1404.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 162 4000. PERSONNEL

4645. (Revised 8/11/08)

4645. FIELD TRIPS

1. EDUCATIONAL FIELD TRIPS

The Board of Directors recognizes that students benefit from educational experiences outside the classroom. When used in correlation with a particular teaching unit, field trips provide an enriched learning environment.

Field trips designed to provide an educational experience for the student must be directly linked to the curriculum and considered to be part of the students’ grade for the particular subject/content being studied.

Requests for a field trip must be submitted to the principal for approval. The principal may consider factors such as the age of students, quality and uniqueness of the educational experience and availability of chaperones and transportation. The principal may impose restrictions regarding the date, length of time, and the chaperone/student ratio as a condition of approval.

The following guidelines should be used for arranging field trips:

1. Secure the approval of the building principal. 2. Make preliminary arrangements at the place to be visited. 3. Requisition transportation through the building principal's office at least two (2) weeks prior to travel using the Request for Special Bus Use form. 4. Obtain written permission from the parent/guardian for each student going on the trip. 5. Arrange adequate supervision based on the age of the student and the activity. 6. Check the roll before leaving the school and before returning from the place to be visited.

Field trips must be limited to a 50-mile radius. Exceptions must be approved by the Superintendent or designee.

No field trips are to be scheduled during the last two (2) weeks of the school year. Any exceptions must be approved by the Superintendent.

2. EXTENDED FIELD TRIPS REQUIRING AN OVERNIGHT STAY

Requests for extended field trips that require an overnight stay will be made to the building principal and must have the principal’s approval before being presented to the Superintendent. The building principal will confer with the Superintendent prior to presenting the request to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors will render the final decision on extended field trips.

Extended trips that require an overnight stay must be consistent with and reflect District curriculum and subject matter content standards.

The following guidelines must be used when arranging an extended field trip requiring an overnight stay:

1. The proposal must have strong support from the building principal.

2. The proposal must include the total number of school days missed. Advanced makeup of school work will be required when the trip exceeds one (1) school night.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 163 4000. PERSONNEL

4645. (Revised 8/11/08)

4645. FIELD TRIPS (Cont’d.)

2. EXTENDED FIELD TRIPS REQUIRING AN OVERNIGHT STAY (Cont’d.)

3. Proposals for extended trips will include financial information, including the cost to the class, club, department, or organization, and the projected cost to the school district and the individual student.

4. Fundraising drives to defray the costs must be pre-approved by the principal.

5. The specific proposal will include the names and numbers of students, names of chaperons, the itineraries, and a breakdown of estimated cost.

Extended trips are considered an extension of the classroom and all rules pertaining to a school- sponsored activity must be followed. Students who violate any school policy during an extended trip may be disciplined, including, but not limited to, being sent home at the parent/guardian’s expense.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 164 4000. PERSONNEL

4655. (Adopted 8/11/08)

4655. ACTIVITY TRIPS

Activity trips are scheduled to enrich or to reward students but do not have a direct correlation to the curriculum or the content standards. The cost of activity trips will be a cooperative effort between the school and the District. Each will contribute fifty percent (50%) toward the actual cost of the trip. Activity trips that exceed the 50-mile limit will be funded one hundred percent (100%) by the school sponsoring the activity trip.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 165 4000. PERSONNEL

4660. (Adopted 8/11/08)

4660. TRAVEL FOR CONTESTS AND EVENTS DIRECTLY RELATED TO THE IDAHO HIGH SCHOOL ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATION (IHSAA)

Regularly scheduled contests and events directly related to the Idaho High School Activities Association (IHSAA) will be scheduled by the administration. Travel schedules must be coordinated to ensure the most cost effective arrangements are implemented.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 166 4000. PERSONNEL

4700. (Adopted 8/8/11)

4700. PARENT COMPLAINT – CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEE

In the event that a certificated employee receives a parental complaint, the employee should attempt to resolve the difficulty by meeting with the parent. In the event that either party feels that the matter cannot be resolved by an employee-parent conference, or the matter is not resolved at an employee-parent conference, then the conflict resolution conference steps listed below will be initiated:

A. Parent-employee-building principal B. Parent-employee-building principal-superintendent C. Parent-employee-building principal-superintendent-board

In the event an administrator receives a parental complaint about a certificated employee, the employee will be notified of the complaint. The employee should attempt to resolve the difficulty by meeting with the parent. In the event that either party feels that the matter cannot be resolved by a parent-employee conference, or the matter is not resolved at a parent-employee conference, then the conflict resolution conference steps listed below will be initiated:

A. Parent-employee-building principal B. Parent-employee-building principal-superintendent C. Parent-employee-building principal-superintendent-board

It is the responsibility of all certificated employees, administrators and board members contacted by a parent with a complaint to inform the parent of this complaint procedure.

A certificated employee shall be disciplined only for cause. Charges and/or complaints which may form the basis for disciplinary action shall be made available to the employee and the employee shall be given the opportunity to respond before any disciplinary action is taken.

Parental complaints shall not serve as the basis for comments on the evaluation of a certificated employee unless the certificated employee has been made aware of the complaint and has been afforded an opportunity to respond.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 167 4000. PERSONNEL

4710. (Adopted 8/8/11)

4710. DUTY-FREE LUNCH

Junior and senior high school certificated employees shall receive 25 minutes of continuous duty-free lunch time excluding passing time.

Elementary certificated employees shall receive 40 minutes of continuous duty-free lunch time.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 168 4000. PERSONNEL

4720. (Adopted 11/14/11)

4720. GREIVANCE PROCEDURE – CERTIFIED STAFF

1. DEFINITION OF TERMS

"Grievance" is any complaint by a person that there has been a violation or inequitable application on contract provisions or that there has been an event or condition which adversely affects the welfare and terms or conditions of work of an employee or group of employees.

"Group Grievance" is when two or more persons make a common claim of a grievance.

"Days" shall be calendared school days except in summer when the reference shall mean weekdays excluding national holidays.

"Grievant" is a person or group claiming a grievance.

"Parties of Interest" are the grievant and/or any person/s who might be required to take action, or against whom action might be taken, in order to resolve the claim.

2. PURPOSE

A. The purpose of this procedure is to secure, at the lowest possible administrative level, equitable solutions to grievances which may come over the interpretation of the negotiated Agreement or Rules and Regulations concerning salary, benefits and working conditions.

B. No more than ten (10) grievances may be under consideration at any one time in Step II. If ten (10) grievances are in Step II, then Step I grievances will be advanced to Step II in the order of filing.

C. The individual has the right to try less formal procedures available to resolve problems.

D. No reprisals against grievant or representative will be taken by the Board or administration.

3. REPRESENTATION

A. A grievant may have a representative present who shall be a regularly contracted employee of the District at any step of the procedure.

B. The Lewiston Education Association Executive Committee is to be informed of all written grievances during each of the steps outlined in policy.

C. In Step III, the grievant, or others, may be represented by legal counsel as they desire and may call witnesses and provide testimonials from others including, but not limited to, the parties to the negotiated Agreement.

4. CONDITIONS

A. The fact that a grievance is accepted for processing under these procedures does not in itself constitute recognition by the Board that the grievance is either valid or legitimate.

B. At any time that the grievant does not meet the time limitations or agrees that the grievance is either not legitimate or not valid, the grievance will be waived and neither party to the agreement will pursue it in any manner whatsoever.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 169 4000. PERSONNEL

4720. (Adopted 11/14/11)

4720. GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE – CERTIFIED STAFF (Cont’d.)

4. CONDITIONS (Cont’d.)

C. All time limits shall be in days as defined. The numbers of days indicated at each level are considered maximums. There shall be no obligation by either party to consider any grievance not filed, as prescribed by the procedures, in a timely manner. The time limits and/or days may be extended by mutual agreement documented in writing.

5. PROCEDURES

A. *STEP I:

(1) Within twenty (20) days of the alleged grievance, or when the grievant had knowledge of it, the grievant shall attempt to resolve the matter with the building principal or immediate supervisor and any administrator involved above the building level. If it involves only an administrator above the building level, the grievant shall attempt to resolve the matter with that administrator.

(2) If the grievance is not resolved satisfactorily through discussion, a written grievance may be filed with the building principal or immediate supervisor, and any administrator above the building level, if involved. At this time, the grievance must be documented in writing and must include:

a. A statement as to the nature of the grievance.

b. Reference to the article, section and item of either the negotiated Agreement or Rules and Regulations or the contract that the grievant claims has been incorrectly or improperly interpreted or inequitably applied, and/or the event or condition that adversely affects the welfare and terms or conditions of work.

c. A statement of how the interpretation has adversely affected the grievant.

d. The name(s) of the person(s) against whom the grievance is claimed.

e. The name(s) of the person(s) claiming the grievance.

f. A statement of relief sought.

(3) Within ten (10) days of receiving the written grievance, the building principal or immediate supervisor, and any administrator above the building level, if involved, will give written notice of the decision including reasons for that decision.

(4) Within ten (10) days after receiving the written decision, the grievant shall communicate to the building principal or immediate supervisor whether or not the written decision is satisfactory.

B. *STEP II:

(1) If the grievant is not satisfied with the decision at Step I, the written grievance is to be filed within ten (10) days with the Superintendent.

(2) Within ten (10) days after receiving the written grievance, the Lewiston Education Association Executive Committee will inform the Superintendent and the grievant whether or not it will support the grievance.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 170 4000. PERSONNEL

4720. (Adopted 11/14/11)

4720. GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE – CERTIFIED STAFF (Cont’d.)

5. PROCEDURES (Cont’d.)

B. *STEP II (Cont’d.)

(3) Within fifteen (15) days of receiving the grievance, the Superintendent will meet with the grievant and a representative in an effort to resolve the grievance.

(4) Within ten (10) days, the Superintendent will give written notice of the decision along with the reasons. This written notice will be sent to all parties of interest in the matter.

C. *STEP III:

(1) If the grievant is not satisfied with the decision of the Superintendent, he/she will have ten (10) days after Step II to request that the grievance be filed with the Board.

(2) Within fifteen (15) days of receiving a grievance, the Board will conduct an informal hearing. The hearing will be advertised and conducted in an open session of the Board notwithstanding that the grievant or the party grieved against may request a closed session of the Board. In this event, the hearing would be advertised and conducted in an executive session of the Board.

(3) The Board will render a decision within ten (10) days of the hearing. That decision will be documented in writing and distributed to all Parties of Interest in the matter.

* Grievance forms referenced in Steps I, II and III can be downloaded from the District’s Intranet at www.lewistonschools.net/intranet.

6. GRIEVANCE INVESTIGATION

The Board, the administration, and the Lewiston Education Association shall cooperate in the investigation of any grievance.

7. WITHDRAWAL OF GRIEVANCE

A grievance may be withdrawn at any level without establishing precedent.

8. GRIEVANCE FILES

All documents, communications, and records dealing with the processing of a grievance shall be confidential and filed separately from the personnel file(s) of the participant(s).

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 171 4000. PERSONNEL

4730. (Adopted 11/14/11; Revised 8/22/16)

4730. TRANSFERS OF CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEES

The assignment of certificated employees is made each year based on student enrollment, course requirements and certification of staff, making this a complex process. The following sequential procedures allow for the employee to be informed and provide opportunity for the employee to express his/her interest in being considered for positions within the District. Vacancies created by Level II approval of transfer requests will not be open for either Level II Transfer or internal applicants.

Step 1: Notifications of Retirements, Leaves of Absence and Resignations

It will be the responsibility of the Superintendent or designee to notify all certificated employees by intra-district email and by posting in each building any action of the Board of Directors relative to resignations, retirements, and leaves of absence following Board meetings where such action occurred.

Step 2: Reassignment within the Same School

A certificated employee must notify the current administrator of his/her interest in being considered for a reassignment to a new grade level, class or course within the school.

The administration shall have the sole discretion to make reassignments.

Step 3: Level I Transfer

A Level I Transfer is an assignment to a new grade level, class or course prior to an internal vacancy being declared by the Superintendent. A certificated employee must hold a 0.5 FTE contract or greater to be eligible for a Level I transfer

The certificated employee would complete the Level I Transfer Request to Another School form found on the District’s website at www.lewistonschools.net/human-resources and respond to the questions regarding his/her qualifications and interest in the position(s) prior to March 15. A certificated employee filing a Level I Transfer Request to Another School shall receive a written acknowledgement of that request.

Administrators will provide information to certificated employees regarding grade level sections, classes or courses planned for the next school year as soon as final decisions are made.

The administration shall have the sole discretion to approve or deny a Level I Transfer Request.

Notice of acceptance or denial of a Level I Transfer Request shall be made within two (2) days of the decision. Written notice shall be mailed to the professional employee’s home residence.

The district-wide Level I Transfer Pool will be purged on August 15 of each school year.

Step 4: Internal Vacancy Declared

All Level I Transfer Requests will be reviewed prior to an internal vacancy being declared by the Superintendent. An internal vacancy will announce the specific position in a grade level or course(s) and the building where the opening exists. All internal vacancies shall be dated and posted within five (5) days of the declaration. Postings shall be made in each building, through intra-district email and at the Central Services office. Once posted, a vacancy is open for Level II Transfer for a period of five (5) business days. Decisions shall be made within fifteen (15) days of the Level II closure.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 172 4000. PERSONNEL

4730. (Adopted 11/14/11; Revised 8/22/16)

4730. TRANSFERS OF CERTIFICATED EMPLOYEES (Cont’d.)

Step 5: Level II Transfer

A Level II Transfer is a request by a certificated employee to be considered for a specific position that has been declared open by the Superintendent.

Qualified certificated employees may file a written request to be considered for a Level II Transfer for the advertised position. The form is located on the District’s website at www.lewistonschools.net/human-resources and includes questions regarding qualifications and interest in the position.

A certificated employee filing a request for a Level II Transfer shall receive a written acknowledgement of that request.

Certificated employees interested in being considered for a Level II Transfer, may request an informal meeting concerning an internal vacancy through the building administrator. All certificated employees filing a Level II Transfer Request will be considered for the internal vacancy regardless of participation in an informal meeting.

Consideration for a Level II Transfer will be given to certification, experience, training, professional background, additional endorsements, and other relevant factors.

The administration shall have the sole discretion to approve or deny all Level II Transfer Requests.

Notice of acceptance or denial of a Level II Transfer Request shall be made within two (2) days of the decision. Written notice shall be mailed to the employee’s home residence.

Step 6: Consideration for a Level II Transfer after June 1

Certificated employees will continue to receive notification of personnel action by the Board of Directors following each meeting in June and July through District email only. A certificated employee who is interested in being considered for an opening based on Board action shall complete a Level II Transfer Request form within three (3) days of the email being sent.

Level II Transfer Requests shall only be considered through July 31 of each year and only available based on personnel action by the Board of Directors.

Step 7: External Notice of Vacancies

External notice of vacancies shall be at the discretion of the administration.

Step 8: Involuntary Transfer

An involuntary transfer occurs when a certificated employee is assigned to a new building by the administration and not at the request of the employee. No certificated employee shall be involuntarily transferred more than one (1) time in any two (2) consecutive years. Involuntary transfers shall be made with advance notice and discussion with the teacher involved.

Involuntary transfer shall be based on needs related to scheduling, enrollment and certification.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 173 4000. PERSONNEL

4740. (Adopted 11/14/11)

4740. REDUCTION IN FORCE (RIF)

Under certain conditions it may become imperative for the Board of Directors to reduce the number of certified employees.

1. CONDITIONS

The conditions may include:

A. When student enrollments decrease. B. When revenues available to the District would no longer be sufficient to meet expenditures necessary to maintain the existing staff with a balanced budget. C. When there is a termination or reduction of funding of categorically-funded projects or programs. D. When a decision is made to eliminate or reduce a program.

The need for implementation of a Reduction in Force (RIF) and/or the elimination of certified positions is left at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors.

Reduction in Force is specific to certified employees only. The District will determine the total number of certified employees leaving the District for reasons of retirement, family transfer, normal resignations, leaves, discharge or nonrenewal and these vacancies will be considered prior to commencing action to terminate teacher contracts under a Reduction in Force.

2. CRITERIA

In the Board’s determination as to the individuals to be released pursuant to the Reduction in Force, consideration will be given to criteria established below. Each criterion shall be considered in terms of the total context when selecting employees who are to be considered for release pursuant to the provisions of these procedures.

The following criteria will be considered:

A. Number of areas of certification for which the teacher is Highly Qualified. B. Educational attainment/degree status. C. Teacher evaluation, including components required by Idaho Code to be encompassed in teacher evaluation. D. Contribution and/or involvement in leadership positions, extra-curricular or co-curricular positions. E. Compliance with Professional Standards and Conduct over the course of employment with the District.

The factors for consideration listed above shall be reviewed by the District’s administration to determine whether factors should be added or eliminated. Any such recommendation/s for modification will be brought before the Board of Directors for consideration.

3. PROCEDURES

A. ADVANCE NOTIFICATION

The Human Resources Department shall provide advanced notice to all teachers who may be released under the possible Reduction in Force, based upon the number of teachers who may be released, in full or in part, as well as the school programs, teacher positions, or categories of positions that may be affected.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 174 4000. PERSONNEL

4740. (Adopted 11/14/11)

4740. REDUCTION IN FORCE (RIF) (Cont’d.)

3. PROCEDURES (Cont’d.)

B. SELF REVIEW OF FILE

Upon receipt of such notification, it is recommended that the certified employee review his/her file materials with the Human Resources Department to ensure that the District has accurate information relating to the various criteria listed above.

If a certified employee believes that his/her file materials are not accurate, the employee shall notify the Human Resources Department in writing within five (5) days of receipt of notice of the possible Reduction in Force. The written notice shall specifically identify what element or elements of the certified employee’s file and criteria listed above are believed to be inaccurate.

Should a certified employee fail to inspect his/her file and fail to report inaccuracies to the Human Resources Department, the employee will not have the opportunity to subsequently correct such information after the Reduction in Force has been implemented.

C. IMPLEMENTATION OF OFFICIAL BOARD ACTION

In the event that the Board of Directors determines that a Reduction in Force in fact will be implemented, the Superintendent will submit a list of teachers recommended for release, through use of the process described above.

All releases shall be carried out in conformance with the applicable provisions of Idaho Code and all affected teachers will be promptly notified, in writing, following formal action of the Board of Directors.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 175 4000. PERSONNEL

4780. (Adopted 8/8/11)

4780. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT REIMBURSEMENT FOR COSTS

The District will reimburse each certificated employee for up to three (3) semester credits each calendar year in which the course was completed. The certificated employee must present a receipt and proof of completion of the course for approval of reimbursement. The reimbursement shall be for the tuition only. The maximum allowance shall be whatever is currently charged by the University of Idaho, or the actual cost, whichever is the lesser.

In cases where the certificated employee is enrolled in a summer program, only that proportional cost per credit, again not exceeding that charged by the University of Idaho, shall be allowed. In cases where the certificated employee gains credit where the tuition and fees are paid by some other agency through scholarship or fellowship, including institutes, no reimbursement will be allowed.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 176 4000. PERSONNEL

5000. STUDENTS 5010. (Revision 7/26/10 and 8/23/10)

5010. ATTENDANCE

1. PHILOSOPHY

The Board of Directors considers full-time attendance to be an essential element in the student's educational process. Regular attendance fosters a climate conducive to learning, perpetuates effective teaching, protects the integrity of the scholastic day and ensures quality education. There is a clear connection between student academic success and consistent school attendance.

Idaho Code 33-202 stipulates that attendance is compulsory for all children between the ages of seven and sixteen years and that parents/guardians are responsible to ensure that children are in attendance.

2. DEFINITIONS

A. Excused Absences

Excused absences shall include approved school activities, personal illness, family emergencies, and prearranged absences that are approved by the principal and will be considered on individual merit. Students are expected to make up all graded assignments when possible or practical within a reasonable time after an excused absence. Failure to do so will be reflected in the grade the student will receive for that grading period. Teachers are expected to assist with make-up assignments or activities given in lieu of assignments. In rare instances when neither of the above is possible nor practical, the principal must be consulted and the grade for work missed may not be counted in the final grade computation.

The parent/guardian is asked to call on the day a student is absent from school. If no call is made, a written excuse should be sent with the absent student on the day of return to school. The excuse should describe the reason for the absence indicating a personal illness or family emergency. When a student checks out from school for reasons other than illness, a note from the student's parent/guardian requesting the absence will be presented to the office one day before the absence.

B. Unexcused Absences

Absence for other reasons shall be considered as unexcused. The student and parent/guardian assume the responsibility for making up the work missed. Work missed during an unexcused absence may not be made up for credit, but should be made up for the student's own benefit. Unexcused absences do not include suspensions.

C. Truancy

Willful absence of the student without the knowledge of the school or parents/guardians is considered truancy. It is unexcused and may lead to suspension or expulsion from school.

D. Habitual Truant defined in Idaho Code 33-206

A habitual truant is:

(1) Any public school pupil who, in the judgment of the board of trustees or the board’s designee, repeatedly has violated the attendance regulations established by the board; or

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 8/99 - Page 177 5000. STUDENTS

5010. (Revision 7/26/10 and 8/23/10)

5010. ATTENDANCE (Cont’d.)

2. DEFINITIONS (Cont’d.)

D. Habitual Truant defined in Idaho Code 33-206 (Cont’d.)

(2) Any child whose parents or guardians, or any of them, have failed or refused to cause such child to be instructed as provided in section 33-202, Idaho Code.

(3) The Board of Director’s designee shall be the Director of Student Services.

3. ATTENDANCE-BASED CREDIT DENIAL

Students in grades 9-12 are expected to attend school on a regular basis. All absences are subject to review. Excessive absences, unexcused absences, and/or truancies may result in denial of credit.

Parents/guardians of students on a traditional schedule will be notified in writing when their student accumulates six (6) absences AND twelve (12) absences during the semester.

Parents/guardians of students on a block schedule will be notified in writing when their student accumulates three (3) absences AND six (6) absences during the semester.

A. COMMUNICATION PROCEDURE

Weekly attendance reports will be run at each building to determine which students have accumulated the amount of absences as specified above in one of more class.

Students with ongoing attendance problems will be referred to the administration to determine action to be taken.

If a student exceeds twelve (12) absences in a traditional schedule or six (6) absences in a block schedule in any class during the semester, credit may be withheld.

B. CREDIT DENIAL NOTIFICATION

Parents/guardians will be notified in writing if credit was or will be withheld.

C. APPEALS PROCEDURE

If a determination is made to withhold credit, the student and parent/guardian may make an appeal.

If an appeal is made, it is the responsibility of the student/parents to provide substantial documentation that:

(1) Clears up unverified absences, unexcused absences or truancies.

(2) Illustrates extenuating circumstances that led to excessive absences.

(3) Defines health or legal issues preventing the student from attending school.

D. APPEALS PROCESS

The two following steps are established to guide students and parents through the appeals process.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 178 5000. STUDENTS

5010. (Revision 7/26/10 and 8/23/10)

5010. ATTENDANCE (Cont’d.)

3. ATTENDANCE-BASED CREDIT DENIAL (Cont’d.)

D. Appeals Process (Cont’d.)

(1) An attendance/appeals committee will review the records and the circumstances and determine whether or not the student will receive credit. Each secondary building will have an attendance/appeal committee. Parents and students are encouraged to attend the appeal hearing and bring documentation to support a request for credit reinstatement. Failure to appear at the school-based appeal hearing may jeopardize consideration at the second level of appeal.

(2) The decision of the attendance/appeals committee may be appealed to the superintendent or designee. The appeal must be submitted to the superintendent within ten (10) working days after receiving the decision from the attendance/appeals committee. The decision of the superintendent or designee is final.

E. TRUANCY PETITION

A truancy petition may be filed with the Nez Perce County Prosecuting Attorney’s Office after seven (7) unexcused absences in a traditional schedule and (4) unexcused absences in a block schedule.

4. ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS – K-8 STUDENTS

Students in grades K-8 are expected to attend school on a regular basis. Regular attendance is a critical factor in the establishment of a good scholastic record. Work missed through absence from school is difficult to make up. There is no substitute for the actual participation in the daily classroom discussion and work.

Administrative Procedures

A. A letter will be sent to the parent/guardian of a student who has accumulated in excess of six (6) absences per semester.

B. A designated staff member, including teachers, counselors, social workers, School Resource Officers, School Community Resource Workers, or administrators, will personally speak to the parent/guardian regarding the attendance policy, explain the ramifications of being absent or tardy, stress the importance of attendance and discuss appropriate intervention strategies when a student has accumulated ten (10) absences per semester.

C. The administrator will request a conference with the parent/guardian of a student who has accumulated twelve (12) absences per semester. Other designated personnel may attend in order to resolve concerns regarding attendance.

D. A Truancy Petition may be filed with the Nez Perce County Prosecuting Attorney’s Office when a student has been absent in excess of twelve (12) days, either excused or unexcused, in any semester. An administrator has the discretion to file a petition earlier on a case-by-case basis with the approval of the Superintendent.

E. Students will be considered for retention for absences of more than twenty (20) days during any one school year.

F. At the beginning of each school year, the administrator will send an awareness letter to parents/guardians of students who missed fifteen (15) or more days the previous school year.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 179 5000. STUDENTS

5010. (Revision 7/26/10 and 8/23/10)

5010. ATTENDANCE (Cont’d.)

5. PROCEEDINGS AGAINST PARENTS OR GUARDIANS

Idaho Code 33-207 stipulates that proceedings may be brought directly against a parent or guardian who is found to have knowingly allowed a student to become a habitual truant, and such parent or guardian shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.

6. EXCESSIVE ABSENCES

Students who miss ten (10) consecutive days of school and their school has not been notified by a parent/guardian of the reason(s) for their absence and the school has attempted to contact the parent/guardian as outlined in policy, will be dropped from school. At the time the student returns to school, the student may be reenrolled.

7. EDUCATIONAL NEGLECT

Idaho Code §16-602(25)(d) defines educational neglect as: “A child who is without proper education because of the failure to comply with section 33-202, Idaho Code which requires a parent or guardian of every school-aged child (7-16 years of age) in the state of Idaho to make certain that the child is instructed in subjects commonly and usually taught in the state of Idaho.”

Credible evidence of educational neglect must be reported to the Department of Health and Welfare. If the report is substantiated by the Department of Health and Welfare, the information will be referred to the Nez Perce County Prosecuting Attorney for appropriate action against the parent and/or child.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 180 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT

1. PREFACE

A. AUTHORITY VESTED IN BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board has broad powers in establishing and enforcing rules regarding student activities insofar as the rules relate to the educational process.

The powers and duties of the Board of Directors are described in Section 33-512, Idaho Code, and Section 20, CHARTER, Independent School District No. 1, Nez Perce County, Lewiston, Idaho.

School discipline is central to the educational process. Effective learning cannot occur in an unsafe environment. Schools in which discipline is emphasized have an inherent order and sense of safety. Every student shall have the responsibility to respect the rights of all students to learn and all teachers to teach.

B. FREEDOM FROM ABUSE

"Certificated employees of every school district shall be free from abuse by parents or other adults, as provided in Section 18-916, Idaho Code." (Section 33-1222, Idaho Code). All employees must be respected as they perform and direct their assigned roles. Students are expected to display respect for teachers and others at all times.

C. STATUTORY AUTHORITY

Idaho Code establishes the teacher's right to control students as follows:

"Powers and duties of teachers. – In absence of any statute or rule or regulation of the board of trustees, any teacher employed by a school district shall have the right to direct how and when each pupil shall attend to his appropriate duties, and the manner in which a pupil shall demean himself while in attendance at the school. It is the duty of a teacher to carry out the Rules and Regulations of the board of trustees in controlling and maintaining discipline, and a teacher shall have the power to adopt any reasonable rule or regulation to control and maintain discipline in, and otherwise govern, the classroom, not inconsistent with any statute or rule or regulation of the board of trustees." (Section 33-1224, Idaho Code.)

2. PHILOSOPHY

The Board of Directors is committed to providing all students an equal educational opportunity. Furthermore, every student has those rights of citizenship granted by the Constitution of the United States and the State of Idaho. Moreover, citizenship rights may not be abridged, obstructed, or in other ways altered except in accordance with due process of law. Education is one of these citizenship rights.

A primary responsibility of the District and its employees shall be the development of an understanding and appreciation of our representative form of government, the rights and responsibilities of the individual, and the legal processes whereby changes are brought about.

INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1 AND EACH SCHOOL WITHIN THAT SYSTEM IS AN ACADEMIC COMMUNITY COMPOSED OF ALL STUDENTS, TEACHERS, ADMINISTRATORS, PARENTS/GUARDIANS, AND THE COMMUNITY-AT-LARGE. The rules and regulations of a school are the laws of that academic community. All those enjoying the rights of citizenship in the school community must accept the corresponding responsibilities of school citizenship. As cited in the preface to this policy, a basic responsibility of those who enjoy the rights of citizenship is to respect the laws of the school community and the rights of the other members of that academic community. What must be emphasized is that education is not only a right, it is also a privilege which must be guarded by appropriate conduct.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 181 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

3. GENERAL POLICY

It shall be the policy and goal of the District to encourage appropriate student conduct that will promote good health, reasonable standards of behavior, effective citizenship, and a positive atmosphere for learning. Students on school grounds or in places under school jurisdiction will abide by the rules which are established by that school to achieve these objectives.

Admission to the schools of the District carries with it the presumption that the student will conduct himself/herself as a responsible member of the school community. This includes the expectation that the student will obey the law, adhere to the policies of the District, and comply with Rules and Regulations implementing these policies. In addition, the student will safeguard the property of the school and will respect the rights and privileges of others in the school community.

Each student will accept responsibility for his/her conduct. In order to accomplish the educational purposes of this District in an effective school environment, the Board has approved a set of rules covering students' rights and responsibilities. When violations of these rules occur, the school is authorized to take appropriate action designed to ensure more responsible behavior on the part of the student. When violations of the laws of the United States, the State of Idaho, and/or its subdivisions are also involved, the school may also refer such matters to parents, legal guardians, or appropriate civil authorities.

4. STUDENT RIGHTS

A. STUDENT EXPRESSION

Freedom of student expression is an inherent constitutional right and is provided for in the school program. The right of free speech does not include the right to disrupt or violate the educational process. Freedom of student expression applies also to the students' dress and appearance, provided that they do not cause disruption to the educational process or present health or safety problems. When such disruption or violation occurs, as determined by the teacher and/or building principal, the student shall be subject to disciplinary action. Orderly procedures for student expression include the following:

(1) Students are entitled to present their personal opinions insofar as these expressions do not disrupt the educational process.

(2) Non-school sponsored materials must bear identification as to the author, the publishing agency, and the distributing organization. The student who broadcasts, publishes, and/or distributes written or duplicated material on the school premises is responsible for its content.

(3) Official school publications or broadcasts, including the school newspaper, yearbook, and radio station, should reflect the policy and judgment of the student editors, broadcasters, and advisors. They have the responsibility to refrain from libel and obscenity. Final responsibility in these matters shall rest with the building principal.

(4) Radio broadcasts and/or the distribution of such material as specified in sections 2 and 3 above must take place at a reasonable time and location approved by the principal or designee and must not interfere with the educational process.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 182 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

4. STUDENT RIGHTS (Cont’d.)

A. STUDENT EXPRESSION (Cont’d.)

(5) Students are entitled to verbally express their personal opinions. Such verbal opinions shall not interfere with the freedom of others to express themselves. Such expressions must be free of libel, slander, obscenity, and inflammatory statements.

(6) A student shall not use written, oral, or visual expression to advocate or encourage the commission of a crime.

(7) Commercial solicitation is not student expression. It may be conducted only as authorized by Board policy and District Rules and Regulations.

B. ASSEMBLY

Students have the right to peaceful assembly in school facilities generally available to the public at convenient hours that do not conflict with school functions, regulations, or require staff on duty beyond regular hours, provided that such assembly shall:

(1) Be conducted in an orderly manner.

(2) Not interfere with the educational process.

(3) Not impede the free movement of traffic. If any assembly is not so conducted, students participating shall be subject to disciplinary actions.

When students participate as members of approved student body organizations, they shall assemble as authorized by the principal or designee.

C. SEARCH AND SEIZURE (Adopted 5/14/84)

All students have the right to be secure in their persons and effects against unreasonable searches and seizure. Therefore, to assure that the rights of the student are balanced with the total needs of the school community, the following rules will apply to the search of school property assigned to a specific student and the seizure of items in his/her possession.

(1) School administrators may authorize a "reasonable" search of students, lockers, desks, and vehicles when such persons and/or objects are located on school property are within school jurisdiction.

a. There must be reasonable grounds for suspecting that the search will turn up evidence that the student has violated, or is violating, either the law or rules of the school.

b. The scope of the search must be reasonably related to the objectives of the search and not be excessively intrusive in light of the age and gender of the student and the nature of the infraction.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 183 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

4. STUDENT RIGHTS (Cont’d.)

C. SEARCH AND SEIZURE (Adopted 5/14/84) (Cont’d.)

(1) AUTHORIZING A "REASONABLE" SEARCH OF STUDENTS (Cont’d.)

c. A student will be asked to consent to the search; however, failure of the student to consent will not necessarily halt the search by school officials.

d. Strip searches are considered excessively intrusive and may be conducted only when based on probable cause and only when it is believed that a student possesses a deadly weapon or other such item that constitutes an immediate danger to the lives of other students or staff.

(2) Parents/guardians of a student should be notified as soon as possible following a search. A student who has been searched will not be released by school authorities before the school officials have spoken to the parent/guardian or have made a reasonable effort to contact the parent/guardian, except if arrested by police.

(3) Police may conduct a search in a school when the officer who is conducting the search has a warrant. A search warrant shall specify the place to be searched and the item(s) to be seized.

(4) Unauthorized or illegal items may be taken into custody by school authorities.

(5) Items considered potentially dangerous, disruptive, or that can interfere with the educational process may be removed from a student's possession. A reasonable effort will be made to notify parents/guardians.

D. CANINE NARCOTIC DETECTION TEAM

(1) The District may elect to use the Lewiston Police Department’s Canine Narcotic Detection Team to conduct a sniff to detect the presence of controlled substances at the discretion of the superintendent or designee. The use of the Canine Narcotic Detection Team shall comply with District policy and applicable law.

(2) The District will work in partnership with the City of Lewiston Police Department to allow the Canine Narcotic Detection Team to participate in educational programs in District schools designed to bring awareness of the capabilities of the Canine Narcotic Detection Team.

E. FREEDOM FROM DISCRIMINATION

No student shall be discriminated against by reason of race, religion, gender, economic status, ethnic origin, physical or mental disability, pregnancy, marital status, previous arrest, or incarceration. A student claiming such discrimination shall file a complaint as outlined under due process.

F. PARKING

At those schools where off-street parking lots are provided, students have the right to utilize space as authorized by the building principal. Students are subject to the laws of the community, which include respecting handicapped parking and fire lanes.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 184 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

4. STUDENT RIGHTS (Cont’d.)

G. INTERVIEW/INTERROGATION BY POLICE OR OTHER LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICIALS

In the event that a member of a law enforcement agency requests an interview with a student during school hours and/or on school property, the following procedures shall be followed (except in cases of alleged child abuse/neglect):

(1) When law enforcement authorities want to interview a student, the law enforcement authority will fully and completely explain the situation to the principal or designee. The school official will determine the appropriateness of conducting the interview on school premises.

(2) The principal or designee shall contact the parents/guardians of the student to be interviewed and advise them of the circumstances. The principal shall request a parent/guardian to be present at the interview. No child will be interviewed without the consent of the parent/guardian.

(3) The building principal or designee shall be present whenever a student is being interviewed.

(4) School authorities shall not permit a student to leave the school with an officer of the law unless the student's parent/guardian is present and consents or unless an arrest is made. If an arrest is made, a reasonable effort will be made to notify the parent/ guardian.

(5) Students may be interviewed at school by law enforcement or family services personnel without parent/guardian consent when an abuse or neglect incident is being investigated.

H. DUE PROCESS

When an incident of misconduct occurs, a student shall be given written or oral notice of any charges against him/her; and said student shall have the opportunity to defend himself/herself against these charges prior to a disciplinary action. When a major incident or prolonged series occurs, a parent/legal guardian shall be given written or oral notice.

Students are hereby advised of their right to appeal and are instructed as to who represents the next level of appeal. Generally, the line of authority will be the teacher, principal, the Superintendent and, finally, the Board of Directors.

I. SEXUAL HARASSMENT

Sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome or uninvited sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, sexual comments, or innuendo. Uninvited or unwelcome verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature constitutes sexual harassment when:

(1) Submission to such conduct is either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an individual's education;

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 185 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

4. STUDENT RIGHTS (Cont’d.)

I. SEXUAL HARASSMENT (Cont’d.)

(2) Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as a basis for educational decisions affecting such individual; or

(3) Such conduct has the purpose or effect of interfering with an individual's educational performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive educational environment.

GENERAL INFORMATION

(1) It is the policy of the Lewiston School District that the educational environment for students be free from sexual harassment. Harassment on the basis of gender is prohibited. The School District will investigate complaints of sexual harassment whether the complaint is formal, informal, written, or verbal.

(2) All complaints regarding sexual harassment alleged to have occurred as a result of a staff member's action or a student's action on school grounds during the school day or off school grounds at a school activity/event will be expeditiously investigated and appropriate action will be taken based on the School District's findings.

(3) The School District will not coerce, discriminate, or retaliate against any persons filing complaints or persons acting as witnesses to complaints.

(4) Due to the damage that could result to the career and/or reputation of any person falsely accused of sexual harassment, all investigations and hearings surrounding such matters will be designed – to the maximum extent possible – to protect the privacy of and to minimize suspicion toward the accused as well as the complainant.

(5) A staff member or student found by the District to have made false accusations of sexual harassment will be subject to appropriate disciplinary sanctions including discharge (staff member) or suspension or expulsion (student).

(6) School officials are expected to comply with the reporting requirements of Idaho Code 16-1619 (abuse of children).

5. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES

A. RESPECT FOR THE LAW AND RIGHTS OF OTHERS

The student is responsible as a citizen to observe the laws of the United States, the State of Idaho, and/or its subdivisions.

All student conduct in the District is based on respect and consideration for the rights of others. Students have the responsibility to know, respect, and abide by all school rules and regulations. Students have the further responsibility to conduct themselves in such a manner that would reflect honor and dignity upon the individual, the school, and the community.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 186 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

5. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont’d.)

B. COMPLIANCE WITH RULES

Students shall comply with all Rules and Regulations adopted by the District. The following rules identify, but do not limit, the types of activities covered by District regulations:

(1) ALTERATION OF SCHOOL RECORDS –

A student shall not falsify or alter a school record or any communication between the home and the school.

(2) DISRUPTIVE ACTIONS –

The building principal may deny attendance through suspension for any disruptive action. The principal may recommend to the Superintendent, and subsequently to the Board, the expulsion of a student for just cause.

Idaho law provides for denial of school attendance in Idaho Code, Section 33- 205:

"Denial of school attendance – The board of trustees may deny attendance at any of its schools by expulsion to any pupil who is an habitual truant, or who is incorrigible, or whose conduct, in the judgment of the board, is such as to be continuously disruptive of school discipline, or of the instructional effectiveness of the school, or whose presence in a public school is detrimental to the health and safety of other pupils. Any pupil having been expelled may be readmitted to the school by the board of trustees upon such reasonable conditions as may be prescribed by the Board; but such readmission shall not prevent the board from again expelling such pupil for cause."

Immediate disciplinary action will be taken against individuals participating in disruptive activities. The Board considers the following as examples of disruptive actions:

a. ALCOHOL, DRUGS, AND NARCOTICS –

No student will be allowed to possess, use, or be under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs, or narcotics at any time within school buildings, on any District property, or at any school activity whether on or off school property. [Drug-Free Schools Policy & Procedures]

b. FIGHTING –

Fighting or aggressive behavior directed toward another person in a threatening manner constitutes a disruptive action subject to disciplinary action.

c. GAMBLING –

Gambling or possessing gambling devices on school premises or during school activities constitutes a disruptive action subject to disciplinary action. Gambling is defined as risking something of value in the hopes of winning something of value and includes such things as dice, cards, pitching coins, or betting.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 187 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. Discipline Code, Student (Cont’d.)

5. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont’d.)

B. COMPLIANCE WITH RULES (Cont’d.)

(2) DISRUPTIVE ACTIONS (Cont’d.)

d. INCORRIGIBILITY –

Unmanageable or unruly behavior shall constitute a disruptive action subject to disciplinary action.

e. INSUBORDINATION –

Failing to comply with reasonable directions of teachers, administrators, or supervisory personnel shall constitute a disruptive action subject to disciplinary action.

f. LASCIVIOUS LITERATURE –

Possessing or distributing lascivious literature or materials on school premises or during school activities shall constitute a disruptive action subject to disciplinary action.

g. PROFANITY –

Cursing, using profane or vulgar language shall constitute a disruptive action subject to disciplinary action.

h. TARDINESS –

Habitual lateness to classes constitutes a disruptive action subject to disciplinary action.

i. TOBACCO –

The possession or use of tobacco or electronic smoking devices by students is not permitted on school property.

j. UNSAFE BEHAVIOR –

Not observing rules of good conduct and safety on school buses, school grounds, in classrooms, in lunchrooms, and at school activities shall constitute disruptive actions subject to disciplinary action.

(3) HAZING, HARASSMENT, INTIMIDATION, BULLYING, CYBER BULLYING –

The Board of Directors is committed to providing a safe school environment for students, employees and visitors while attending school, riding the school bus and attending District-sponsored activities on school premises or at other location where the activity is sanctioned by the District. It will be a violation of this policy for any student, employee or visitor to bully, haze, intimidate or harass another individual. Students whose behavior is found to be in violation of this policy will be subject to discipline, up to and including expulsion.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 188 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

5. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont’d.)

B. COMPLIANCE WITH RULES (Cont’d.)

(3) HAZING, HARASSMENT, INTIMIDATION, BULLYING, CYBER BULLYING (Cont’d.)

a. DEFINITIONS

i. HAZING

“Hazing” includes, but is not limited to, any act that recklessly or intentionally endangers the mental health, physical health or safety of a student for the purpose of initiation or as a condition or precondition of attaining membership in, or affiliation with, any District-sponsored activity or grade level attainment, i.e., forced consumption of any drink, alcoholic beverage, drug or controlled substance, forced exposure to the elements, forced prolonged exclusion from social contact, sleep deprivation or any other forced activity that could adversely affect the mental or physical health or safety of a student; requires, encourages, authorizes or permits another to be subject to wearing or carrying any obscene or physically burdensome article, assignment of pranks to be performed or other such activities intended to degrade or humiliate.

ii. HARASSMENT

“Harassment” includes, but is not limited to, any act which subjects an individual or group to unwanted, abusive behavior of a nonverbal, verbal, written, electronic or physical nature on the basis of age, race, religion, color, national origin, disability, gender, gender identity and expression, sexual orientation, physical characteristic, cultural background, socioeconomic status or geographic location, familial status or weight.

iii. BULLYING

“Bullying” refers to any act that substantially interferes with a student’s educational benefits, opportunities or performance, that takes place on school property or immediately adjacent to school property or grounds, at any school-sponsored activity, on school-provided transportation or at any official school bus stop, and that has the effect of:

a. Harming a student or damaging a student’s property; b. Knowingly placing a student in reasonable fear of harm to the student or damage to the student’s property; c. Is sufficiently sever, persistent, or pervasive so as to create an intimidating threatening, abusive, or hostile educational environment.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 189 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

5. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont’d.)

B. COMPLIANCE WITH RULES (Cont’d.)

(3) HAZING, HARASSMENT, INTIMIDATION, BULLYING, CYBER BULLYING (Cont’d.)

a. DEFINITIONS (Cont’d.)

iv. CYBER BULLYING

“Cyber bullying” includes, but is not limited to, the following misuses of technology: Harassing, teasing, intimidating, threatening, or terrorizing another person by sending or posting inappropriate and hurtful email message, instant messages, text messages, digital pictures or images, or website postings, including blogs through the District’s computer network and the Internet, whether accessed on campus or off campus, during or after school hours. In the situation that cyber bullying originated from a non-school computer, but brought to the attention of school officials, any disciplinary actions shall be based on whether the conduct is determined to be reasonably expected to materially and substantially interfere with or disrupt the educational environment of the school or impinge on the rights of other students at school, and/or be in violation of a school policy or state law. Administration shall, in their discretion, contact local law enforcement.

v. INTIMIDATION

“Intimidation” includes, but is not limited to, any threat or act intended to tamper, substantially damage or interfere with another’s property, cause substantial inconvenience, subject another to offensive physical contact or inflict serious physical injury on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin or sexual orientation.

b. RETALIATION/FALSE CHARGES

Retaliation against any person who reports, is thought to have reported, files a complaint or otherwise participates in an investigation or inquiry is prohibited. Such retaliation shall be considered a serious violation of Board policy and independent of whether a complaint is substantiated. False charges shall also be regarded as a serious offense and will result in disciplinary action or other appropriate sanctions.

c. CONFIDENTIALITY

It is recognized that harassment, hazing, intimidation, bullying and cyber-bullying is often very distressing for the victim and those who suffer as a result of such actions may be reluctant to make their concerns known. All reasonable steps will be taken to ensure that all inquiries and/or complaints are dealt with in confidence. In instances where the allegation involves suspected child abuse, harm to self or others, the District official must report the case to the proper authorities as required by law.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 190 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

5. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont’d.)

B. COMPLIANCE WITH RULES (Cont’d.)

(3) HAZING, HARASSMENT, INTIMIDATION, BULLYING, CYBER BULLYING (Cont’d.)

d. REPORTING PROCEDURES

i. Any student, and/or parent of a student who believe the student is being harassed, intimidated, hazed and/or bullied should immediately report the situation to school personnel.

ii. Any District employee who receives a direct report from a student, becomes aware of an incident, or in good faith believes that a student is being subjected to harassment, intimidation, hazing and/or bullying from another student(s) is required to report the matter to the building principal immediately. In the event the complaint involves the principal, the matter must be reported to the superintendent or designee.

iii. Any District employee who witnesses harassment, intimidation, hazing and/or bullying of a student should take immediate action to intervene and subsequently report to the building principal.

iv. Any student who becomes aware that a fellow student is being subjected to harassment, intimidation, hazing and/or bullying should immediately report to a counselor, teacher or the principal.

v. Parents will be notified of the nature of any complaint involving their child(ren) and the outcome of any investigation.

e. INVESTIGATION

When a report of harassment, intimidation, hazing and/or bullying is received by the principal or superintendent/designee, immediate steps will be taken to do the following:

i. Obtain a written statement from the complainant regarding the allegations;

ii. Obtain a written statement from the accused;

iii. Obtain a written statement from witness/es, if any; and,

iv. Prepare a written report detailing the investigation and any disciplinary action taken by the administration.

Documentation related to the incident may be maintained as a part of the student’s education record. Additionally, all hazing, harassment, intimidation, bullying or cyber-bullying complaints will be reported as required by the State Department of Education. However, if there is insufficient evidence to support the allegations, no report of the allegation shall be placed in an accused or complaining student’s permanent record.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 191 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

5. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont’d.)

B. COMPLIANCE WITH RULES (Cont’d.)

(4) OFF-CAMPUS EVENTS –

Students attending school-sponsored functions such as games, music programs, or other activities at home or away are under the same regulations as if they were at school.

(5) DRESS AND APPEARANCE –

Dress and appearance must not present health or safety problems or pose potential disruption of the educational process as adjudged by school personnel. When a student's attire is found to be in violation of this policy, the student may be required to modify his/her attire in such a manner so that it no longer violates this policy.

(6) REFUSAL TO IDENTIFY SELF –

All persons must, upon request, correctly identify themselves to school authorities in the school building, on school grounds, or at school-sponsored events.

(7) COOPERATION WITH DISTRICT PERSONNEL –

Students must obey the lawful instructions of District personnel.

C. CRIMINAL ACTS

The following activities are among those defined as "criminal" under the laws of the State of Idaho and the City of Lewiston. In addition to serving as grounds for suspension or expulsion from District attendance, students should also know that these activities carry a potential for arrest and court action if remanded to civil proceedings.

Any perpetrator of a criminal act will be referred to the appropriate legal authority. The list is partial only and "criminal acts" are not necessarily limited to the following:

(1) ARSON –

The intentional setting of fire constitutes a criminal act subject to disciplinary action.

(2) ASSAULT –

Physical threats or violence constitute criminal acts subject to disciplinary action.

(3) BURGLARY OR THEFT –

Stealing of school or personal property constitutes a criminal act subject to disciplinary action.

(4) EXPLOSIVES, POSSESSION OF –

Possession of explosives, including firecrackers constitutes a criminal act subject to disciplinary action.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 192 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

5. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont’d.)

C. CRIMINAL ACTS (Cont’d.)

(5) EXTORTION, BLACKMAIL, OR COERCION –

Obtaining money or property by violence or threat of violence or forcing someone to do something against his will by force or threat of force constitutes a criminal act subject to disciplinary action.

(6) FALSE ALARMS OR BOMB THREAT –

Instigating or taking part in false alarms or a bomb threat constitutes a criminal act subject to disciplinary action.

(7) FIREARMS, POSSESSION OF –

Firearms are prohibited on school property or at school-sponsored events.

(8) LOITERING –

"A person who disrupts the educational process or whose presence is detrimental to the morals, health, safety, academic learning, or discipline of the pupils..." (Section 33-512, Idaho Code.)

(9) MALICIOUS MISCHIEF –

Property damage constitutes a criminal act subject to disciplinary action.

(10) RECKLESS DRIVING –

Driving vehicles in a dangerous manner on or near school grounds or during school activities constitutes a criminal act subject to disciplinary action.

(11) RIOTING –

A disturbance of the peace by two or more persons assembled together constitutes a criminal act subject to disciplinary action.

(12) LARCENY/THEFT –

The unlawful taking of property from the possession of another person constitutes a criminal act and is subject to disciplinary action.

(13) ROBBERY –

The unlawful taking of anything of value by force or threat of force or violence and/or by putting the victim in fear of immediate harm constitutes a criminal act and is subject to disciplinary action.

(14) SUBSTANCE ABUSE –

Sale, use, or possession of alcoholic beverages or illegal drugs constitutes a criminal act and is subject to disciplinary action. (Drug-Free Schools Policy & Procedures.)

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 193 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

5. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont’d.)

C. CRIMINAL ACTS (Cont’d.)

(15) TRESPASS –

Being present in an unauthorized place or refusing to leave when ordered to do so constitutes a criminal act and is subject to disciplinary action.

(16) UNLAWFUL INTERFERENCE WITH SCHOOL AUTHORITIES –

Interference with school personnel by threats, force, or violence constitutes a criminal act and is subject to disciplinary action.

(17) WEAPONS, POSSESSION OF –

Possessing, handling, or transmitting any object which may be considered a weapon at any educational function or school event constitutes a criminal act and is subject to disciplinary action.

(18) VANDALISM –

Willfully or maliciously destroying, damaging, defacing, or otherwise injuring real or personal property constitutes a criminal act subject to disciplinary action. Graffiti is a form of vandalism.

(19) THREATENING VIOLENCE ON SCHOOL GROUNDS –

Willfully threatening on school grounds, by word or act, to use a firearm or other deadly or dangerous weapon to do violence to any other person on school grounds constitutes a criminal act and is subject to disciplinary action.

6. PROCEDURAL RULES AND REGULATIONS

A. DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS

This means all forms of correction other than suspension or expulsion. No form of discipline, other than suspension or expulsion, or the penalties prescribed for absenteeism, shall be enforced in such a manner as to prevent the student from accomplishing specific academic grade, grade level, or graduation requirements. The following is a partial list of disciplinary actions which may be taken by the teacher and/or the building principal or designee.

(1) GUIDANCE –

A conversation between the student and school personnel is a form of discipline that can be used under the parameters of this policy. The purpose of this form of meeting is to inform the student that his/her behavior needs to change so that he/she does not violate the rights of others or to help the student improve his/her learning capabilities.

(2) CONFERENCE –

A meeting of student's parent(s)/legal guardian(s) and school personnel to discuss the student's behavior or learning process is a form of discipline that can be used under the parameters of this policy. The school will seek the assistance of the student's parent(s)/legal guardian(s) in helping the student.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 194 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

6. PROCEDURAL RULES AND REGULATIONS (Cont’d.)

A. DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS (Cont’d.)

(3) DETENTION –

Requiring that a student remain after school for a period of time is a form of discipline that can be used under the parameters of this policy.

Students may be detained up to thirty (30) minutes at the elementary level or sixty (60) minutes at the secondary level after the regular hour of dismissal. Detention times may be longer with parent/guardian permission.

Prior arrangements will be made when a bus student is detained.

(4) TIME TO TEACH/AFTER SCHOOL ACADEMY –

Requiring that an elementary student remain after school to participate in a behavioral and academic academy not to exceed one time per week or ninety (90) minutes is a form of discipline that can be used under the parameters of this policy.

(5) SCHOOL CLEANUP –

Requiring a student to clean up certain areas of the school is a form of discipline that can be used under the parameters of this policy.

(6) REARRANGEMENT OF SCHOOL SCHEDULE –

Assigning a student a new schedule of classes and/or teachers when the behavior of a student is such that the student cannot conduct himself/herself in an acceptable manner is a form of discipline that can be used under the parameters of this policy.

(7) RESTRICTION OF EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES –

Informing a student that he/she cannot participate in certain activities because of his/her past or present behavior is a form of discipline that can be used under the parameters of this policy.

(8) SATURDAY SCHOOL –

Requiring that a student spend time at school on a designated Saturday is a form of discipline that can be used under the parameters of this policy. Prior arrangements will be made.

(9) IN-SCHOOL ISOLATION/INTERVENTION ROOMS –

Requiring that a student leave the regular classroom setting due to continued disruptive behavior to spend time in a designated area within the school that is supervised by an adult is a form of discipline that may be used under the parameters of this policy.

(10) CORPORAL PUNISHMENT –

Corporal punishment is in violation of District policy.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 195 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

6. PROCEDURAL RULES AND REGULATIONS (Cont’d.)

A. DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS (Cont’d.)

(11) DISTRICT GUIDELINES –

The individual circumstances of the student and the severity of the incident will determine the nature of the disciplinary action. The disciplinary actions are listed as guidelines, and the District may resort to immediate suspension or expulsion for severe misconduct even if it is a first-time offense. Determination of the appropriate disciplinary action shall be made by the administrator in charge.

B. SUSPENSION

This means a denial of attendance at any single subject, class, or activity, or any full schedule of subjects, classes, or activities for a stated period of time not to exceed five (5) school calendar days for any given suspension authorized by a building administrator. A suspension also may include a denial of admission to or entry upon real and personal property that is owned, leased, rented, or controlled by the District.

Students may be suspended from school by the principal for flagrant misconduct, gross disobedience, or truancy pending a satisfactory adjustment with the parent/guardian. Due process procedures will be followed in all suspensions. Student suspension notices will become part of the student's permanent record. Students who consistently violate various school policies, rules, and regulations will be subject to suspension regardless of the seriousness of the violation.

The decision to allow a student to make up the work missed during a suspension will be made at the discretion of the administrator. If a student is allowed to make up the work missed, credit will be given. The student and the parent assume the responsibility for making up any schoolwork missed due to the suspension.

The disability(ies) of an identified student requires additional considerations as outlined in the Special Education Rules and Regulations.

C. EXPULSION

This means a denial of attendance at any single subject, class, or activity, or any full schedule of subjects, classes, or activities for an indefinite period of time. An expulsion also may include a denial of admission to or entry upon real and personal property that is owned, leased, rented, or controlled by the District.

In compliance with the Gun-Free Schools Act, a student who is determined to have brought a firearm to school or to places under school jurisdiction will be expelled from school for a period of not less than one year. The Superintendent or designee may modify the expulsion requirement on a case-by-case basis. (Firearm is defined in Section 921 of Title 18, United States Code.)

The District will not admit a student who has been expelled from another district for violating the Gun-Free Schools Act until that student has completed the expulsion period of not less than one year. The date of readmittance will be based on written confirmation from the district that initially expelled the student. A student who wishes to challenge this decision is entitled to a due process hearing.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 196 5000. STUDENTS

5020. (Adopted 4/9/84; Revised 8/24/15)

5020. DISCIPLINE CODE, STUDENT (Cont’d.)

6. PROCEDURAL RULES AND REGULATIONS (Cont’d.)

C. EXPULSION (Cont’d.)

The Board may deny attendance at any of its schools by expulsion for just cause.

"No pupil shall be expelled without the board of trustees having first given written notice to the parent or guardian of the pupil, which notice shall state the grounds for the proposed expulsion and the time and place where such parent or guardian may appear to contest the action of the board to deny school attendance, and which notice shall also state the rights of the pupil to be represented by counsel, to produce witnesses, and submit evidence on its own behalf, and to cross-examine any adult witnesses who may appear against him." (Section 33-205, Idaho Code.)

Due process procedures will be followed in all expulsions. Student expulsion notices will become part of the student's permanent record.

The disability(ies) of an identified student requires additional consideration as outlined in the Special Education Rules and Regulations.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 197 5000. STUDENTS

5030. (Adopted 8/12/13)

5030. RELATIONSHIP ABUSE AND SEXUAL ASSAULT PREVENTION AND RESPONSE

The Board of Directors endeavors to take steps to prevent and/or respond to known instances of relationship abuse and sexual assault. Such conduct by students, or third parties, is strictly prohibited and shall not be tolerated on District premises, or at any District-sponsored activity; regardless of location including, but not be limited to buildings, facilities, and grounds on the District campus, school buses, District parking areas, and the location of any District-sponsored activity. This includes instances in which the conduct occurs off the District premises, but impacts a District-related activity.

Relationship abuse includes the intentional use of physical, sexual, verbal, or emotional abuse or violence by a person to harm, threaten, intimidate, or control another person in a current or past dating relationship. Sexual assault includes sexual violence, sexual abuse, sexual stalking, and rape.

Students whose behavior is found to be in violation of this policy will be subject to discipline, up to and including expulsion. Third parties whose behavior is found to be in violation of this policy shall be subject to appropriate sanctions as determined and imposed by the Superintendent or Board of Directors.

Students or third parties may also be referred to law enforcement officials. Should the District have reason to believe that a child under the age of eighteen (18) years of age has been abused, abandoned, or neglected or has been subjected to conditions which would reasonably result in abuse, abandonment, or neglect; the school shall follow appropriate reporting requirements pursuant to the Child Protective Act.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 198 5000. STUDENTS

5040. (Revised 9/22/14)

5040. BUS CONDUCT REGULATIONS

1. Students are under the supervision and control of the driver while loading, unloading, or riding a bus.

2. Students shall be orderly at bus stops and shall form a line to facilitate boarding.

3. Students shall take a seat on the bus and remain seated while the bus is moving.

4. Students shall not extend their heads, arms, legs, or feet through open bus windows.

5. Students shall not throw any object or material around the interior or exterior of the bus or out of its windows.

6. Students shall not mar, damage, or destroy the interior or exterior of the buses.

7. Students shall not create unnecessary noise or confusion which might distract the driver's attention.

8. Students shall meet the buses on time.

9. Students shall observe classroom conduct and obey the driver promptly and respectfully.

10. Students are permitted to carry only objects that can be held on their laps.

11. Students shall not use profane language, tobacco, electronic smoking devices, alcohol, drugs, or any other controlled substance on the bus.

12. Students shall not eat or drink on the bus.

13. Students shall not carry hazardous materials, nuisance items, or animals (other than trained service animals) onto the bus, including glass containers.

14. Students shall respect the rights and safety of others.

15. Students shall refrain from leaving or boarding the bus at locations other than the assigned stops at home or school.

16. Students shall not hitch rides via the rear bumper or other parts of the bus.

17. Students shall not be permitted to ride a school bus for personal transportation (i.e., birthday party, overnight stay, friend's house).

18. REPORTING VIOLATIONS OF STUDENT BUS REGULATIONS

A. The bus driver shall report all violations to the principal and to the Transportation Supervisor.

B. The principal shall discuss violations by students with their parents/guardians in an effort to prevent recurrences.

C. Principals may suspend a student from bus-riding privileges when a violation has been reported by a driver. Prior to such a suspension, it is the \responsibility of the principals to confer with the parents/guardians. Only administrators have this authority.

D. Additional violations may result in suspension for longer periods of time to be determined by the principal.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 199 5000. STUDENTS

5040. (Revised 9/22/14)

5040. Bus Conduct Regulations (Cont’d.)

18. REPORTING VIOLATIONS OF STUDENT BUS REGULATIONS (Cont’d.)

E. Suspensions for damaging or destroying transportation equipment shall be immediate and shall continue until restitution for damages is made.

F. The disability(ies) of an identified student requires additional considerations as outlined in the Special Education Rules and Regulations.

G. Students who have bus riding privileges suspended are required to attend school. Absences resulting from such a suspension will be regarded as truancy.

H. Only in dire cases, when the immediate health and welfare of the students on the bus are in imminent danger, may a driver require a student to leave the bus prior to the student's destination.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 200 5000. STUDENTS

5050. (Adopted 7/14/08; Revised 8/24/15)

5050. COURTESY BUSING

The Board of Trustees hereby authorizes the Central Services Administration in conjunction with the District’s Transportation Department the latitude to provide limited bus service to students residing within the established 1½ mile limit provision of Idaho Code 33-1501, 33-1502 and the Standards for Idaho School Buses and Operation. The District may allow a student to ride a bus if the approval does not cause the number of assigned and/or expected riders to exceed the capacity of the bus.

Parents and students participating in this program must adhere to the following conditions and regulations:

1. Each year, prior to this program being implemented, the Transportation Department will develop an “eligible rider” list for each bus route. The eligible rider list will be checked against average and maximum number of students who have ridden the bus to determine the number of courtesy busing variances that might be approved.

2. Parents/guardians will be notified of the opportunity in school newsletters that are sent home with students as well as locating information on the District’s web page.

3. District officials will develop a system of selection for when there are more applications than spaces available on a bus. The developed list will be maintained for those children who could not participate in the courtesy busing program due to space available.

4. The parents/guardians of the student will be informed when the student is approved or denied authorization to ride the bus based upon the number of students eligible to ride the bus, the number actually riding the bus, and the capacity of the bus.

5. Should an overload occur after the approval is granted due to an increase in the number of eligible riders wanting bus service, the parents/guardians will be informed that the student is no longer allowed to ride the bus and the parents/guardians will be responsible for getting their child(ren) to and from school. Those displaced student(s) will be placed at the top of the waiting list.

6. Parents/guardians will be required to sign a form stating that they understand the conditions of approval prior to the time the student is allowed to ride the bus.

7. Parents/guardians of students who are denied authorization to ride a bus or who are removed from a bus during the school year due to overloading may request in writing no later than one week prior to the end of each nine-week period that their child be reinstated on the bus. Reinstatement will occur only if it is determined by the Central Services Office Administration that the reinstatement would not cause the number of assigned students to exceed the bus capacity.

In making a determination as to which students will be approved/denied/removed, the District official will utilize the criteria established when the variance was approved at the beginning of the school year. Parents/guardians who request a variance after decisions for the school year have been made will be placed at the bottom of the priority list.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 201 5000. STUDENTS

5070. (Revised 5/8/17) 5070. ENROLLMENT AND PLACEMENT REQUIREMENTS

1. COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE LAW

The Idaho compulsory attendance law provides that the parent/guardian of a child resident of the State of Idaho who has attained the age of seven (7) years at the time of the commencement of school in the District, but not the age of sixteen (16) years, will cause the child to be instructed in subjects commonly and usually taught in the public schools of the State of Idaho.

2. IDAHO CODE 33-201

Idaho Code 33-201 states that:

A. Kindergarten students must be five (5) years of age on or before the first day of September.

B. First grade students must be six (6) years of age on or before the first day of September.

C. A first grade student who has completed an out-of-state accredited private or public kindergarten program of 450 hours may be enrolled.

3. REQUIRED CERTIFIED BIRTH CERTIFICATE/UP-TO-DATE IMMUNIZATION RECORD

Each student entering for the first time in the District is required to submit a certified birth certificate and an up-to-date immunization record.

4. ENROLLMENT IN OTHER GRADES

In order to enroll in other grades, a student must present evidence of having completed the necessary prerequisites or show the ability to do the work.

A. Students entering grades kindergarten through the end of the first semester of the ninth grade from non-accredited schools should be placed according to chronological age and the recommendation from the non-accredited school. As soon as possible, a staffing will be held involving parents/ guardians, teacher(s), psychologist or guidance counselor, and principal. Their recommendations will be followed in placement.

B. Students transferring into the Lewiston elementary school system may be screened and assessed to determine appropriate placement. As soon as possible, a more formal staffing may be held to determine additional service that may be appropriate.

C. Students entering from non-accredited high schools after the first semester of ninth grade will not be allowed credit in subjects completed in a non-accredited school.

D. In compliance with Idaho Code, the Board of Directors assumes no responsibility to monitor home school programs.

5. GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS

The District reserves the right to classify all students subject to school policy. Principals will decide all matters pertaining to the grading and the classification of their students.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 202 5000. STUDENTS

5070. (Revised 5/8/17)

5070. Enrollment and Placement Requirements (Cont’d.)

6. ENROLLMENT IN NEIGHBORHOOD SCHOOLS

Elementary and junior high students will enroll in the school that serves their area unless a transfer is approved. The building principals will be consulted.

A. Areas of attendance will be determined by the Superintendent or designee’s office.

B. Students may be transferred from one school to another to even class loads, reduce the number of students riding buses, because of the closure or partial closure of a school, and for any other reason in the best interests of the students and the District.

C. Some criteria for consideration of involuntary transfer of students are as follows:

1. Volunteers when busing is not involved 2. Educational and physical disabilities 3. Class size 4. Students without siblings in school 5. Possibility of moving siblings 6. The availability of busing 7. Routes students must travel to get to school 8. The child's neighborhood 9. Seniority in school 10. Whether child has been transferred before 11. School within junior high attendance area

The above list is not exhaustive, as there may be reasons concerning a unique child that exist. The list has no particular order.

7. PARTICIPATION IN INTERSCHOLASTIC ACTIVITIES

Students who transfer from one junior high to another may be ineligible to participate in interscholastic activities unless there is a bona fide change in residence or a change in the District attendance area.

8. CANCELLATION OF ANY/ALL PLACEMENTS/AGREEMENTS

The District reserves the right to review all out-of-district (nonresident) and in-district enrollment placements/agreements at any time. The District reserves the right to cancel any/all placements/agreements when it is deemed in the best interest of the District to do so. Parents affected by such adjustments will be notified as soon as possible and may appeal such decision through the Superintendent.

9. OUT-OF-DISTRICT OPEN ENROLLMENT (BETWEEN TWO [2] IDAHO SCHOOL DISTRICTS)

The District will participate in the enrollment option program described in Section 33-1402, Idaho Code, subject to the following conditions:

A. Actual student enrollment will be considered before approving an out-of-district enrollment application request. As a guide, the District has established the following class sizes as target numbers for year-to-year operation.

22:1 Grades K-3 25:1 Grades 4-6 26:1 Grades 7-12 16:1 Alternative High School

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 203 5000. STUDENTS

5070. (Revised 5/8/17)

5070. Enrollment and Placement Requirements (Cont’d.)

9. OUT-OF-DISTRICT OPEN ENROLLMENT (BETWEEN TWO [2] IDAHO SCHOOL DISTRICTS) (Cont’d.)

A. (Cont’d.)

Class Ratios used for admitting students with disabilities into the District’s Special Education Program shall be:

16:1 Special Education Services 24:1 Speech Language Pathologist Services 24:1 Physical/Occupational Therapy

(Refer to paragraph 20 below for further information regarding this provision.)

B. Section 33-1402, Idaho Code, requires annual application for open enrollment on a form provided by the State Department of Education and available at all schools and the Central Services office.

C. A grade level priority waiting list will be created, as needed, to determine the order in which nonresident students will be admitted to the District.

D. Out-of-district open enrollment is a program that spans one school year at a time. Parents/guardians must reapply each spring for the following school year. Nonresident students in attendance in the previous school year will be granted the highest priority for the succeeding school year.

E. A student will be assigned by a District administrator to a school where the class size target numbers are lower than other schools in the District.

F. No student will gain eligibility to participate in extracurricular activities in violation of policies governing eligibility as the result of an enrollment option transfer to the District.

G. The parent/guardian of a student who is open enrolled who has poor attendance, and/or poor discipline, and/or poor grades during their time in a school of the District will be notified that the open enrollment status may be rescinded and their child may be required to return to their original district of residence at the end of a grading period.

H. A student who applies and is accepted as a non-resident student in the District, but fails to attend in the District, will be ineligible to again apply for an enrollment option in the District.

I. The District will not take any action to prohibit or prevent application by resident students to attend school in another district.

J. A student under suspension or expulsion from another district is ineligible for the provisions of this section.

K. Transportation to and from school is the responsibility of the parents/guardians. Parents may apply to have their child transported from the nearest existing bus stop servicing the school they will be assigned to. If granted, parents will be responsible for transportation to and from that bus stop.

L. Applications, accompanied by the student's accumulative record, must be made prior to August 1 for enrollment the following year. District administration is given authority to waive the application deadline on a case-by-case basis.

M. Parents/guardians will be notified on or before August 15 if the student will be accepted to attend in the District. In situations where the deadline has been waived, parents will be notified within one week of when the decision is made.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 204 5000. STUDENTS

5070. (Revised 5/8/17)

5070. Enrollment and Placement Requirements (Cont’d.)

10. IN-DISTRICT OPEN ENROLLMENT (BETWEEN TWO [2] LEWISTON SCHOOLS)

The District will participate in the in-district open enrollment option described in Section 33-1402, Idaho Code, subject to the following conditions:

A. The request will not cause the class enrollment to exceed the average for the District, i.e. total number of students in the grade divided by total number of sections for the District.

B. The residents in the attendance area of the school will have first priority to that school, but in accordance with the Enrollment and Placement Requirements, Rules and Regulations 5070, Section 6, articles A, B, and C, i.e. requests will be granted in cases where there are no resident (attendance area) students on a call back list.

C. A grade-level priority waiting list will determine the order in which non-attendance area students will be admitted to the requested school as follows:

(1) Student was previously enrolled in the requesting school. (2) Student has siblings enrolled in the requesting school. (3) Student is the child of an employee of the District. (4) Student’s initial request for school.

D. A student suspended or expelled from school is ineligible for the provisions of this section.

E. Parents/guardians are responsible for transportation of the transferred student to the nearest bus stop, if serviced by busing, or to the school in the event that no busing is offered.

F. If a student is receiving special education services and the change may result in disruption of services, a review of the IEP will be made prior to any change.

G. Applications will be considered four times each year, i.e., prior to August 15 for enrollment at beginning of school year, prior to October 15 for enrollment at beginning of second quarter, prior to January 15 for enrollment beginning of third quarter, and prior to March 15 for enrollment beginning of fourth quarter.

H. The District will notify applicants within sixty (60) days of the receipt of the application.

11. DUAL ENROLLMENT

A. DEFINITIONS

(1) DUAL ENROLLMENT –

A nonpublic student residing within the boundaries of the District who is legitimately enrolled in a private, parochial, or home school or at a post secondary institution and has not graduated from high school who is also dual enrolled in the Lewiston School District by meeting the criteria outlined herein.

(2) NONPUBLIC STUDENT –

Any student who receives educational instruction outside a public school classroom and such instruction can include, but is not limited to, a private school or home school.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 205 5000. STUDENTS

5070. (Revised 5/8/17)

5070. Enrollment and Placement Requirements (Cont’d.)

11. DUAL ENROLLMENT (Cont’d.)

A. DEFINITIONS (Cont’d.)

(3) PRIMARY EDUCATION PROVIDER –

That person or entity providing the majority of the nonpublic student’s educational instruction outside the public school.

(4) PROGRAM OR ACTIVITY –

The terms ‘program’ and ‘activity’ as used in Idaho Code 33-203 shall include any regularly scheduled course of study or any regularly scheduled interscholastic activity recognized or sanctioned by the Idaho High School Activities Association. Program or activity shall not include incidental activities such as school dances or field trips not directly related to an academic class for which the student is properly enrolled.

B. DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED

Any nonpublic student wishing to dual enroll in a school in the Lewiston School District must provide evidence of residence in the District, acceptable evidence of date and place of birth, evidence of immunizations required by the State of Idaho (or suitable waiver) and must comply with the registration procedures required by the District which includes, but is not limited to, providing complete records of the student’s academic history. Such registration and admission procedures are required even if a student is requesting dual enrollment status only for participation in an interscholastic or nonacademic activity.

C. TRANSPORTATION

The parents or guardians are responsible for transportation to or from school. In the event that the dually enrolled students meet the 1.5 mile eligibility requirement for busing, the parent/guardian would be responsible for the transportation of the student to the nearest bus stop if regularly scheduled route times are compatible with dual enrollment course schedules.

D. PRESENCE ON SCHOOL CAMPUS DURING NON-ENROLLED HOURS

If a nonpublic student is dual enrolled in classes or activities which are not contiguous in time (i.e., a first period and a fourth period class), the student shall not be on the school premises other than when the program or activity for which the student is enrolled is taking place. The District shall not be responsible for the care or supervision of the student for periods before, in between, or after the programs or activities for which the student is properly enrolled.

E. ACADEMIC ELIGIBILITY

For the purpose of nonpublic student participation in non-academic public school activities for which an academic eligibility requirement for participation exists, the nonpublic student shall demonstrate academic attainment by one of the methods listed below:

(1) Composite grade-level academic proficiency on the required Idaho State Achievement Test as set by the State Board of Education for the grade level that is age appropriate.

(2) A minimum composite score of the fifth stanine or higher on a composite, core or survey test on any nationally normed test.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 206 5000. STUDENTS

5070. (Revised 5/8/17)

5070. Enrollment and Placement Requirements (Cont’d.)

11. DUAL ENROLLMENT (Cont’d.)

E. ACADEMIC ELIGIBILITY (Cont’d.)

(3) A portfolio demonstrating grade level proficiency in at least five (5) of the subject areas listed below. Portfolios are to be judged and confirmed by a committee comprised of at least one (1) teacher from each subject area presented in the portfolio and the building principal or designee at the school where dual enrollment is desired.

(a) Language Arts/Communication (b) Math (c) Science (d) Social Studies (e) Health (f) Humanities

F. CLASS ENROLLMENT PRIORITY PLACEMENT

If enrollment in a specific class or program reaches the maximum for the program, priority for enrollment shall be given to a student who is enrolled full time in the public school. If a class or program is full and includes a dual enrolled, part time nonpublic student and a regular full time student transfers into the school during the semester, the District’s normal enrollment procedures shall remain the same and the nonpublic student will not be disenrolled to provide space for the full time student. However, regular full time students will be given priority for enrollment at the start of each semester.

G. POLICY GUIDELINE FOR DUAL ENROLLED STUDENTS

A nonpublic school student shall be subject to all the same policies, regulations and school rules as any regularly enrolled student during the times that the nonpublic student is present at school. Such policies, regulations and rules will include but not be limited to, those relating to attendance, grades, prerequisites, classroom conduct and discipline.

H. INTEGRATED CURRICULUM ACTIVITIES OR PROGRAMS

If a nonpublic student wishes to attend activities or programs in a particular discipline, in a class or grade where the curriculum is integrated, such request will be made in writing particularizing the subject matter which the student desires to attend. The teacher and principal of that school shall, upon request, provide scheduling information to the nonpublic student. Where certain subject matter is integrated into a mixed curriculum, no change in the presentation need be made because of a nonpublic student's request for attendance. The teacher's right to integrate disciplines and be flexible in planning and modifying the daily classroom presentation shall not be hindered or restricted in any way. It shall be the responsibility of the nonpublic student to ascertain from the teacher when such subject matter will be presented.

I. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

A nonpublic student must meet all grade and other graduation requirements of the Lewiston School District in order to graduate and obtain a diploma from the schools of this District.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 207 5000. STUDENTS

5070. (Revised 5/8/17)

5070. Enrollment and Placement Requirements (Cont’d.)

12. TUITION FOR NONRESIDENT STUDENT

Parents/guardians are responsible for the payment of tuition for nonresident students from other states.

13. JOINT CUSTODY

A child may attend a Lewiston school without tuition if one parent/guardian is a resident of the District and the child lives at that residence during the school year.

14. DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE

Residence is defined as the principal or primary home or place of abode where the child is residing on a fulltime basis. Fulltime basis is defined as sleeping at that residence a minimum of four (4) nights per week.

15. GRACE PERIOD FOR ENROLLMENT FOLLOWING A FAMILY MOVE OUTSIDE THE DISTRICT

A child of parents/guardians who moves outside the boundaries of the District may attend the school where he/she is enrolled without tuition for the remainder of the semester in which he/she is enrolled. A child of parents/guardians who moves across the river to Washington State may attend the school where he/she is currently enrolled without tuition for the remainder of the quarter in which the move occurs. The Board of Directors reserves the right to review cases involving graduation from high school on an individual basis and may elect to waive portions of this policy at their discretion.

16. REQUIREMENTS FOR RESIDENCY/EMPLOYMENT DOCUMENTATION

All students are required to submit information on residence and employment of parents/guardians as may be required in order to meet provisions of state and/or federal law.

17. AGES FOR ENROLLMENT ELIGIBILITY

Regular school classes shall be open to all students between the ages of five (5) and twenty- one (21) as appropriate. Adults will be admitted to courses at the senior high school upon approval of the principal.

18. STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES

It is the policy of the District to provide free, appropriate public education to each qualified student with a disability within its jurisdiction, regardless of the nature or severity of the disability.

19. STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES UNDER SECTION 504

Students who are disabled within the definition of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 will be identified, evaluated and provided appropriate educational services. Students may be disabled under this policy even though they do not require services pursuant to the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act.

20. SPECIAL EDUCATION SERVICES

Special Education and related services shall be available to all students between the ages of three (3) and twenty-one (21) who have been identified as eligible under the Individuals with

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 208 5000. STUDENTS

5070. (Revised 5/8/17)

5070. Enrollment and Placement Requirements (Cont’d.)

20. SPECIAL EDUCATION SERVICES (Cont’d.)

Disabilities Education Improvement Act. The specific special education and related services will be determined by the student’s Individualized Education Plan (IEP) Team. Students with disabilities become eligible for special education and related services on their third birthday. If the birthday occurs during summer vacation, eligibility begins with resumption of school.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 209 5000. STUDENTS

5075. (Adopted 8/8/11)

5075. SERVICE ANIMALS IN SCHOOLS

1. GENERAL PROVISIONS

Independent School District No. 1 acknowledges its responsibility to permit students and/or adults with disabilities to be accompanied by a “service animal” in its school buildings, in classrooms, and at school functions, as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act, 28 CFR Part 35, subject to the following:

a. All requests for an individual with a disability to be accompanied by a service animal must be addressed in writing to the Superintendent and must contain required documentation of vaccinations. This written request must be delivered to the Superintendent’s office at least 10 business days prior to bringing the service animal to school or a school function.

b. Owners of a service dog must provide annual proof of the following vaccinations: DHLPPC (Distemper, Hepatitis, Leptospirosis, Paroinfluenza, Parvovirus, Coronavirus), Bordetella, and Rabies.

c. Owners of service miniature horses must provide annual proof of the following vaccinations: Equine Infectious Amemia (Coggins Test), Rabies, Tetanus, Encephelomyelitis, Rhinoneumonitis, Influenza, and Strangles.

d. All service dogs must be spayed or neutered.

e. All service animals must be treated for, and kept free of, fleas and ticks.

f. All service animals must be kept clean and groomed to avoid shedding and dander.

g. Owners of service animals are liable for any harm or injury caused by the animal to other students, staff, visitors, and/or property.

h. The animal must be a dog or, in specific circumstances, a miniature horse. No other species of animal, whether wild or domestic, will be permitted in schools as a “service animal.”

i. The animal must be “required” for the individual with a disability.

j. The animal must be “individually trained” to do work or a task for the individual with a disability.

2. SPECIAL PROVISIONS – MINIATURE HORSES:

Requests to permit a miniature horse to accompany a student or adult with a disability in school buildings, in classroom, or at school functions, will be handled on a case-by-case basis, considering:

a. The type, size, and weight of the miniature horse and whether the facility can accommodate these features.

b. Whether the handler has sufficient control of the miniature horse.

c. Whether the miniature horse is housebroken.

d. Whether the miniature horse’s presence in a specific facility compromises legitimate safety requirements that are necessary for safe operation.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 210 5000. STUDENTS

5075. (Adopted 8/8/11)

5075. SERVICE ANIMALS IN SCHOOLS (Cont’d.)

3. REMOVAL OF A SERVICE ANIMAL

A school administrator may ask an individual with a disability or his parents to remove a service animal from a school building, a classroom, or from a school function if any one of the following circumstances occurs:

a. The animal is out of control and the animal’s handler does not take effective action to gain its control.

b. The animal is not housebroken.

c. The animal’s presence would “fundamentally alter” the nature of the service, program, or activity.

d. The animal presents a direct threat to students, staff, or other individuals.

4. MEANS OF CONTROL OF THE SERVICE ANIMAL

A service animal must have a harness, leash, or other tether, unless either the handler is unable because of a disability to use a harness, leash, or other tether, or the use of a harness, leash, or other tether would interfere with the service animal’s safe, effective performance of work or tasks, in which case the service animal must be otherwise under the handler’s control (e.g., voice control, hand signals, or other effective means).

5. DISCLAIMER – SUPERVISION OF THE SERVICE ANIMAL

A. The District is not responsible for the care or supervision of a service animal, including walking the animal or responding to the animal’s need to relieve itself.

B. The District is not responsible for providing a staff member to walk the service animal or to provide any other care or assistance to the animal.

C. Students with service animals are expected to care for and supervise their animal. In the case of a young child or a student with disabilities who is unable to care for or supervise his service animal, the parent is responsible for providing care and supervision of the animal.

D. Issues related to the care and supervision of service animals will be addressed on a case-by-case basis in the discretion of the building administrator.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 211 5000. STUDENTS

5080. (Adopted 5/14/07)

5080. FOREIGN EXCHANGE STUDENTS

Foreign exchange students will be allowed to enroll at a Lewiston School District high school in accordance with the following established policy.

1. RESPONSIBILITIES OF SPONSORING ORGANIZATIONS

Any foreign exchange student sponsoring organization wishing to place a foreign exchange student in the Lewiston School District must submit an application and gain approval prior to August 1.

The sponsoring organization is required to monitor the success of each student placed in the District. Failure to do so may result in the loss of privilege to place foreign exchange students in the District.

2. REQUIRED FOREIGN STUDENT DOCUMENTATION

Sponsoring organizations must provide the District with the same information regarding the foreign student, as is required for resident students, to include:

A. The name, country, grade level and date of birth of the student. B. The name, address, and phone number of the host family. C. The high school authorization form from the exchange organization. D. The name, address, and phone number of the local representative of the exchange organization. E. A translated (English) transcript for each student with class year identified. F. A translated (English) record of medical history with all immunizations listed.

Sponsoring organizations must provide evidence of a foreign exchange student’s aptitude in communicating in English. English proficiency may be measured as follows:

A. Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) – A minimum score of 450. B. Secondary Level English Proficiency (SLEP) – A score at or above the 75th percentile on the reading portion and a score at or above the 50th percentile on the listening portion. C. Other verification of English proficiency approved by school officials.

3. ENROLLMENT REQUIREMENTS

A. Foreign exchange students will be enrolled as high school students and will be expected to fulfill all the requirements of the individual classes on his/her schedule.

B. Foreign exchange students will be enrolled as juniors/grade 11 with no expectation for attaining senior standing.

C. Foreign exchange students will be required to follow all of the rules, regulations, and policies of the District and pay the same fees as required of resident students.

4. RIGHTS RESERVED TO DENY/REVOKE PRIVILEGES

The District reserves the right to deny admittance to any foreign exchange student or foreign exchange student program.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 212 5000. STUDENTS

5090. (Adopted 12/8/97; Revised 1/13/02)

5090. LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENT STUDENTS

The Lewiston School District approaches children with Limited English Proficiency (LEP) from an English-as-a-Second-Language instructional model. The District does not provide interpreter services on a long-term basis. LEP students are encouraged to readily acquire English.

An LEP student is one who has a language other than English as his or her first language, or has a language other than English spoken in the home. When such a student is identified, the Consulting Teacher dealing with the ESL program shall be contacted.

The designation of “ESL student” refers to a student who has participated in a home language survey, has been evaluated, has signed a completed goals statement pertaining to the student’s language acquisition, and has received services from an ESL tutor.

On the elementary level, the ESL tutor and classroom teacher, or, on the secondary level, the ESL tutor and counselor, will determine the focus of the tutoring (in-class or pull-out) and the amount of tutoring to be provided. Students are to be evaluated yearly to determine the need for continued services.

The ESL tutor will provide on-site information and selected materials to the classroom teacher(s), as needed. If necessary, translation of all correspondence between home and school will be provided. Parents who cannot read English must be provided with these services. Correspondence may be oral as long as it is documented. The ESL tutor is responsible for maintaining a log of hours and maintaining contact with classroom teachers and parents. Language acquisition information and in-class accommodations will be shared with classroom teachers. Teachers may use grading procedures that note “modified curriculum” on report cards and permanent records as appropriate to the needs of the ESL student.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 213 5000. STUDENTS

5095. (Adopted 6/13/05; Revised 6/19/13)

5095. PARENT INVOLVEMENT

1. INTRODUCTION

Independent School District No. 1 believes that parents have a major influence on their children’s achievement. When schools, families and the community work together as partners to support learning, children do better in school, enjoy school more and stay in school longer.

The District is committed to joining with parents in an ongoing and meaningful partnership involving communication, student learning and school activities. The purpose of parent involvement in the District is to increase each parent’s capacity to help their child be successful in school. This ensures that parents:

A. Play a critical role in assisting their child’s learning.

B. Are invited and encouraged to be actively involved in their child’s education.

C. Are full partners in their child’s education and are included in decision-making to assist in the education of their child.

D. Are involved in identifying and overcoming barriers to parent involvement.

It is because of these beliefs that Independent School District No. 1 endorses the parent involvement goals of Title I [(20 U.S.C. 6318) and Title III (20 U.S.C. 7012(e)] and encourages the full participation by parents of all children including those eligible for Title I and Limited English Proficiency (LEP) programs in all aspects of those programs.

In keeping with these beliefs, Independent School District No. 1 will:

A. Provide activities to educate parents regarding the intellectual and developmental needs of their children. These activities will promote cooperation between the District and other agencies or school/community groups to provide learning opportunities and distribute information regarding parenting skills and child/adolescent development.

B. Implement strategies at the District and school level to involve parents in the educational process, including:

(1) Actively informing families of opportunities for involvement and encouraging participation in District and community programs.

(2) Providing information about and access to educational resources for parents and families to use with their children.

(3) Actively informing parents of the objectives of District educational programs and their child's participation and progress with these programs.

Encouraging parents to communicate with teachers, make suggestions, and participate in decisions relating to the education of their child.

C. Invite, encourage and support parent participation through serving as classroom or school volunteers, and/or providing input into District policies. Input will be solicited through a District Parent Advisory Committee that will meet at least quarterly during the school year, and at the school level through building committees or parent-teacher organizations.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 214 5000. STUDENTS

5095. (Adopted 6/13/05; Revised 6/19/13)

5095. PARENT INVOLVEMENT (Cont’d.)

1. INTRODUCTION (Cont’d.)

D. Provide training to teachers and staff to enhance their understanding of effective parent involvement strategies.

E. Perform regular evaluations of parent involvement at each school and in the District.

F. Provide reasonable access, upon request, to any instructional material used as part of the educational curriculum.

G. Whenever practicable, provide information in parents’ primary language.

In addition, for parents of students eligible for LEP programs, the District will inform such parents how they can be active participants in assisting their children to:

A. Improve English proficiency.

B. Achieve at high levels in core academic subjects.

C. Meet the same challenging academic content and student academic achievement standards as all children are expected to meet.

2. PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT IN THE TITLE I PLAN

Independent School District No. 1 encourages parents of children eligible to participate in Title I, Part A, programs to participate in the development of the District's Title I plan. Parents may participate by providing input through school and/or District committees, or by contacting school or District level personnel.

3. PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT IN SCHOOL REVIEW AND IMPROVEMENT

Independent School District No. 1 encourages parents of children eligible to participate in Title I, Part A, programs to participate in the development of the District’s Title I plan. Parents may participate by providing input through school and/or District committees, or by contacting school or District level personnel.

4. TITLE I SCHOOL RESPONSIBILITIES

Each school receiving Title I, Part A, funds will:

A. Provide assistance to parents in understanding topics such as Idaho Core Standards, state and local academic assessments, and how to monitor a child's progress and work with educators to improve the achievement of their children.

B. Provide materials and training to help parents work with their children to improve their children’s achievement, such as literacy training and using technology, as appropriate, to foster parental involvement.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 215 5000. STUDENTS

5095. (Adopted 6/13/05; Revised 6/19/13)

5095. PARENT INVOLVEMENT (Cont’d.)

4. TITLE I SCHOOL RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont’d.)

C. Educate teachers, principals, and other staff, with the assistance of parents, in the value of contributions of parents and in how to reach out to, communicate with, and work with parents as equal partners, implement and coordinate parent programs, and build ties between parents and school.

D. To the extent feasible and appropriate, coordinate and integrate parental involvement programs and activities with Head Start or other programs and provide other opportunities such as parent resource materials that encourage and support parents in more fully participating in the education of their children.

E. Ensure that information related to school and parent programs, meetings, and other activities is sent to the parents of participating children in a clear format and, to the extent practicable, in the parents’ primary language.

F. Provide reasonable support for parental involvement activities as parents may request. When possible, this could include paying reasonable and necessary expenses associated with local parental involvement activities, including transportation and child care costs, to enable parents to participate in school-related meetings and training sessions.

5. TITLE I SCHOOL PARENT INVOLVEMENT PLANS

Each school served under Title I, Part A, shall jointly develop with and distribute to parents of participating children a written parental involvement plan, agreed on by such parents that shall describe the means for carrying out the following:

A. Convening an annual meeting, at a convenient time, to which all parents of participating children shall be invited and encouraged to attend, to inform parents of their school's participation in Title I, Part A, and to explain the requirements of Title I, Part A, and the rights of parents to be involved.

B. Offering a flexible number of meetings, such as meetings in the morning or evening, and may provide, with funds provided under this part, transportation, child care, or home visits, as such services relate to parental involvement.

C. Involving parents in an organized, ongoing, and timely way in the planning, review, and improvement of Title I, Part A, programs including the planning, review, and improvement of the school parent involvement plan and the joint development of the schoolwide program plan, except that if a school has in place a process for involving parents in the joint planning and design of the school's programs, the school may use that process, if such process includes adequate representation of parents of participating children.

D. Providing parents of participating children:

(1) Timely information about Title I, Part A, programs.

(2) A description and explanation of the curriculum in use at the school, the academic assessments used to measure student progress, and the proficiency levels students are expected to meet.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 216 5000. STUDENTS

5095. (Adopted 6/13/05; Revised 6/19/13)

5095. PARENT INVOLVEMENT (Cont’d.)

6. POLICY REVIEW

The content and effectiveness of this policy will be evaluated annually. This will be done by a committee appointed by the Superintendent or designee. The policy will be posted on the District website and input solicited there. This evaluation will identify barriers to greater participation by parents (particularly by parents who are economically disadvantaged, have disabilities, have limited English proficiency, have limited literacy, or are of any racial or ethnic minority background) and use the findings to design strategies for more effective parental involvement, and to revise, if necessary, this policy.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 217 5000. STUDENTS

5100. (Revised 7/26/10)

5100. FEE SCHEDULE

1. FEES SET BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Fees to be charged in the various schools shall be set by the Board of Directors. Prior to the decision of the Board of Directors to impose a new fee or to approve a fee increase that exceeds one hundred five percent (105%) of the amount of the fee last collected, the Board will hold a public hearing on the proposed fee imposition or fee increase.

For the purpose of this policy, the definition of fees will include all fees and charges of this school district for a direct public service, including fees for voluntary activities and extra costs such as extracurricular activities, driver’s education, towel or locker use, adult education courses, breakfasts and lunches, parking, and similar services or activities.

Public notice will be given of the Board of Directors’ intent to make a decision on a proposed fee increase, as set forth above, by either:

A. Advertising in at least one (1) newspaper once each week during the two (2) weeks preceding the week during which the hearing will be held. The advertisement will state that the Board will meet on a certain day, time and place. The advertisement will also state the purpose of the meeting, which is to explain the reasons for, and hearing public comments about, any proposed new fee or fee increase beyond one hundred five percent (105%).

B. Holding three (3) public meetings in three different locations in the District, or

C. A single mailing notice to all District residents, provided that the same information is given and provided the meeting is held not less than seven (7) days after the mailing date of the notice.

Failure to provide notice and a hearing on the increase in fees will result in possible voiding of the validity of all, or a portion of, the fee increase.

2. PAY-TO-PARTICIPATE ATHLETIC FEES

A. The Board has adopted the rules and regulations of the Idaho High School Activities Association as policy of the District.

B. The Board recognizes the importance of extracurricular activities, including athletics, in a well-rounded program of secondary education.

C. Due to a loss of funding for all programs, it has become necessary to implement a participant fee schedule in order to maintain athletic programs for students.

D. The following fees will be assessed on a per-student, per-sport basis beginning with the 2010-2011 school year:

Grades 7-8 ...... $25 per sport Grades 9-12 ...... $60 per sport

E. The Board recognizes that participation fees could present a hardship for some families, and the Athletic Director is responsible for the design of programs where students could earn the fees through a work program.

F. No single household family unit shall be required to pay in excess of $300 per school year, regardless of the number of the students in the household.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 218 5000. STUDENTS

5100. (Revised 7/26/10)

5100. FEE SCHEDULE (Cont’d.)

3. INSURANCE

A. Insurance is available for purchase by the parents/guardians if they so desire.

B. Insurance coverage is required for participation in junior and senior high school athletic programs.

The student must either show evidence of coverage from some other carrier or purchase the student coverage.

Depending upon the financial conditions of the three (3) secondary activity funds, the principal may opt to subsidize the premium to some extent from the activities funds.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 219 5000. STUDENTS

5120. (Adopted 7/23/12)

5120. CONCUSSION MANAGEMENT

In order to manage instances of concussion in the athletic programs of the Lewiston School District, the following procedures are established:

1. COACH TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

All coaches (paid and volunteer) must complete bi-annual training in the area of current concussion management practices and provide proof of that training to the building athletic director. This training should include up-to-date information on the identification of concussion, the signs and symptoms associated with the injury, the risks involved with allowing athletes to continue to play while symptomatic, methods of concussion assessment, and the importance of gradual return to practices and competition.

2. PARENT INFORMATION MEETINGS

Prior to the start of every sport season, a meeting will be held to inform parents about the risks of concussion prevalent in each sport and to help educate those parents on how to identify the signs and symptoms associated with the injury along with the potential risks involved with playing while symptomatic.

3. PARENT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORMS

Information about sports-related concussion will be provided to parents annually via the District’s website. Parents will be asked to provide written acknowledgement of receiving such information prior to their child(ren) being allowed to participate in any school-sponsored sport activity. These acknowledgement forms will be updated annually and kept by the building athletic director.

4. CONCUSSION EDUCATION PLAN – STUDENT ATHLETES

Prior to the start of every sport season, the District athletic director will work with coaches and medical providers to educate athletes about concussion, signs and symptoms, and potential long-term risks.

5. MEDICAL CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS

If, during a practice or game, an athlete sustains a concussion or exhibits the signs, symptoms or behaviors of the injury, the athlete must be removed from all athletic activity. That athlete may not return to any practice or game activity until he/she is evaluated by a licensed health care professional trained in the evaluation and management of concussion (physician, physician assistant, nurse practitioner, or athletic trainer). The athlete and his/her parent/guardian must provide written clearance from that provider prior to the athlete being allowed to resume physical activity. The building athletic director will keep evidence of all written clearance forms on file.

Once the athlete receives written medical clearance to return to physical activity, coaches should follow a gradual, stepwise sequence to return to full activity as prescribed by the medical clearance.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 220 5000. STUDENTS

5120. (Adopted 7/23/12)

5120. CONCUSSION MANAGEMENT (Cont’d.)

6. PROTOCOL FOR SUSPECTED CONCUSSIONS

If, during any school athletic league or sport practice, game, or competition, an athlete exhibits signs or symptoms of a concussion, makes any complaint indicative of a possible concussion, or a coach, assistant coach, volunteer coach, or other school district employee has reason to believe a concussion has occurred, such student shall be removed from play or participation in the practice, game, or competition. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and for the purposes of this policy, signs observed by coaching staff which could be indicative of a concussion include the following.

If the athlete:  Appears dazed or stunned  Is confused about assignment or position  Forgets an instruction  Is unsure of game, score, or opponent  Moves clumsily  Answers questions slowly  Loses consciousness (even briefly)  Shows mood, behavior, or personality changes  Can’t recall events prior to hit or fall  Can’t recall events after hit or fall

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and for the purposes of this policy, symptoms reported by the athlete which could be indicative of a concussion include:

 Headache or “pressure” in head  Nausea or vomiting  Balance problems or dizziness  Double or blurry vision  Sensitivity to light  Sensitivity to noise  Feeling sluggish, hazy, foggy, or groggy  Concentration or memory problems  Confusion  Does not “feel right” or is “feeling down”

Coaches should not try to judge the severity of the injury themselves. Health care professionals have a number of methods that they can use to assess the severity of concussions. Coaches should record the following information, if possible, to help health care professionals in assessing the athlete after the injury:

 Cause of the injury and force of the hit or blow to the head or body  Any loss of consciousness (passed out/knocked out) and if so, for how long  Any memory loss immediately following the injury  Any seizures immediately following the injury  Number of previous concussions (if any)

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 221 5000. STUDENTS

5130. (Revised 7/28/08)

5130. FUNDRAISING

1. ACTIVITIES

A. The sale of tickets for school entertainments through canvassing by students is discouraged.

B. Funds may be raised by giving public entertainment or exhibits to purchase school equipment not provided by the District.

C. Food sales and other fund-raising projects are limited to one per class or homeroom each semester.

D. Elementary student fundraising should be restricted to persons known by the student such as family members, neighbors or friends of the family. A student must be accompanied by an adult if fundraising is extended beyond this restriction.

2. COLLECTIONS

Voluntary collections may be made for the following purposes. Any such collections shall be reported in writing to the Superintendent's office through the building principal.

A. Current events or other supplementary educational publications having the approval of the Superintendent.

B. Moderate dues to honor society, literary, class, or other approved organizations in grades above the sixth.

C. Subscriptions to school newspapers and annuals.

D. Student activity tickets.

E. Students shall be permitted on their own initiative to collect money among themselves for flowers in case of a severe illness or death of a schoolmate or teacher.

3. CONTRIBUTIONS

A. Because of the many worthy fundraising drives for charity, health, or welfare by different organizations, each school, with the exception of Lewiston High School, shall limit itself to two (2) such activities each year.

Lewiston High School shall be limited to four (4).

In case of a disaster, the Superintendent may allow a special District-wide drive.

B. Each school shall make its own determination in which drives, if any, it will participate.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 222 5000. STUDENTS

5160. (Revised 8/10/15)

5160. GRADING PROCEDURES

1. ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT CATEGORIES – GRADES 7-12

Grades shall be assigned for students in Grades 7-12 on the following basis:

A Excellent 90 – 100 4 3.5 – 4.0 B Above Average 80 – 89 3 2.5 – 3.4 C Average 70 – 79 2 1.5 – 2.4 D Below Average 60 – 69 1 0.5 – 1.4 F Fail 00 – 59 0 0.0 – 0.5

The following marks will be used to indicate course status when a grade is not awarded:

NC No Credit X Not Assessed at this time W Withdrawn IN Incomplete

Certain projects, training, or courses may report the following and will not be completed in an overall Grade Point Average (GPA):

P Pass F Fail

2. ASTERISK (*) GRADING GUIDELINE

An asterisk (*) will be added to a grade or reporting category to indicate that the grade level curriculum has been replaced and/or instruction has been modified (significantly changed) to meet the needs of the individual student. The asterisk (*) will only be utilized for grades 7-12.

3. ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT CATEGORIES – GRADES K-5

Grades K-5 reporting categories shall be marked as follows:

ADVANCED: ADV Student has exceeded the criteria for the learning goal in this area of the content.

PROFICIENT: PRO Student has met the criteria for the learning goal.

BASIC: BAS Student is making progress on the learning goal and understands the basic concepts.

BELOW BASIC: BEL Student demonstrates aspects of the learning goal with assistance.

NOT ASSESSED: X Not assessed at this time.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 223 5000. STUDENTS

5160. (Revised 8/10/15)

5160. GRADING PROCEDURES (Cont’d.)

4. ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT CATEGORIES – GRADE 6

Grade 6 reporting categories shall be marked as follow:

EXCEEDING STANDARD: 4 Student significantly exceeds grade level standard; demonstrates advanced level of knowledge and understanding; independently applies learning in other contexts.

MEETING STANDARD: 3 Student meets grade level standard; demonstrates solid knowledge and understanding; applies learning to other subject areas.

APPROACHING STANDARD: 2 Student demonstrates progress toward grade level standard, but not yet at standard; demonstrates some knowledge and understanding.

WELL BELOW STANDARD: 1 Student is not meeting grade level standard; showing minimal progress; additional support needed to develop knowledge and understanding.

NOT ASSESSED: X Not assessed at this time.

5. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT CATEGORIES – GRADES K-6

Social skills/work habits in Kindergarten through Grade 5 shall be marked:

PROFICIENT: PRO Student has met the criteria for the learning goal.

BASIC: BAS Student is making progress on the learning goal and understands the basic concepts.

BELOW BASIC: BEL Student demonstrates aspects of the learning goal with assistance.

Process Goals/Social Skills in Grade 6 shall be marked related to expectations:

MEETING: Student meets expectations and generally demonstrates 3 attributes.

APPROACHING: Progressing toward expectations; needs practice and support 2 to acquire attribute skills.

WELL BELOW: Not meeting expectations; not presently demonstrating 1 attribute skills.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 224 5000. STUDENTS

5160. (Revised 8/10/15)

5160. GRADING PROCEDURES (Cont’d.)

6. PROCESS/WORK HABIT GOALS – GRADES 7-9

Process/Work Habit Goals in Grades 7-9 shall be marked related to expectations:

MEETING: Student meets expectations and generally demonstrates work 3 habit goals.

APPROACHING: Student is progressing toward expectations; needs practice 2 and support to acquire work habit goals.

WELL BELOW: Student is not meeting expectations; not presently 1 demonstrating work habit goals.

7. GRADE POINT AVERAGE (GPA) DETERMINATIONS

Classes graded under 5160.1. and 2. shall be used when calculating grade point averages for honor rolls and determination of honors.

Classes graded under 5160.3. 4. and 5. will not be used for such determinations.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 225 5000. STUDENTS

5170. (Adopted 7/26/10)

5170. PATHWAYS TO PROMOTION

1. PATHWAYS TO PROMOTION FOR GRADES 7 AND 8

All students in grades 7 and 8 are required to pass 80% of the courses in which they are enrolled in order to be automatically promoted to the next grade. Students who pass less than 80% of courses or fail both semesters of Math, Language Arts, Science or Social Studies will not automatically be promoted to the next grade.

Students who do not meet the 80% criteria will be provided an alternate mechanism to show evidence of knowledge and skills necessary for success at the next grade. The alternate mechanism is a team review that will include student progress towards essential learnings, attendance, state test scores, and other data. The team review can result in promotion or a plan for content recovery.

Students placed on a plan for content recovery will remediate and show evidence of essential learnings. If a student successfully completes content recovery, he/she will be promoted to the next grade. If content recovery is not successful, the student will be retained. Students on an Individualized Education Plan (IEP) will be provided a similar process by the IEP or LEP team.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 226 5000. STUDENTS

5190. (Revised 7/11/16 and 8/22/16)

5190. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS AND EXERCISES

1. REQUIREMENTS

A. CURRENT GRADUATING SENIORS

The Board of Directors, Independent School District No. 1, has set the requirements for all students who graduate from Lewiston High School. The minimum graduation requirements of the District shall be as follow:

Course Name Semester Credits English ...... 8 Speech Communication ...... 1 Reading (test-out option available) ...... 1 Social Studies ...... 8 Mathematics ...... 6* Algebra 1 (or meets Algebra I standards) ...... 2 Geometry (or meets Geometry standards) ...... 2 Secondary Mathematics of student’s choice .....2 Science ...... 6 Health ...... 1 Physical Education ...... 3 Technology ...... 1 Humanities ...... 2 Professional Technical ...... 2 Electives ...... 15 TOTAL 54 *2 credits must be completed in the last year of high school in which the student intends to graduate. For the purpose of this procedure, the last year of high school shall include the summer preceding the fall start of classes. Students who return to school during the summer or the following fall of the next year for less than a full schedule of courses due to failing to pass a course other than math are not required to retake a math course as long as they have earned six (6) credits of high school level mathematics.

Successful completion of a senior project is required.

B. COLLEGE ENTRANCE EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS

A student must take one of the following college entrance or placement examinations before the end of the student’s eleventh grade year: COMPASS, ACCUPLACER, ACT, or SAT.

A student may elect an exemption in their eleventh (11th) grade year from the college entrance exam requirement if the student is:

(1) Enrolled in a special education program and has an Individual Education Plan that specifies accommodations not allowed for a reportable score on the approved tests; or (2) Enrolled in a Limited English Proficient program for three (3) academic years or less; (3) Enrolled for the first time in grade twelve (12) at an Idaho high school after the spring statewide administration of the college entrance exam; or (4) Eligible to take an alternative assessment. In this case the student may instead take the ACCUPLACER placement exam during their senior year.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 227 5000. STUDENTS

5190. (Revised 7/11/16 and 8/22/16)

5190. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS AND EXERCISES (Cont’d.)

1. REQUIREMENTS (Cont’d.)

B. COLLEGE ENTRANCE EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS (Cont’d.)

A student who misses the statewide administration of the college exam during the student’s eleventh (11th) grade year may instead take the examination during his or her twelfth (12th) grade year if the student:

(1) Transferred to an Idaho school district during his or her eleventh (11th) grade year; (2) Was homeschooled during his or her eleventh (11th) grade year; or (3) Missed the spring statewide administration of the college entrance exam for a documented medical reason.

C. UNITED STATES CITIZENSHIP TEST GRADUATION REQUIREMENT

Beginning in the 2016-2017 school year, Idaho students will be required to take the United States Citizenship Test as outlined in Idaho Code §33-1602.7. The civics test may be taken at any time after enrolling in grade 7 and it may be repeated as often as necessary for the student to pass the test.

The Lewiston School District has determined that a score of 70% will constitute a passing grade.

2. EXTERNAL CREDITS

A. Classes taken by students prior to Grade 9, where the standards are the same as the high school course and the teacher providing the course is highly qualified to teach the course 9-12, will be transcribed to the High School Transcript.

B. No religious courses will be accepted for credit unless they are a “Survey of Religion” or “Comparative Religions” course.

C. Home school courses will not be accepted for credit towards meeting graduation requirements.

3. ONLINE/CORRESPONDENCE CREDITS

A. The Lewiston School District will recognize academic credit from any accredited institution recognized by the Idaho State Department of Education:

B. Courses completed under this policy will be accepted for academic credit at face value. That is, one unit towards graduation will be awarded for each course completed with a passing grade.

All decisions regarding course credit shall be made by the principal.

C. Any waiver to the provisions of this policy must be made in writing to the principal and approved by the Superintendent. Said decision may be appealed to the Board of Directors.

D. IDAHO DIGITAL LEARNING ACADEMY (IDLA) SITE COORDINATOR

The District will provide an individual(s) assigned to each secondary school that serves as the Site Coordinator. The Site Coordinator will:

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 228 5000. STUDENTS

5190. (Revised 7/11/16 and 8/22/16)

5190. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS AND EXERCISES (Cont’d.)

3. ONLINE/CORRESPONDENCE CREDITS (Cont’d.)

D. IDAHO DIGITAL LEARNING ACADEMY (IDLA) SITE COORDINATOR (Cont’d.)

 Enroll the student in the selected IDLA course(s);  Collect the registration fee at the time the student is enrolled and process the required paperwork with the Business Office;  Perform the duties as outlined in by the IDLA Site Coordinator’s job description;  Serve as a contact for the IDLA instructor and the IDLA staff.

The Site Coordinator must successfully complete the IDLA online Site Coordinator Course.

E. STUDENTS WHO ARE HOME SCHOOLED

Students who are being educated at home by parent choice and are residents of the Lewiston School District may register for Idaho Digital Learning Academy course(s) at the high school through dual enrollment. All registration fees shall be paid prior to the student being enrolled and are the responsibility of the student. Registration fees will not be reimbursed when the student completes the course work or if the student withdraws from the course(s).

4. SECONDARY STUDENTS IN GOOD STANDING TO MEET GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

Secondary students, grades 9-12, must earn the following number of credits by the end of each of the following intervals in order to be considered in good standing to meet the District graduation requirements of fifty-four (54) credits:

Grade Level Fall Semester Spring Semester Grade 9 --- 9 credits Grade 10 15 credits 22 credits Grade 11 30 credits 38 credits Grade 12 46 credits 54 credits

Students considered to be in good standing may enroll/re-enroll at Lewiston High School.

Students who have not earned the minimum number of credits by the end of the intervals identified above are considered ‘not in good standing.’

Students not in ‘good standing’ by the end of the spring semester each year will be required to enroll in the District’s summer school program, enroll in online courses, and/or enroll in correspondence courses. Students who are not in good standing by the end of the summer session will be required to enroll at the Tammany Alternative Center for the succeeding fall semester. Exceptions will be considered on a case-by-case basis and may be granted by the building administrators at Lewiston High School and Tammany Alternative Center.

The District shall adhere to all applicable court decisions and federal and state laws and regulations for special education students. The Idaho Special Education Manual 2007 and all subsequent revisions shall be the District’s set of policies and procedures for special education.

5. EXERCISES

A. Graduation exercises shall be held for Lewiston High School students who have met the requirements for graduation.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 229 5000. STUDENTS

5190. (Revised 7/11/16 and 8/22/16)

5190. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS AND EXERCISES (Cont’d.)

5. EXERCISES (Cont’d.)

B. Graduation exercises shall not be held for elementary or junior high students.

C. Certificates or diplomas shall not be awarded except as may be provided by the District.

6. GRADE AND ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR PARTICIPATION IN ATHLETICS AND DRIVER EDUCATION

A. ATHLETIC OR DRIVER EDUCATION ACADEMIC ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA

To be academically eligible for athletics or driver education, a student must be enrolled full time in his/her school, on target to graduate based on District graduation requirements, and have received passing grades and earned credits in the required number of courses during the previous reporting period. Equivalency is determined by the following criteria:

4 classes available ...... Must pass 3 5 classes available ...... Must pass 4 6 classes available ...... Must pass 5 7 classes available ...... Must pass 5 8 classes available ...... Must pass 6

A student may request consideration of a waiver to this policy based on hardship. The waiver will be at the discretion of the building administrator in cooperation with the Superintendent.

B. PAST DUE STUDENT FEES AND PARTICIPATION IN ATHLETICS AND DRIVER EDUCATION

In order for a student enrolled in Lewiston Public Schools to be eligible to participate in athletics or driver education, all outstanding balances owed to the school or the District must be paid in full prior to the start of the athletic season or driver education course.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 230 5000. STUDENTS

5195. (Adopted 10/10/94 - Revised 12/9/02)

5195. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION

Students may petition for credit by examination for Reading 9 as allowed by State Board of Education rule (IDAPA 08.02.E.12,C.X1) which stipulates that credit may be granted through examination which "should cover the content included in a regular school course in the subject." The guidelines below must be followed and requirements met before credit is awarded.

Guidelines: Beginning with students entering Grade 9 during the 2003-2004 school year, two (2) of the three (3) measures listed must be met in order to test out of Reading 9:

 9.5 grade equivalency on Nelson Denny Reading Test (Form G)  63 independent reading level on Degrees of Reading Power  230 RIT score on fall ISAT

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 231 5000. STUDENTS

5220. (Revised 4/10/95)

5220. HOMEWORK REGULATIONS

Homework is varied assignments intended to be carried out during non-teaching hours. Homework is an important part of learning. It enhances learning outside the classroom and beyond the school day.

Homework should be directly related to the curriculum, clearly explained, and assessed. Homework should increase as the student progresses through school.

Teachers and parents/guardians share the responsibility for motivating and providing opportunities for homework. The student has the ultimate responsibilities for the successful completion of homework.

The ultimate goal of homework is to enhance learning. To accomplish this goal, assignments typically address one or more of these purposes:

* Develop regular study habits and teach responsibility. * Foster communication between the school and home. * Provide a different learning environment. * Provide information about lesson effectiveness, student knowledge, and student effort. * Provide independent practice and/or reinforce skills. * Extend classroom learning. * Improve academic achievement. * Prepare the student for future lessons.

In the event that a parent/guardian is concerned about homework, the concern should be resolved by meeting with the teacher. If the matter is not resolved, the following conference steps should be followed: (1) parent-teacher-building principal, and then (2) parent-teacher-building principal-superintendent.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 232 5000. STUDENTS

5250. (Revised 3/12/90)

5250. PATROLS, SCHOOL

1. School patrols may be organized by the elementary principals to promote safety for students crossing streets and highways at intersections within a quarter mile of the school which are used by a substantial number of children.

2. Elementary teachers asked to organize and supervise school patrols will be paid for their time.

3. Patrol persons shall wear appropriate uniforms to distinguish themselves at crosswalks.

The patrol's duty is to hold students on the curb until sufficient gaps occur in the traffic for safe crossing by students.

A student patrol is not an official traffic control officer and has no authority to stop and cite drivers.

4. Membership in the patrol shall be on a voluntary basis and assignments altered so that no one student will be absent more than two half-hour periods per week.

5. Patrol persons may be used to supervise the loading and unloading of buses. They shall not be used for general supervision of hallways or on playgrounds.

6. Patrol persons shall not inflict punishment on students.

7. Principals are required to submit in writing to the Superintendent a detailed organization plan for their respective patrols.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 233 5000. STUDENTS

5310. (Revised 4/8/94)

5310. PROMOTION – RETENTION

Independent School District No. 1 is dedicated to providing each student with the best educational opportunities possible. We believe that students should progress annually from grade to grade. Exceptions can be made when, in the judgment of the District professional staff and parents, such exceptions are in the best interest of the student involved. Should retention occur, the District professionals in consultation with the student's parents will endeavor to modify the program and instruction the following year to better meet the needs of the retained student. The counseling staff will collect longitudinal data about the retained students for future analysis.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 234 5000. STUDENTS

5340. (Revised 9/8/14)

5340. STUDENT RECORDS

1. PERMANENT STUDENT RECORDS

A permanent record shall be developed for each student. It shall include the following:

A. Permanent record forms in hard copy including:  Permanent registration cards  Student health records  Permanent record cards

B. Electronic student information management system data including:  Enrollment data  Health records  Academic performance  Demographic data  Attendance data

2. GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR STUDENT RECORDS

A. Records important for pedagogical, guidance, and program eligibility purposes shall follow the student through elementary and secondary schools.

B. Records shall be kept accurately and in accordance to the District data dictionary and all information required shall be kept electronically in the student information management system.

C. Legal names will be used for state and District assessments, on report cards, and other formal reports. Preferred names may be used for class rosters and other purposes.

3. MAINTENANCE OF STUDENT RECORDS

A master pupil record (transcript) be kept permanently for each student attending high school in the Lewiston School District. All other student records will be kept for a set period of time. Information in student cumulative files will be kept for a period of five (5) years after a student graduates or permanently leaves the District, excepting those records sent to other school districts. This policy excludes records for students with disabilities which will be retained for a period of time consistent with state and federal guidelines.

After five (5) years, identified cumulative files will be destroyed in a manner conducive to the confidential nature of student records.

4. RIGHT OF PRIVACY POLICY STATEMENT

A. The District herewith reaffirms the right of all parents/legal guardians to have access to student education records of their children as granted by the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), Section 513, enacted as part of the Education Amendments of 1974, P.L. 93-380. Under these provisions, all parents/guardians of elementary and secondary school students, including those not having custody of their children, have the following rights:

(1) The right to inspect and review the student's education record.

(2) The right to exercise limited control over other people's access to the student's education record.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 235 5000. STUDENTS

5340. (Revised 9/8/14)

5340. STUDENT RECORDS (Cont’d.)

4. RIGHT OF PRIVACY POLICY STATEMENT (Cont’d.)

A. (Cont’d.)

(3) The right to seek to correct the student's education record, in a hearing if necessary.

(4) The right to report violations of the FERPA to the Department of Education.

(5) The right to be informed about FERPA rights.

B. All rights and protections given parents/guardians under the FERPA and this policy transfer to the student when he/ she reaches age eighteen or enrolls in a post secondary school. The student then becomes an "eligible student."

C. Whether handwritten, print, tape, film, or some other medium, a student's education record is considered to be any record that is directly related to a student and is maintained by the District and/or its authorized agent.

Any record which remains in the possession of a District employee and which has been shared with, or is accessible to, another individual is also considered to be an education record. Sole possession notes of District personnel do not become part of a student's education record as long as the following criteria are met:

(1) They were made as a personal memory aid.

(2) They are in the personal possession of the individual who made them.

(3) Information within the notes has never been revealed or made available to any person except the maker's temporary substitute.

D. Education records are maintained by the District under two classifications - current and former.

(1) Current student records maintained include documentation of: a. personally identifiable information, b. academic work completed, c. level of achievement, d. attendance data, e. scores of standardized intelligence, f. aptitude and psychological tests, f. results of diagnostic and interest inventory assessments, g. health data, h. family background information, i. teacher or counselor ratings and observations, j. verified reports of serious or recurrent behavior patterns, k. disciplinary actions administered, and l. any other information or material that is directly related to the student and is maintained by the District.

(2) Former student education records maintained include documentation of the following:

a. personally identifiable information, b. academic work completed, c. level of achievement, d. date of enrollment,

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 236 5000. STUDENTS

5340. (Revised 9/8/14)

5340. STUDENT RECORDS (Cont’d.)

4. RIGHT OF PRIVACY POLICY STATEMENT (Cont’d.)

D. (Cont’d.)

(2) (Cont’d.)

e. date of withdrawal, f. scores of standardized intelligence, aptitude and psychological tests, g. results of diagnostic and interest inventory assessments, and/or h. family background information.

E. Information contained in personally identifiable information can be classified in two different ways - traceable and directory information.

(1) Traceable information contains one or more of the following:

a. name of the student, b. name of his/her parent/guardian or another member of the family, c. the address of the student, d. any number (such as a social security number) that would make it possible to trace a student's identity, e. a list of personal characteristics that would enable someone to identify the student, or f. any other information readily establishing a student's identity.

(2) Directory Information has been established as containing the following personally identifiable information:

a. student's name, b. address, c. date and place of birth, d. telephone number, e. participation in officially recognized activities and sports, f. weight and height as a member of an athletic team, g. class designation, h. dates (but not a day-to-day record) of enrollment, i. diploma and awards received, or j. school or school district where the student was previously in attendance. k. official activities, and l. photographs or video productions of students used by the District for recognition of student achievement and community relations, including, but not limited to, publications in the District’s or school’s newsletters, in the school setting and on the District’s or school’s website

(3) The Lewiston School District considers the disclosure of directory information helpful to both the institution and the student. Parents can, however, retain the right to consent to the disclosure of directory information. Parents who wish to retain this right must so advise the District.

Superintendent of Schools Independent School District No. 1 3317 12th Street Lewiston, Idaho 83501 208-748-3000

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 237 5000. STUDENTS

5340. (Revised 9/8/14)

5340. STUDENT RECORDS (Cont’d.)

4. RIGHT OF PRIVACY POLICY STATEMENT (Cont’d.)

E. (Cont’d.)

(3) (Cont’d.)

Please be sure to include the name of the student, school the student attends, and provide signature of the parent/guardian or adult student.

(4) This District shall provide, on a request made by military recruiters or an institution of higher education, access to secondary school students’ names, addresses, and telephone listings unless a parent or secondary student requests, in writing, that the student’s name, address, and telephone listing not be released without prior written parental consent.

(5) This District may disclose directory information about former students without notice unless parents/guardians or adult former students have informed the District that any or all of the information should not be released without their prior consent.

F. All education records are under the jurisdiction of the Superintendent, the building principal, or the Director of Special Services.

The locations and types of education records maintained by the District are:

(1) CUMULATIVE CURRENT SCHOOL RECORDS

Building Principal as custodian at:

a. Camelot Elementary, 1903 Grelle Ave. b. Centennial Elementary, 815 Burrell Ave. c. Jenifer Junior High, 1213 16th St. d. Lewiston Senior High, 1114 9th Ave. e. McGhee Elementary, 636 Warner Ave. f. McSorley Elementary, 2020 15th St. g. Orchards Elementary, 3429 12th St. h. Sacajawea Junior High, 3610 12th St. i. Webster Elementary, 1409 8th St. j. Whitman Elementary, 1840 9th Ave.

(2) CUMULATIVE SCHOOL RECORDS (FORMER STUDENTS)

a. Building Principal as custodian at: Lewiston High School, 1114 9th Ave.

b. Superintendent as custodian at: Central Services Office, 3317 12th St.

(3) SPECIAL TESTS AND ASSESSMENT RECORDS

Director of Special Services as custodian at: Central Services Office, 3317 12th St., Lewiston, Idaho 83501.

G. Within the limitations of consent, time, and financial resources, the District will attempt to disclose directory information under certain circumstances.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 238 5000. STUDENTS

5340. (Revised 9/8/14)

5340. STUDENT RECORDS (Cont’d.)

4. RIGHT OF PRIVACY POLICY STATEMENT (Cont’d.)

G. (Cont’d.)

The District may disclose directory information without obtaining parent/guardian permission unless parents/ guardians inform the school beforehand that any or all of the information should not be released without the parent's/guardian's prior consent. This denial of disclosure is requested on or before October 15th of each school year and will remain in effect until rescinded by the parent or adult student.

Directory information will be divulged in traditional circumstances, e.g. press releases, programs for athletic competition, programs for events honoring social and scholastic achievements, to the Lewiston School District Trust Funds, and local and/or regional public agencies.

H. Under provisions of the law, the District may divulge a student's education records without prior written consent to the following:

(1) To other school officials within the District who have legitimate educational interests.

Legitimate educational interest refers to the planning and implementation of instructional programs and services for students.

School officials who have been established as being teachers, student teachers or interns, counselors and ancillary personnel, secretarial personnel, principals, administrators, and agents duly appointed by the Board.

(2) To officials of another school or school system in which the student seeks or intends to enroll.

The parent/guardian or eligible student, upon request, will be provided with a copy of the education record which has been transferred.

The parent/guardian or eligible student, upon request, will be provided a hearing concerning the education record.

If a student is receiving service from more than one school, information shall be disclosed between school officials without obtaining written consent.

(3) To authorized representatives of:

a. The Comptroller General of the United States.

b. The Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services.

c. The Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education.

d. State education authorities.

(4) To parties who provide or may provide financial aid to a student to:

a. Establish the student's eligibility for the aid.

b. Determine the amount of financial aid.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 239 5000. STUDENTS

5340. (Revised 9/8/14)

5340. STUDENT RECORDS (Cont’d.)

4. RIGHT OF PRIVACY POLICY STATEMENT (Cont’d.)

H. (Cont’d.)

(4) (Cont’d.)

c. Establish the conditions for the receipt of the financial aid.

d. Enforce the agreement between the provider and the receiver of the financial aid.

(5) To organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, and improving instruction.

(6) To accrediting organizations in order to carry out their accrediting functions.

(7) To parents/guardians of a dependent student, as defined in section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.

(8) To comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena, although the District will make a reasonable effort to notify the parents/guardians or eligible student of the order or subpoena prior to compliance.

(9) To appropriate parties in a health or safety emergency subject to the following criteria:

a. There exists a serious threat to the health or safety of the student or other individuals.

b. The information is necessary and needed to meet the emergency.

c. The persons to whom the information is to be disclosed are persons whose knowledge of the situation is necessary to protect the health or safety of students or others.

d. Time is an important and limiting factor in dealing with the emergency.

The District or any personnel thereof will not divulge, in any form, to any persons or agencies other than those listed above, any information contained in a student's education record other than directory information except with written consent from the student's parents/guardians or the eligible student, specifying records to be released and to whom.

When a student's education record or portions thereof are shared with authorized officials, excluding approved immediate District personnel as previously defined, a file will be maintained on those requests.

Each custodian of record will maintain a file of the names of those who requested and were granted or denied information about a student. The file will indicate the legitimate interests behind the request. If a request is denied, an adequate reason for the denial will be indicated. Parents/guardians and District officials as previously defined have the right to inspect this file of disclosures.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 240 5000. STUDENTS

5340. (Revised 9/8/14)

5340. STUDENT RECORDS (Cont’d.)

4. RIGHT OF PRIVACY POLICY STATEMENT (Cont’d.)

I. Parents/guardians who wish to see their child's education record should contact the principal of the school in which their child is enrolled.

An appointment to inspect the records will be made. The principal or other designated staff member and the parent/ guardian shall review the record. Upon request, a copy of the education record or portions thereof will be provided.

Parents/guardians will be provided a reasonable explanation concerning any information in the student's education record.

J. Whenever a parent/guardian or eligible student requests that the District amend a student's education record because it is felt to be inaccurate or misleading, or feels that the District has violated the student's privacy by including certain information in the record, the following steps are to be followed:

(1) The parent/guardian or eligible student must make a written request to have the records changed.

(2) The District will respond within ten (10) school days of the original request.

(3) If the District agrees and amends the record, the parent/guardian or eligible student will be so notified in writing, and nothing further will be done.

(4) If the District refuses, the parent/guardian or eligible student will be notified of the right to a hearing (date, place, time). The hearing will be held within fifteen (15) school days from the date of the original request.

(5) The parent/guardian or eligible student may have the assistance of an attorney or another individual at the hearing. Evidence can be presented by the parent/ guardian or eligible student to support his/her argument.

(6) A representative of the District, excluding any person who has a "direct interest" in the outcome, will conduct the hearing.

(7) The final decision will be at the discretion of the District based solely on evidence presented at the hearing. The outcome will be announced to the parent/ guardian or eligible student in writing within five (5) school days after the hearing. If the parent/guardian or eligible student still disagrees, he/she then will have the right to put a statement into the record. That statement will remain in the education record for as long as the disputed information is retained. If the contested portion is disclosed, the rebuttal statement will also be disclosed.

K. At the District's discretion, education records or portions of records shall be destroyed at periodic intervals.

Any education record that has an outstanding request to be inspected and reviewed will not be destroyed.

Explanations placed in an education record will not be destroyed until the entire record or the contested portion thereof is destroyed.

A record of access as required by law shall be maintained for as long as the education record to which it pertains is maintained.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 241 5000. STUDENTS

5340. (Revised 9/8/14)

5340. STUDENT RECORDS (Cont’d.)

4. RIGHT OF PRIVACY POLICY STATEMENT (Cont’d.)

L. Parents/guardians or eligible students may file a complaint directly with the U.S. Department of Education, Washington, D.C., if they feel that the District has failed to comply with the law.

Yearly notification will be made to parents/guardians concerning their rights under the provisions of this act.

Copies of this policy statement may be obtained from each building in the District or at the Central Services Office.

5. STUDENT DATA PRIVACY AND SECURITY POLICY

The efficient collection, analysis, and storage of student information is essential to improve the education of our students. As the use of student data has increased and technology has advanced, the need to exercise care in the handling of confidential student information has intensified. The privacy of students and the use of confidential student information is protected by federal and state laws, including the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and the Idaho Student Data Accessibility, Transparency and Accountability Act of 2014 (Idaho Data Accountability Act).

In order to ensure the proper protection of confidential student information, the District has adopted, implemented and electronically posted this policy. It is intended to provide guidance regarding the collection, access, security and use of education data to protect student privacy pursuant to provisions of the Idaho Data Accountability Act. Terminology used in this policy with regard to security of student data is defined in Idaho Code §33-133 and incorporated herein by reference.

A. COLLECTION

The District, its agents and employees, shall follow applicable state and federal laws related to student privacy in the collection of student data.

B. ACCESS

Unless prohibited by law or court order, the District shall provide parents, legal guardians, or eligible students, as applicable, the ability to review their child’s educational records.

The Superintendent, administrator, or designee, is responsible for granting, removing, and reviewing user access to student data. An annual review of existing access shall be performed.

Access to Personally Identifiable Information (PII) maintained by the District shall be restricted to: (1) the authorized staff of the District who require access to perform their assigned duties; and (2) authorized employees of the State Board of Education and the State Department of Education who require access to perform their assigned duties; and (3) vendors who require access to perform their assigned duties.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 242 5000. STUDENTS

5340. (Revised 9/8/14)

5340. STUDENT RECORDS (Cont’d.)

5. STUDENT DATA PRIVACY AND SECURITY POLICY (Cont’d.)

C. SECURITY

The District shall have in place Administrative Security, Physical Security, and Logical Security controls to protect from a Data Breach or Unauthorized Data Disclosure.

The District shall immediately notify the Executive Director of the Idaho State Board of Education and the State Superintendent of Public Instruction in the event of a confirmed Data Breach or confirmed Unauthorized Data Disclosure.

The District shall notify in a timely manner, any affected individuals, students, and families if there is a confirmed Data Breach or confirmed Unauthorized Data Disclosure.

D. USE

Publicly released reports shall not include PII and shall use Aggregate Data in such a manner that re-identification of individual students is not possible.

District contracts with outside vendors involving student data, which govern databases, online services, assessments, special education or instructional supports, shall include the following provisions which are intended to safeguard student privacy and the security of the data:

 Requirement that the vendor agree to comply with all applicable state and federal law;  Requirement that the vendor have in place Administrative Security, Physical Security, and Logical Security controls to protect from a Data Breach or Unauthorized Data Disclosure;  Requirement that the vendor restrict access to PII to the authorized staff of the vendor who require such access to perform their assigned duties;  Prohibition against the vendor’s secondary use of PII including sales, marketing or advertising;  Requirement for data destruction and an associated timeframe; and  Penalties for non-compliance with the above provisions.

The District shall clearly define what data is determined to be directory information.

If the District chooses to publish directory information which includes PII, parents must be notified annually in writing and given an opportunity to opt out of the directory. If a parent does not opt out, the release of the information as part of the directory is not a Data Breach or Unauthorized Data Disclosure.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 243 5000. STUDENTS

5370. (Revised 10/10/94)

5370. RECRUITING FOR TOURS

Certificated employees recruiting students for tours will not be allowed to recruit them directly during school time or through school communication systems, except by posting information on a bulletin board.

No credit will be allowed without specific Board approval.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 244 5000. STUDENTS

5380. (Adopted 11/12/01; Revised 9/8/03)

5380. PRIVATE SERVICE PROVIDERS WORKING WITH STUDENTS IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS

1. OVERVIEW

A. DEFINITIONS

Private Service Provider means a person, group, agency, or organization that meets the following two conditions:

 Is not an employee of the Independent School District No. 1 or a public agency with legal jurisdiction over the circumstances related to their involvement with the student, and

 Is paid/reimbursed for services provided to student/s.

Examples of Private Service Providers are nurses, assistive technology consultants, orientation and mobility specialists, physicians, optometrists, psychologists, counselors, targeted service coordinators, behavioral therapists, developmental disabilities specialists, speech therapists, occupational therapists, physical therapists, social workers, psycho-social rehabilitation specialists, educational consultants, etc.

B. ALLOWANCES GIVEN TO PRIVATE SERVICE PROVIDERS BY DISTRICT

Private Service Providers may do the following in the Independent School District No. 1 when the student has or is suspected of having a disability:

(1) Refer a student to a school’s pre-referral team for consideration for evaluation to determine eligibility for special education (IDEA/504).

(2) Submit evaluation reports to a school IEP/504 team for consideration related to the referral or an evaluation being conducted by the evaluation team.

(3) Attend an IEP/504 team meeting by invitation of either the school or parent.

a. The determination of eligibility for special education and the provision of a Free Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) are the responsibility of the IEP/504 team and cannot be prescribed by any other entity.

b. All educational decisions regarding educational methodology, materials, and personnel are the responsibility of the school district.

(4) Provide services in schools to students under the terms of a contract with the school district. (Refer to paragraph below: 6. A. Contracts.)

(5) Provide services to students on school grounds under the terms of a Memorandum of Understanding with the school district. (Refer to paragraph below: 6. B. Memorandums of Understanding).

(6) School district records are only accessible to Private Service Providers under contract with the school district or with written consent of the student’s parent or guardian, or the student, if 18 years old or older. Requests for records may be subject to a fee to cover costs of copying and mailing.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 245 5000. STUDENTS

5380. (Adopted 11/12/01; Revised 9/8/03)

5380. PRIVATE SERVICE PROVIDERS WORKING WITH STUDENTS IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS (Cont’d.)

1. OVERVIEW (Cont’d.)

B. ALLOWANCES GIVEN TO PRIVATE SERVICE PROVIDERS BY DISTRICT (Cont’d.)

(7) Nothing in this policy shall be construed to limit or impinge in any way on services parents may acquire for their child that are not provided at the school. Issues related to the amount of time students are removed from school for any purpose fall under the terms of other school district policies.

2. GUIDELINES

Independent School District No. 1 is responsible to ensure that students with disabilities receive a free appropriate public education from the age of three (3) through the semester in which they turn twenty-one (21). Utilization of a variety of related services through Private Service Providers in the District is recognized as a valuable and needed resource for children with disabilities to receive full benefit of a public education. Students can qualify for special education services when, through the evaluation process, they:

 Have been determined to have a disability, meeting the criteria set forth by the Idaho State Department of Education Special Education Manual or District Policy for Section 504, and

 Are in need of specially designed instruction.

These services are a supplement to regular education programs and consist of specially designed instruction and/or related services provided in a variety of settings at no cost to the parent to meet the unique needs of students with disabilities. Therefore, it is critical that these services are coordinated and that all service providers have a complete understanding of the roles and responsibilities of school districts prior to, and for, the delivery of services.

3. REFERRAL

The District has a referral process in place for locating and identifying students suspected of needing special education. Information on how to access this process is available to all patrons of the District. When a Private Service Provider contacts the school district and notifies them at any time during the process that they are beginning or have completed an evaluation on a student enrolled in the District, the District will seek written authorization from the parent to obtain such evaluations for review and consideration. If a Private Service Provider suspects a student of having a disability, the Private Service Provider may refer the child to the building’s pre-referral team and the District’s referral process will be followed.

4. EVALUATION/ELIGIBILITY

The school district is responsible for the evaluation of all students who are suspected of having a disability and who are in need of specially designed instruction. The District will not pay for any assessment conducted by Private Service Providers when the school has not had the opportunity to perform such assessment(s) first. The District shall ensure that:

A. All completed assessments that are considered in determining eligibility meet state and federal requirements described by the Idaho Special Education Manual or District Policy for Section 504;

B. The evaluation team recommends eligibility for a student suspected of having a disability and reserves the right for determination of eligibility for the IEP/504 team;

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 246 5000. STUDENTS

5380. (Adopted 11/12/01; Revised 9/8/03)

5380. PRIVATE SERVICE PROVIDERS WORKING WITH STUDENTS IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS (Cont’d.)

4. EVALUATION/ELIGIBILITY (Cont’d.)

C. All assessments, public or private, are considered in evaluation recommendations from the IEP/504 team;

D. Parents and Private Service Providers have been given the opportunity to be informed of the evaluation and eligibility requirements for special education in Idaho as described in the Idaho Special Education Manual through the IEP team process or District Policy for Section 504 through the 504 team process.

E. The District will follow the regulations related to the provisions of Independent Education Evaluations as described in the Idaho Special Education Manual.

It is hereby noted that the District is not obligated to participate in a private evaluation of a student unless the District has been contacted by the parent or private provider prior to the evaluation and a release of information signed by the parent authorizes the District to release information to professionals not employed by the District.

5. DELIVERY OF SERVICES

The District is responsible for the delivery of special education services to all eligible students. The IEP/504 team makes recommendations for type, length, and duration of services that are then developed into an appropriate IEP/504 Plan. No one individual can make those decisions. All educational decisions regarding educational methodology, materials, and personnel are the responsibility of the District. The District cannot consider recommendations for treatment, therapy, or counseling unless the recommendations are made by persons certified to make such recommendations (e.g., recommendations for counseling must be made by state certified school psychologists or a state certified school counselor).

A. If a student is not eligible for public special education services but the private provider recommends service:

(1) The District shall not provide special education services; and

(2) The District will inform the parent that private services contracted by and paid for by parents are not developed into an IEP/504 Plan, but the recommendation should be noted.

B. If a student is eligible for public special education services and the parent requests that private services be utilized to supplement the school district services and not contracted or purchased by the District, those services will be noted in the comment section of the IEP, but no additional goals and objectives are required.

C. If a student is eligible for public special education services but the parent chooses to pay for and have those services provided by a private provider, a complete IEP/504 Plan will be written. It will be documented on the IEP/504 Plan that the school district recommended the service but the parent elects to pay for services from the private provider or allows third party billing, rather than have the District provide services. It should be noted that when a student is removed from the regular education program for services, those services might become a detriment to that student’s regular education program requirements.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 247 5000. STUDENTS

5380. (Adopted 11/12/01; Revised 9/8/03)

5380. PRIVATE SERVICE PROVIDERS WORKING WITH STUDENTS IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS (Cont’d.)

6. CONTRACTS/MEMORANDUMS OF UNDERSTANDING

A. CONTRACTS

When the District pays for services from Private Service Providers, the District will have a contract in place for services. The contract shall describe:

 Services to be rendered by the Private Service Provider;  Roles and responsibilities of the Private Service Provider in coordination with the IEP/504 team or school administration;  Frequency/duration of the service/s;  Liability issues;  Terms for payment; and  Provisions for changes or termination of the contract.

The District may terminate a contract only in accordance with the terms of the contract.

Contracted services to a student with a disability shall be included in the student’s IEP/504 Plan.

B. MEMORANDUMS OF UNDERSTANDING

Any Private Service Provider that is not contracting with the District for service but is providing direct services in District facilities, must have on file with the District a Memorandum of Understanding. Memorandums of Understanding establish that the school district is not paying for the services but agrees that the services are needed in the school for the benefit of a student’s progress in the general curriculum.

The Memorandum of Understanding shall include:

 Service(s) to be provided;  District and Private Service Provider responsibilities;  Name(s) of student(s) being served;  Time(s)/duration of services;  Provisions for space,  Materials,  Equipment provided by the District; and  Authorization for service.

The District may terminate a Memorandum of Understanding at any time.

Services provided under a Memorandum of Understanding to a student with a disability shall not be included on the student’s IEP/504 Plan.

C. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Private Service Providers working under a contract or a Memorandum of Understanding will:

(1) Provide school districts with documentation of all licensure/certification information for individuals involved in the educational assessment process;

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 248 5000. STUDENTS

5380. (Adopted 11/12/01; Revised 9/8/03)

5380. PRIVATE SERVICE PROVIDERS WORKING WITH STUDENTS IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS (Cont’d.)

6. CONTRACTS/MEMORANDUMS OF UNDERSTANDING (Cont’d.)

C. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (Cont’d.)

(2) Comply with all criteria outlined in the Idaho Special Education Manual or District Policy for Section 504 for the evaluation of students with disabilities;

(3) Participate as a member of the school district evaluation team when requested by the District;

(4) Participate as a member of the school district IEP/504 team when requested by the District or parent; and

(5) Present assessment data and make recommendations to the IEP/504 team regarding the potential eligibility of a student for special education, understanding it is the responsibility of the IEP/504 team to determine eligibility.

The District has no obligation to enter into a contract or a Memorandum of Understanding with a Private Service Provider or to allow a Private Service Provider access to school district property, space, materials, or equipment.

The District is aware of potentially difficult constitutional issues in the above paragraph: public facilities and services may not be used to benefit private individuals (providers). The District will avoid discrimination practices.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 249 5000. STUDENTS

5390. (Adopted 10/10/11)

5390. SECLUSION AND/OR RESTRAINT OF A STUDENT

It is the priority of the Board of Directors of Independent School District No. 1 to promote a safe learning environment for all students and staff. As some students may exhibit behavior that poses a risk of harm to self or others, the Board recognizes that it may be necessary for a staff member to place in seclusion or restrain a student to protect students or staff from harm.

1. DEFINITIONS

A. AVERSIVE TECHNIQUE

Aversive technique means physical, emotional, or mental distress as a method of redirecting or controlling behavior.

B. CRISIS INTERVENTION

Crisis intervention means implementation of a predetermined strategy to mitigate immediate harm to student, staff, or property.

C. EMERGENCY

Emergency means a situation in which a student’s conduct creates a reasonable belief in another person that the student’s conduct has placed the student or a third person in imminent danger of serious bodily harm.

D. POSITIVE BEHAVIORAL INTERVENTIONS AND SUPPORTS

Positive behavioral interventions and supports means application of a broad range of systematic and individualized strategies for achieving important social and learning outcomes, while preventing problem behaviors by making them irrelevant, inefficient, and ineffective.

E. RESTRAINT

Restraint means a chemical, manual method, physical or mechanical device, material, or equipment for the purpose of immobilizing or reducing an individual’s freedom of movement for the purpose of preventing harm to students and others. The term does not include seatbelts and other safety equipment when used to secure students during transportation.

F. SECLUSION

Seclusion means involuntary confinement alone in a room or other space during which a student is prevented from leaving, or reasonably believes that he will be prevented from leaving, by means that include, but are not limited to, the following:

(1) Manually, mechanically, or electrically locked doors that, when closed, cannot be opened from the inside;

(2) Blocking or other physical interference by staff; or

(3) Coercive measures, such as the threat of restraint, sanctions, or the loss of privileges that the student would otherwise have, used for the purpose of keeping the student from leaving the area of seclusion.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 250 5000. STUDENTS

5390. (Adopted 10/10/11)

5390. SECLUSION AND/OR RESTRAINT OF A STUDENT (Cont’d.)

2. USE OF SECLUSION AND/OR RESTRAINT

Staff members are authorized to place a student in seclusion or restrain the student when an emergency, as defined above, exists.

A. The staff member will attempt to eliminate the risk of harm by implementing positive behavioral interventions and supports, or other appropriate non-physical measures, prior to the use of seclusion or restraint. B. The use of seclusion and/or restraint will terminate after it is determined that the student is no longer an immediate danger to himself or others or if the student is observed to be in severe distress. C. Staff members are prohibited from using seclusion and/or restraint as a means of disciplining (punishing) the student. D. Staff members are prohibited from using aversive techniques. E. Staff members are prohibited from using chemical restraints. F. Staff members are prohibited from using mechanical restraints (handcuffs, plastic straps, etc.) unless identified as appropriate in the student’s behavior plan, or reasonable attempts to manually restrain the student have been unsuccessful. G. This policy does not prohibit a law enforcement officer from using physical or mechanical restraints in exercising his/her law enforcement duties. H. Staff members will document each incident requiring seclusion or restraint.

3. OBSERVATION OF STUDENT

A staff member will maintain continuous, direct visual and auditory contact with the student throughout the duration of any seclusion or restraint.

4. NOTICE TO SUPERVISOR

When a student is placed in seclusion or restrained, the staff member will notify the building principal immediately.

5. NOTICE TO PARENT/GUARDIAN

The student’s parent/guardian will be notified within 24 hours of the incident.

6. MONITORING THE USE OF SECLUSION AND RESTRAINT

The special services director will monitor the use of seclusion and restraint in the District, including the antecedent behaviors, the efficacy of positive behavioral interventions and de- escalation, use of proper techniques, reports of injuries to students or staff, and other relevant issues. Such monitoring will be used to address policy revision and identify training needs.

7. REPORTING OF INCIDENTS

The superintendent or designee will comply with all state and federal requirements relative to reporting incidents of restraint or seclusion.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 251 5000. STUDENTS

5390. (Adopted 10/10/11)

5390. SECLUSION AND/OR RESTRAINT OF A STUDENT (Cont’d.)

8. SECLUSION LOCATIONS

Seclusion areas will be clean and safe for the intended use of confining a student without causing or allowing the student to harm him/herself. The seclusion area will be adequately lighted, ventilated, and heated/cooled, and free from objects which unreasonably expose the student or others to harm. The seclusion area must comply with state and federal fire safety requirements. A staff member will visually inspect the seclusion room after each use to determine whether the area is clean and safe and address any concerns by cleaning the area and/or reporting the concerns to maintenance staff.

9. PROCEDURES

The superintendent or designee will develop and publish procedures for the use of seclusion and restraint to address how the staff will continuously monitor a student who is in seclusion or being restrained, how staff will respond when a student is a danger to self or others and seclusion and restraint are contraindicated because of the student’s psychiatric, medical or physical conditions, how use of seclusion and restraint will be documented and how parents and appropriate school officials will be informed.

10. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL

All special education teachers and paraprofessionals working directly with students who have been identified as posing a risk of harm to self or others, and their supervisors will be required to complete training in crisis intervention, including, but not limited to:

A. Evidence-based techniques shown to be effective in the prevention of physical restraint and seclusion. B. Evidence-based techniques shown to be effective in keeping both school personnel and students safe when imposing physical restraint or seclusion.

C. Evidence-based skills training related to positive behavioral interventions and supports, safe physical escort, conflict prevention, understanding antecedents, de-escalation, and conflict management. D. First aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation as determined by the superintendent or designee.

E. The requirements of this policy and related procedures.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 252 5000. STUDENTS

5400. (Revised 1/11/88)

5400. REGULATIONS, GENERAL

1. All items listed in student handbooks approved by the Board shall be considered extensions of these Rules and Regulations.

2. All students who attend the District schools shall comply with the regulations established in accordance with the law for the government of the schools.

They shall pursue the required courses of study and shall submit to the authority of the teachers.

Continued willful disobedience or open defiance of the authority of the teacher shall constitute good cause of expulsion from school.

3. The use of school telephones by students shall be limited to emergencies.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 253 5000. STUDENTS

5410. (Revised 1/8/96)

5410. COMMUNICABLE DISEASES – AIDS

AIDS and the related conditions have emerged as a major public health problem for the United States and have impacted all segments of society. Because of the nature of the disease and its impact upon those infected, a great deal of fear and misinformation about the disease has been generated. It is the duty of the District to take reasonable precautions to protect the health and welfare of students and employees. At the same time, it is important that the rights of students and employees who are infected not be unnecessarily restricted. Recognizing the need to protect the health and welfare of students and employees, the Board of Directors adopts the following policy to prevent the spread of the virus, to reduce fears and dispel myths, to protect the rights and health of persons who are infected with the virus and the rights and health of other members of the school community, and to create an informed and supportive environment.

To date, the substantial weight of medical research indicates that students or employees who are HIV positive do not pose a health risk to others in the school setting. The HIV infection is thought to be transmitted by intimate sexual contact and by exposure to contaminated blood through, for example, intravenous drug activities where one shares a needle used by an infected person. Current medical and scientific research indicates that the HIV infection is not transmitted by any casual, ordinary household, office, or school contact. The U.S. Public Health Service states that, among other things, there is no risk created by living in the same house as an infected person, eating food handled by an infected person, casual kissing, swimming in a pool with an infected person or, with proper precaution, caring for a person with HIV disease. The guidelines which follow are based upon the medical and scientific premises set forth above. The policy is subject to change in the event that these premises change.

1. DEFINITIONS

As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated.

A. HIV Infection--Laboratory evidence of HIV antibody, or diagnosis by physician, based on Centers for Disease Control criteria for specific diseases or conditions.

B. Student, employee, or person who is infected--Any person who is HIV positive, with or without symptoms.

C. HIV--Human Immunodeficiency Virus

D. Reliable positive results on testing for the serum antibody to HIV--A true positive result as defined by the Centers for Disease Control in Atlanta.

E. Reliable negative results on testing for the serum antibody to HIV--A true negative result as defined by the Centers for Disease Control in Atlanta.

F. Employee--Any employee of the District.

G. Staff with a need to know--Staff providing instruction or other personal contact services to or with a person who is infected.

2. STUDENTS

Students with HIV infection will be provided an appropriate education and related services under the provisions of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, and/or the Rules and Regulations of the District.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 254 5000. STUDENTS

5410. (Revised 1/8/96)

5410. COMMUNICABLE DISEASES – AIDS (Cont’d.)

3. EMPLOYEES

Employees with HIV infection will be employed, supervised, transferred, and evaluated within the protection of the Americans with Disabilities Act and Rules and Regulations of the District.

4. EDUCATION

The District shall provide educational programs to its students and employees on AIDS, its spread, and its effects.

5. PROCEDURE FOR HANDLING BODY FLUIDS

Routine procedures for handling body fluids will be adopted, regardless of whether persons with HIV infection are in attendance.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 255 5000. STUDENTS

5415. (Revised 1/8/96)

5415. COMMUNICABLE DISEASES – OTHER

The principal and school nurse will consult as needed with the local health department for specific measures in handling suspected cases of communicable disease. School officials will cooperate with the local health department which has the discretion to institute appropriate measures to control or eliminate the spread of a disease in the school population. This may include the recommendation for closure of school or exclusion of susceptible person from school.

The principal has the final responsibility for exclusion from school of students with any communicable diseases. Staff has a responsibility to advise the principal when a student is suspected of having a communicable disease. The principal or designee will annually review with staff the procedures to be used for handling a student who is suspected of having a communicable disease.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 256 5000. STUDENTS

5420. (Revised 1/8/96)

5420. HEAD LICE PROCEDURES

Upon verification of head lice or nits by school personnel, students will be excluded from school. Parents will be notified, given school literature regarding treatment and notified of the District’s “no nit” policy.

Since head lice is not a medical emergency, the school nurse will examine students and follow-up on potential contact cases on her next scheduled building day.

After being treated at home, students returning to school will be checked for nits by designated school personnel; i.e., principal, secretary, teacher, etc., before being allowed to re-enter class.

If nits are still present, students will be sent home again for removal of all nits.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 257 5000. STUDENTS

5425. (Adopted 1/8/96; Revised 7/23/12)

5425. MEDICATION

There are students with chronic illnesses, long-term health conditions as well as students recovering from temporary illnesses who need to have medication administered at school. When medication must be administered to students at school, the goal is to provide for students’ health needs safely. Therefore,

1. The parent must provide a written request in order for over-the-counter medication to be administered to students. The School Medication Form must be completed in order for any prescription medication to be administered to students.

2. All prescription medication must be in the original container with the student’s and the doctor’s names and directions clearly marked on a pharmacy label.

3. All over-the-counter medication must be in the original container with parent’s special instructions in writing for their individual child which includes the time or situations to be given and the dosage.

4. For short-term medication, a sufficient amount of medication should be provided for the period during which the medication is to be given.

5. A designated staff member should assist students in taking medication except for self- administered medications as described below.

6. All medication, except those approved for keeping by students for self-medication, will be kept in secured storage to reduce the potential for accidental loss or misuse.

7. Each time a staff member administers medication, a record will be maintained, noting the time, amount, and name of the staff administering the medication.

8. If a change in dosage for prescription medication occurs, parents must provide written verification from the doctor.

9. If the student’s AM dose is forgotten at home, the parent will be called to authorize administration of the missing dose. If the missing dose is administered at school, it will be recorded in the medication log.

10. The District may not administer medication in dosages that exceed the maximum dosage guidance of the current Physicians' Desk Reference.

11. Medications unclaimed by parent/guardian by the last day of the current school year will be disposed of in a proper manner as determined by the school administration. The same disposal procedure will be followed for medications left at school beyond the date that the treatment is complete.

12. Staff members involved with the administration of medication should be sensitive to and will be aware of issues of confidentiality in carrying out this responsibility.

13. Self-administration of medication (prescription and non-prescription) is permitted with written authorization of the parent or guardian and when the student’s maturity level is such that he/she could reasonably be expected to appropriately administer the medication on his/her own.

14. The Lewiston School District shall incur no liability as a result of an injury arising form the self- administration of medication by the student.

15. Students will not be allowed to self-administer narcotics, prescription painkillers, Ritalin or other medication for emotional disorders.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 258 5000. STUDENTS

5430. (Revised 11/11/91)

5430. RELEASE TIME

Release time for religious instruction shall be allowed from regular school hours at Lewiston High School under the following conditions:

1. Upon application of the parent/guardian, or, if the student has attained the age of eighteen (18) years, upon application of the student, a student attending school in grades nine (9) through twelve (12) may be excused from school for a period not exceeding five (5) periods in any week and not exceeding one hundred sixty-five (165) hours per student during any one (1) school year for religious or other purposes.

2. Release time pursuant to this section shall be scheduled by the Board upon application as provided herein. The Board shall have reasonable discretion over the scheduling and timing of the release time.

3. Release time shall not reduce the minimum graduation requirements for Lewiston High School.

4. District facilities, personnel, or equipment shall not be utilized for the benefit of release-time classes for religious instruction.

5. No credit shall be awarded by the District for completion of courses during release time for religious purposes.

6. It is the responsibility of the parent/guardian and student that this shall not create tardiness from any other regularly scheduled class.

7. No announcements of any kind concerning the classes will be made in Lewiston High School.

8. The religious organization involved and parents/guardians will be responsible for attendance.

9. The class will not be listed in the regular class schedule.

10. Instructors for the religious organization, teachers, or administrators will not recruit students for the classes within the confines of Lewiston High School.

11. The parent/guardian assumes the full responsibility of the conduct and safety of the student while on release time.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 259 5000. STUDENTS

5440. (Revised 10/10/94)

5440. STUDENT USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES

1. All meetings of student clubs or activities are to be conducted during non-instructional time, which is defined to be prior to and after the currently-defined school day.

2. Information about the date, time, and place of meetings by student clubs or activities may be disseminated through the use of regular school bulletins or announcements.

3. Meetings may not be regularly attended by non-students. Any non-students present may not direct, conduct, or control the meeting. A non-student is deemed to have regularly attended the meeting of a particular group if the person has attended two or more meetings of the group during the school year.

4. Any religious meeting shall be open to attendance by all students of the District. No student shall be prohibited from attending a meeting on the basis of the student's race, color, national origin, religion, gender, or disability.

5. A faculty member or other designated District employee shall take attendance of all persons present at religious meetings and shall identify whether each person is a student; and, if not, shall include the person's home or business address and the name of the organization, if any, which the person represents. The faculty member or other District employee present shall not participate in the activities of the meeting.

6. Promotional literature or information of a religious nature may be disseminated or made available to students only within the confines of an actual meeting of the religious group or club involved.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 260 5000. STUDENTS

5460. (Revised 12/14/92)

5460. SCHOOL DAY, LENGTH OF

Student/teacher contact hours must meet or exceed the minimum state requirements listed below:

Kindergarten – 450 hours per year Grades 1 through 3 – 810 hours per year Grades 4 through 8 – 900 hours per year Grades 9 through 12 – 990 hours per year

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 261 5000. STUDENTS

5470. (Adopted 3/12/90)

5470. SUBSTANCE ABUSE, STUDENT

1. FORWARD

The District recognizes that student substance abuse is detrimental to educational, emotional, physical, and social development. Furthermore, such abuse results in behavior that adversely interferes with one's performance at school, adversely affect one's health, and may endanger the safety and well-being of others. The District and community resources are committed to actively confronting this problem and shall take positive, encouraging, and supportive action through education, training, counseling, peer support, family involvement, and appropriate referrals to community support groups.

Because of the pervasive nature of substance abuse, it is essential that it be viewed as a total community problem, one in which the school, family, local law enforcement, and treatment agencies share in the responsibility for prevention and intervention.

2. DEFINITION

Substance abuse is defined as the use of a substance, lawful or illicit, which results in a student's educational, emotional, social, and/or physical impairment.

3. POLICY STATEMENT

Prevention is the first step in deterring harmful involvement with substances. The District will implement an integrated curriculum approach to prevention directed toward providing students with appropriate information and developmental experiences which will enable them to make responsible decisions regarding substance usage.

While student substance abuse will not be tolerated, the school will assist the harmfully involved student in seeking supportive and rehabilitative services within and outside the school. If treatment becomes necessary outside the school setting, every effort will be made to ensure a successful continuation in/or re-entry into the school program.

The administration is charged with implementation of this policy through procedures that provide for prevention, identification of the substance abusing student, facilitating intervention with provisions for appropriate support services, and continuation of staff training.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 262 5000. STUDENTS

5475. (Adopted 4/10/00 – Revised 7/8/13)

5475. SUICIDE PREVENTION

1. PURPOSE STATEMENT

The Lewiston School District recognizes that suicide is the second leading cause of death among youth in the state of Idaho. The District will attempt to address the issue of suicide in the areas of prevention, intervention and postvention.

Idaho Code section 33-512(B) states that, “neither a teacher nor a school district shall have a duty to warn of the suicidal tendencies of a student absent the teacher’s knowledge of direct evidence of such suicidal tendencies.”

2. PROCEDURES

The Lewiston School District shall provide for the establishment of procedures to address the following:

A. PREVENTION

Trained District staff will annually provide suicide prevention gatekeeper training to all District employees who directly serve students.

B. INTERVENTION

The District will establish a protocol for all staff to report concerns regarding suicide ideation/intent to school counselors/social workers for an initial risk assessment. School counselors/social workers will develop a procedure to initially assess suicide risk, and take steps to maximize the safety of students.

Students may be seen by mental health professionals without prior parental notice or consent to determine suicidal intent/lethality. The parent/guardian of a student should be notified as soon as possible following an intervention.

C. POSTVENTION

In the event of a death of a student by suicide, the Lewiston School District Crisis Assistance Team will provide support to students, faculty, family members and the community as needed.

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 263 5000. STUDENTS

5480. (Adopted 3/12/90)

5480. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF IHSAA

1. The Board has officially adopted the rules and regulations of the Idaho High School Activities Association as policy of the District.

2. Other rules and regulations governing operation of athletic programs, grades 7-12, are contained in the following documents:

A. Handbook for Student Athletes

B. Handbook for Athletic Personnel

Independent School District No. 1 Rules and Regulations Reprinted 10/12 - Page 264 5000. STUDENTS